Upload
others
View
11
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
Document Date: 31 August 2014
Project No. 1743
Asia and the Pacific Division
Programme Management Department
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement
Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Main report and appendices
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Contents
Currency Equivalents iv
Weights and Measures iv
Fiscal Year iv
Abbreviations and acronyms iv
Map of the Programme area vi
Executive Summary vii
Strategic context and rationale 1
A. Country and rural development context 1
B. Rationale 3
C. Project Approach 4
Programme description 5
A. Programme area and target group 5
B. Development objective and impact indicators 6
C. Outcomes/Components 7
D. Lessons learned and adherence to IFAD policies 17
Programme implementation 20
A. Implementation Approach 20
B. Organizational framework 20
C. Planning, M&E, learning and knowledge management 26
D. Financial management, procurement and governance 29
E. Supervision 33
F. Risk identification and mitigation 33
Programme costs, financing, benefits and sustainability 34
A. Programme costs 34
B. Programme financing 35
C. Summary benefits and economic analysis 36
D. Sustainability 37
List of Figures
Map of the Programme Area
List of Tables
Table 1: Target Group Description (Number of households by Social Groups) 5
Table 2: Role and Responsibility Matrix 23
Table 3: Risks and Risks Mitigation 33
Table 4: Programme Cost Summary (INR & USD) 34
Table 5: Programme Components by Financiers 35
Table 6: Number of Benefited Households, cumulative 36
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
iii
Appendices
Appendix 1: Country and rural context background 39
Appendix 2: Poverty, targeting and gender 47
Appendix 3: Country performance and lessons learned 57
Appendix 4: Detailed Programme Description 65
Appendix 5: Institutional aspects and implementation arrangements 81
Appendix 6: Planning, M&E and learning and knowledge management 99
Appendix 7: Financial management and disbursement arrangements 118
Appendix 8: Procurement 127
Appendix 9: Programme cost and financing 141
Appendix 10: Economic and Financial Analysis 147
Appendix 11: Draft programme implementation manual 157
Appendix 12: Compliance with IFAD policies 163
Appendix 13: Contents of the Project Life File 183
Working Papers (Not attached with Main Report)
WP-1: Socio-economic profiles of PTG communities
WP-2: Poverty, Targeting and Gender
WP-3: SHG and Rural Finance
WP-4: Community Institutions Development
WP-5: Natural Resource Management
WP-6: Livelihoods Improvement
WP-7: Community Infrastructure
WP-8: Mainstreaming Nutrition into OPELIP
WP-9: Project Costs and Financing
WP-10: Economic and Financial Analysis
WP-11: Environmental Screening and Scoping Note
WP-12: Monitoring & Evaluation and Knowledge Management
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Currency Equivalents
Currency Unit = Indian Rupee (INR)
USD 1.00 = INR 61
INR 1.00 = USD 0.016
Weights and Measures
1 kilogram (kg) = 2.204 pounds (lb)
1000 kg = 1 metric tonne (t)
1 kilometre (km) = 0.62 miles (mi)
1 metre (m) = 1.09 yards (yd)
1 square metre (m2
) = 10.76 square feet (ft2
)
1 acre (ac) = 0.405 ha
1 hectare (ha) = 2.47 acres
1 Lakh = 100,000
Fiscal Year
1 April to 31 March
Abbreviations and acronyms
AWPB Annual Work Plan and Budget
BPL Below Poverty Line
CAAA Controller of Aid, Accounts and Audit
CBO Community-based Organization
CCD Conservation-cum-Development Plan for PTGs by MoTA, GoI
CIG Common Interest Group
CRP Community Resource Person
DEA Department of Economic Affairs, Government of India
FFS Farmers Field School
FNGO Facilitating Non Governmental Organization
FRA Forests Rights Act
FRC Forests Rights Committee
FY Fiscal Year
GoI Government of India
GoO Government of Odisha
GP Gram Panchayat
IFAD International Fund for Agricultural Development
INR Indian Rupee ITDA Integrated Tribal Development Agency M&E Monitoring & Evaluation MIS Management Information System MoTA Ministry of Tribal Affairs, Government of India
MPA Micro Project Area
NGO Non-Governmental Organization NHM National Horticulture Mission NRHM National Rural Health Mission
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
v
NRLM National Rural Livelihoods Mission
NTFP Non-Timber Forest Produce
OTELP IFAD-supported Odisha Tribal Empowerment and Livelihoods Programme
PD Programme Director
PESA Panchayat Extension to Scheduled Areas Act of India
PMU Programme Management Unit
PRA Participatory Rural Appraisal
PRI Panchayati Raj Institutions such as Palli Sabha, Gram Sabha
PTG Particularly Vulnerable Tribal Groups
SC Scheduled Castes
SCA Special Central Assistance to the Tribal People
SHG Self Help Group
SOE Statement of Expenditure ST Scheduled Tribes ST&SCD Schedule Tribes & Scheduled Castes Development Department of GoO TSP Tribal Sub Plan of Government of India
VDA Village Development Association
VDC Village Development Committee
Glossary Mo Jami Mo Dhia Scheme of GoO to distribute land & homestead sites to the landless
Mo Kudio My house, a scheme of GoO to provide houses to the landless
Palli Sabha The statutory village assembly of all adults in a village in Odisha
Podu Shifting Cultivation
Sarpanch The elected head of the statutory village council (Panchayat)
Vasundhara Scheme GoO Scheme for granting house sites & homestead land to landless
VSS Van Sakrakshan Samiti (Village forest protection committee)
Wadi Orchard development on agro-forestry model
Goda dhaan Rain-fed, upland paddy
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Map of the Programme area
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
vii
Executive Summary1
1. Background: This proposed new project builds on the success of the on-going IFAD-financed
Orissa Tribal Empowerment and Livelihoods Project (OTELP). The success of OTELP led to a
decision by the State Government to scale up OTELP activities across large areas of the State, with
State Government financing under a project title “OTELP-plus”. The success of OTELP also led to a
decision by the State Government to scale-up OTELP to the most challenging areas of Odisha – the
Particularly Vulnerable Tribal Groups (PTG) areas. A concept note for the “Odisha PTG
Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme” (OPELIP) prepared by the State
Government and was submitted to IFAD for consideration. This is the very first time that an external
development partner has been invited to work in PTG areas in Odisha. If successful it will offer an
opportunity for scaling-up a proven PTG development model to other States in India with PTG
population. IFAD fielded a Design Mission in March 2014 and the PDR reviewed was by the QE Panel
in May 2014. The present appraisal report is the outcome of the work carried out the IFAD Appraisal
Mission in July-August 2014 incorporating the comments of QE Panel and that of the Governments of
India and Odisha.
2. Poverty and Rural Development Context: In spite of India’s achievement of middle income
country status, eradication of rural poverty remains its key challenge. A worrying poverty landscape is
marked by a high proportion of malnourished children, 46% of all children under 3 years being too
small for their age or stunted, and 47% being underweight2. Rural poverty in India has a distinct
regional and occupational characteristic: the Scheduled Tribes (STs) are among the poorest, followed
by the Scheduled Castes (SCs). Among the STs, the PTGs are the poorest and most vulnerable.
Occupationally, farm workers, marginal and small farmers and artisans, and forest-dwellers are the
poorest. Rural poverty is highest in the central and eastern plateau states and in the rain-fed
undulating, hilly and mountainous parts of the country. There are 75 PTGs distributed across 14 or
more states in India including the Union Territory of Andaman and Nicobar Islands with a total
population of 1.36 million, which accounts for about 2% of the total tribal population in India3. Odisha
state has the largest number of PTGs; 13 out of 75. These 13 PTGs live across 17 scattered Micro-
project Agency areas (MPA) in the state. The proposed OPELIP is focused on these PTGs.
4. Rationale: While significant success has been achieved in reaching many ST’s in Odisha, PTGs
remain conspicuously unreached. The PTGs among the STs remain the most disadvantaged in
Odisha. They fare poorly on all development indicators such as food and nutrition security, literacy
and health. Focused engagement to promote and nurture community-based institutions of these
PTGs is necessary to enhance their self-confidence and reduce vulnerability. The PTGs are
overwhelmingly dependent on natural resources for their livelihoods such as rain-fed agriculture and
gathering of Non-Timber Forest Products (NTFP). But landlessness, characterized by lack of secure
tenure over land, and increasingly stringent regulations of forests and declining productivity, have all
driven the PTGs to migrate in search of wage labour, often to the neglect of their own faming systems.
As they depend on an ecologically complex natural resource base, they are also vulnerable to the
increased variability of weather due to climate change. Efforts are therefore needed to provide secure
tenure over land in order to reverse the downward spiral of low productivity and a declining resource
base. The ongoing, IFAD-supported OTELP has successfully demonstrated the feasibility of planning
1Mission composition: A M Alam (Mission Leader and Economic Analyst), Mr Shreekantha Shetty, (Institutions Specialist and
Deputy Mission Leader), Mr Deep Joshi (NRM and Infrastructure Expert), Ms Girija Srinivasan, (Micro-finance and Gender
Specialist) and Mr Venkatesh Tagat, Livelihoods Specialist all IFAD Consultants; and Mr Vincent Darlong, (M&E and KM
Expert), Mr Sankara Subramanium Sriram (Financial Management and Procurement Specialist) , Ms Meera Mishra (Project
Management Expert and Country Coordinator) from IFAD ICO, New Delhi and Mr Shankar A Kutty, Procurement Officer, IFAD,
Rome. Mr S N Senapathi, Senior Engineer and Mr D C Pal, Livestock Expert from OTELP accompanied the mission during
field visit. 2The Situation of Children in India: A Profile. UNICEF, May 2011.
3 Annual Report of Ministry of Tribal Affairs, Govt India
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
viii
and implementation of a number of development initiatives involving the tribal communities. A large
number of women SHGs under OTELP have enabled tribal women to participate in development
activities for the first time. Several livelihood schemes have also been piloted with success. It is now
time to build on the success of OTELP, and to adapt and scale-up these successes to PTG villages in
the State.
3. Approach: OPELIP has been designed to follow the successful bottom-up planning approach of
OTELP. Success in OTELP was attributed to the fact that the implementation process was owned by
tribal people. Putting tribal grass-roots institutions (such as SHGs and VDAs) in the driving seat
ensured the project was trusted by the local community. With local community institutions at the heart
of the project, the new design focuses on scaling-up activities that have already been tested and
proven to be successful in Odisha. The programme adopts an integrated approach, involving support
for improved access to land, natural resources, agricultural technologies, financial services, markets,
productive and social infrastructure, and essential social services. Given the extremely severe
malnutrition situation in PTG villages, the design has also piloted an approach of mainstreaming
“nutrition sensitive agriculture” activities across all the proposed project components.
4. Programme Area and Target Groups: OPELIP interventions will be implemented in 17 Micro-
Project Agency(MPA) areas located in twelve districts4 of Odisha namely Malkanagiri, Rayagada,
Angul, Deogarh, Ganjam, Nuapada, Keojhar, Sundergarh, Gajapati, Kandhamal, Kalahandi and
Mayurbhanj covering 13 PTGs living in some 1,019 villages and hamlets and 84 Gram Panchayats
(GPs). Overall, the programme will cover approximately 62,356 households, including PTG and other
ST and SC households.
5. Ownership, Harmonisation and Alignment: The State Government has been actively involved
with IFAD in the formulation and appraisal of OPELIP. The proposed OPELIP is built on the success
of OTELP as well as the lessons learned from other IFAD Projects in India. OPELIP is aligned with
the India COSOP 2010-2015 and compatible and supportive of other State Government initiatives. It
is also in line with strategies and policies for development of tribal and vulnerable communities of the
Governments of Odisha and India. The programme goal and objective is in alignment with the
objective of “faster and more inclusive growth” of the governments of Odisha and India.
6. Programme Goal and Objectives: The overall goal of OPELIP is to achieve ‘enhanced living
conditions and reduced poverty’5 of the target group households. This is sought to be achieved
through realizing the development objective of enabling improved livelihoods and food and nutrition
security primarily for 32,090 PTG households, 14,000 other tribal households and 16,356 other poor
and Schedules Caste (SC) households. This in turn will be achieved via building the capacity of the
target households, securing them their entitlements over land and forest, improving their agricultural
practices for enhanced production, promoting income-generating micro-enterprises for alternate
livelihoods and ensuring access to education, health and other services and improving community
infrastructure.
7. Components and Sub-components: The OPELIP will have four major components, namely (i)
Community empowerment, (ii) Natural Resource Management (NRM) and livelihoods enhancement;
(iii) Community infrastructure and drudgery reduction and (iv) Programme Management.
8. Component 1: Community Empowerment: This component will have two sub-components: (i)
promotion of village development associations for the planning and execution of need-based activities
of the community that cover natural resources management, community-based paralegal services,
community-based health, hygiene and nutrition education and community infrastructure; and (ii)
promotion of SHGs and rural finance services to enable social development of the SHG members
through facilitating group savings and credit and through building their capacity.
4 Malkangiri, Rayagada, Gajapati, Kandhamal and Kalahandi are the districts where IFAD-supported ongoing OTELP is under
implementation; OTELP however does not cover the PTG Micro-project areas. 5 Ref Project Concept Note, IFAD, Dec 2013
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
ix
9. Component 2: NRM and Livelihoods Enhancement: This component will have three sub-
components: (i) NRM, (ii) Food and nutrition security and (iii) livelihoods improvement. This
component will also have facilities for vocational training for the PTG youth and promoting PTG
culture and values.
10. Component 3: Community Infrastructure and drudgery reduction: Interventions under this
component will include inter alia: building critical social infrastructure such as schools, health clinics,
child-care centres (that are not included under any of the mainstream infrastructure development
programmes), storage structures along with drying yards, threshing floors, provision of weighing
scales, household storage bins for promoting value-addition and fair trade in villages, small market
yards and aggregation centres, facilities for food and NTFP processing units including small rice
hullers, upgrading village link roads, rural water supply, supply of smokeless wood-stoves and support
to operations and maintenance of village fuel-wood reserves.
11. Component 4: Programme Management: This component will have three sub-components as
follows: (i) a Programme Management Unit (PMU) will be set up within the ST and SC Development
Department, Government of Odisha in Bhubaneswar, (ii) the programme will strengthen the 17
existing MPAs with staff and facilities; and (iii) a Programme Monitoring and Evaluation and
Knowledge Management unit to be housed within the PMU. The policy initiatives aspects of the
programme will be part of PMU responsibilities.
12. Lessons Learned from IFAD projects: Key lessons from the on-going OTELP include the
following: (i) poverty of tribal groups can be effectively reduced by empowering the target group
communities and their institutions; (ii) selection of competent NGOs is critical for delivery of quality
services; (iii) developing livelihoods options for the tribal communities requires partnership with high
quality service providers; (iv) IFAD resources can be effectively converged with other resources to
have a multiplying effect and increased impacts; (v) there is a need for a contiguous project area to
ensure efficiency in implementation; (vi) smooth flow of counterpart funds is essential for smooth
implementation; and (vii) a dedicated project management unit with continuity of leadership
contributes to success. These lessons have been incorporated in the OPELIP programme design.
13. Programme costs and financing: Estimated total Programme costs for the eight-year
programme is USD 130.39 million. This is inclusive of all contingencies of USD 6.4 million, beneficiary
contribution of USD 3.0 million equivalents primarily in the form of labour and materials, and USD 75.9
million equivalents as counterpart funding from the government that includes staff salaries, rentals
and in the form of waiver of taxes and duties, and convergence funding and IFAD financing of USD
51.2 million. At the wrap up meeting, the Government of Odisha has agreed to commit financial
resources to meet IFAD’s counterpart funding expectation of 1:1.6 during implementation.
14. Benefits and beneficiaries: A total of 62,356 households (comprising 32,090 PTGs, 13,970
other Scheduled Tribe (ST) households, 5,486 SC households and 10,810 others) would directly
benefit from the programme. The programme investments yield an overall Internal Rate of Return of
23% with a net present value of INR 7,840 million and a benefit cost ratio of 1.85. The programme
remains viable if costs increased and/or benefits decreased by 25%. Farm model analysis shows
significant increases in food production from 510 kg to 1,020 kg per household and net incomes
increasing several folds over the existing levels.
15. Organisation and Management: The Ministry of Tribal Affairs (MoTA) at the National level is the
nodal agency and the Scheduled Tribes and Scheduled Castes Development Department (STSCDD),
Government of Odisha at the state level will be the Lead Programme Agency responsible for the
functions relating to planning, funds flow, monitoring and evaluation, gender mainstreaming and
knowledge management through the PMU as described above. A programme steering committee
under the Chief Secretary will provide overall policy guidance to OPELIP.
16. Planning: The Programme will follow the planning process undertaken by the respective Micro-
Project Agency but with specific modifications to reflect the objectives and purposes of OPELIP. A
draft Annual Work Plan and Budget will be drawn up by the PMU by consolidating all micro-plans in
consultation with the respective Micro-project and partner NGOs.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
x
17. Monitoring and Evaluation: The M&E system will aim at measuring progress and performance,
and be a learning tool to critically reflect on programme strategies and operations. The PMU will
establish an M&E unit which will support progress monitoring by programme field implementation
units and partner NGOs.
18. Learning and Knowledge Management: Information generated by the programme will be
disseminated through IFAD websites, newsletters, and thematic reports and at learning events. The
programme will develop a Knowledge Management strategy and appropriate action plans. This will
include internal learning through regular progress review meetings and the generation of knowledge
products, such as newsletters (in local languages), briefs, training materials, technical manuals,
booklets, posters, videos, etc.
19. Risks: There are a number of risks associated with the programme. The goal level risk is
reduced by government’s commitment in continuing the tribal development programmes and
enhancing investments. The development objective level risks are addressed by promoting and
supporting local governments and community institutions to build a coalition in favour of stability and
economic growth. The risk of the complex challenging institutional setting involving 17 MPAs will be
reduced by additional, qualified staffing and staff incentives. The output level risks like that crop
production adversely affected by changing weather patterns will be reduced through a number of
measures to mitigate the impacts of climate change. Other risk mitigation measures include: (i)
promotion of interventions that are profitable for the PTGs; (ii) enhancing communication links for
better access to markets and services; and (iii) ensuring community participation in programme
planning and implementation to ensure community support for the project, and insulation from the left
wing insurgency.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
xi
OPELIP Logframe at Programme Design Completion Stage
Narrative Summary Key Performance Indicators Means of Verification Risks
Goal: Improved living conditions and reduced
poverty of the tribal communities.
- At least 46,500 households with
improvement in RIMS household asset index;
- At least 46,500 households have improved
food security.
-Between 5-10% reduction in prevalence of
stunting among children;
-IMR and MMR at par with State average
RIMS impact surveys at baseline, mid-term
and completion.
-No major adverse events that impact on tribal
households such as natural disaster etc
-Govt continues with its programmes for the
tribal development and other convergence
programmes are available to tribal households
-NGOs are available for working in the PTG
micro-project areas
Project Development Objective:
Improved food and nutrition security and
livelihood opportunities adapted to tribal
communities.
- Increased food production from 510 kg/hh to
1,020 kg/hh by at least 43,500 households;
-Average farm incomes increased from INR
2,865 per household to INR 30,790 for NRM
households; INR 30,310 for 19,000 livestock
households; INR 8,510 for 2,000 IGA hh.
-household indebtedness reduced by 50%
-all PTG hh have housing units and access to
DWS and roads
Annual outcome surveys;
Programme progress reports
Participatory gender and community
evaluations
-Policies for Tribal Development, political
stability and security situation allow
communities access to economic opportunities
and natural resources
Outcomes:
1.1 Empowered community institutions access
their entitlements
-1,019 VDAs and VDCs organised and
functional
-75% of VDCs effective in programme
implementation
Theamtic studies
Programme progress reports
Annual outcome surveys
-competent NGOs available and recruited
1.2. Strengthened women SHGs access
financial services
-3,800 SHGs organised and functional
-75% of SHGs with active internal savings and
lending with active bank accoount
-75% SHGs with at least 90% internal loan
recovery and bank loan repayment,
-at least 50% reduction in indebtedness of
PTGs
Theamtic studies
Programme progress reports
Annual outcome surveys
-Sustained policies of the government
2.1 Secured access to land for cultivation and
homestead and improved land productivity
-100% of PTG hh received land titles for
homestead
-75% of PTG hh received titles for agricultural
land
-43,500 hh reported reduced soil erosion and
improved production
-19,000 hh have access irrigation
-18,800 hh planted fruit & spices crops
Theamtic studies
Programme progress reports
Annual outcome surveys
NGOs reports
-Major natural disasters (drought, flood) do not
negate soil and water conservation works.
.
-Markets for cash crops accessible via local
roads, and profitable
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
xii
Narrative Summary Key Performance Indicators Means of Verification Risks
2.2 Improved access to inputs and increased
production
-31,000 hh have increased cereals, millets,
oilseeds and pulses crops production
Theamtic studies, Programme progress
reports, Annual outcome surveys
NGOs reports
-Inputs needed for agricultural technologies
available
2.3 Improved access to livelihood
opportunities and rural markets
-2,000 hh benefited from IGA
-8,500 hh benefited from producer collectives
Theamtic studies
Programme progress reports
Annual outcome surveys
NGOs reports
-access to markets established and prices
favourable
3.1 Improved access to social and economic
community infrastructure
-All households have access to water supplies
-84 small market yards and 34 food & NTFP
processing facilities benefit all hh;
-500 km of road alignments improved/paved
-1,019 O&M groups set up and operational
-100% villages with school toilets
-all PTG hh have housing units, access to
DWS and roads
Theamtic studies
Programme progress reports
Annual outcome surveys
NGOs reports
-Fund flow including from those of
convergence is smooth and timely;
-No Threats from extremist forces
3.2 Reduced drudgery to women -32,000 PTG hh benefit from kitchen gardens
-35,000 hh benefit from smokeless stoves
-31,500 hh benefit from fuelwood reserves
Theamtic studies
Programme progress reports
Annual outcome survey
-favourable policies for community forestry
Outputs:
1.1 Community institutions developement -1019 VDA/VDCs set up and capacitated
-1019 village development plans prepared and
implemented
-17 NGOs & 360 CRPs recruited
MIS reports
Programme progress reports
NGO reports
Community participatory reprots
-community respond positively to programme
interventions and initiatives
-competent NGOs recruited
1.2 SHG and rural financial services -3,800 SHG formed, capacitated & functional
-84 GPLF set up and capacitated
-PIP, VRF & CIF funds set up & operational
- -two cooperatives piloted
-pulses banks facilitated in all PTG villages
MIS reports
Programme progress reports
NGO reports
Community participatory reprots
-women’s response is positive
-MPA responsible for NRLM
2.1 Natural resource management -43,500 hh provided land titles
-20,000 ha land developed
-12,500 hh provided fruit crops on podu land
-6,250 hh provided spices crop on podu
MIS reports
Programme progress reports
NGO reports
Community participatory reprots
-LANDESA is recruited.
-Government policies continue
2.2 Food and nutrition security -62,000 hh provided facilities for crop
development
-several demonstrations set up
MIS reports
Programme progress reports
NGO reports
Community participatory reprots
-communities respond to opportunities to
improve food and nutrition security, produce
products for sale
2.3 Livelihoods improvement -2000 hh supported for IGA
- 84 CSP models set up
MIS reports; Programme progress reports
NGO reports; Community participatory reprots
-communities respond to opportunities to
improve livelihoods in response to markets.
3.1 Community infrastructure development -300 water supply schemes constructed;
-500 km rural roads upgraded.
MIS reports
Programme progress reports
-funds from convergence available
-communities participate in construction
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
xiii
Narrative Summary Key Performance Indicators Means of Verification Risks
-542 drying yards, 84 village markets, 250
aggregation centres constructed
NGO reports
Community participatory reprots
3.2 Drudgery reduction interventions -35,000 smokeless stoves installed
-32,000 kitchen gardens supported
-84 milling units installed
-fuelwood reserves created in 540 villages
MIS reports
Programme progress reports
NGO reports
Community participatory reprots
-funds from convergence available
-communities participate in construction
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
1
Strategic context and rationale
A. Country and rural development context
Economic and social development
1. India has a population of over 1.2 billion, composed of several ethnic groups, speaking several
languages and more than 1,000 dialects. These groups identify themselves in more than 5,400 castes
and tribes and follow five major religions. India has an area of 3.28 million km2 covering 20 different
agro-ecological zones. Poverty remains a major issue, with 42% of the population living on less than
USD1.25 per day. In 2014, the Human Development Index of the United Nations Development
Programme (UNDP)6 ranked India 135th out of 185 UN member states. India’s economy is the tenth-
largest in the world by nominal GDP and the third-largest by its purchasing power parity (PPP)7. After
decades of limited growth, during the last 10 years its economic growth has taken off, with an average
GDP growth of 9% from 2002/03 to 2007/08, mainly led by the service sector. In 2010/11, despite the
financial crises, growth was 8.5%. Growth has slowed in recent years, and dropped to 5% for 2013-
14. Inflation is a major economic challenge for the country, and has a bearing on rural poverty and
growth in the rural sector.
2. There is a broad consensus that the recent growth has roots in the economic reforms
introduced in the early 1990s, which unleashed the enterprise of those adequately endowed with
infrastructure, resources, skills, power and influence. However, distribution of the benefits of growth to
poor rural people has been limited by: inadequate physical and social infrastructure; poor access to
services; low investment; a highly stratified and hierarchical social structure, characterized by
inequalities in assets, status and power; and ineffective, inefficient implementation of pro-poor
programmes, owing to governance failures. There is now a genuine and widespread recognition that,
without inclusive growth, the social and political consequences of rising inequalities could be very
adverse. About one third of Indian districts are affected by civil unrest and left-wing extremism, which
represent the main national internal security threat.
3. About 69% of India’s population live in rural areas, with over half employed in the agriculture
sector which contributes 16% of GDP. Although production of food grains reached a total of 264.4
million tons in 2013/148, growth in output is falling behind the 1.4% growth in population. India has 33
per cent of the world’s poor, and poverty has not fallen at the pace of economic growth. Nutritional
levels are unacceptably low, with 42.5% of children underweight for age, being one of the highest
rates globally. Malnutrition is linked to half of the child deaths and a quarter of cases of diseases. On
the Global Hunger Index9 of the IFPRI, India is ranked 63
rd out of 78 countries studied. With a score of
21.3, India remains in the orange category tagged ‘alarming’ level of hunger. Prevailing social
inequality and the low nutritional, educational, and social status of women are considered as key
factors contributing to high prevalence of malnutrition in children below the age of five.
4. Agricultural wage earners, smallholder farmers and casual workers in the non-farm sector
constitute the bulk of poor rural people. Within these categories, women and tribal communities are
the most deprived. In terms of gender deficit, India is ranked 101 among 136 countries by the World
Economic Forum Global Gender Gap Index 201310
. About 300 million young people (in 13 and 35 age
group) live in rural areas, most of them being forced to migrate seasonally or permanently, without the
skills and competencies required by the modern economy.
6Human Development Report 2014, UNDP, New York,
7“India”. International Monetary Fund
8 Country Economic Survey 2014
92013 Global Hunger Index IFPRI, Washington DC
10Global Gender Gap Report 2013: World Economic Forum, Geneva
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
2
Policies and programmes for Tribal Development
5. India’s tribal population is officially registered according to their distinct cultural and ethnic
features called “Scheduled Tribes (STs)”.The STs, with a population of 104.3 million as per 2011
Census constitutes approximately 8.6% of India’s population. Unlike the Scheduled Castes (SCs) who
are dispersed throughout the country, STs have traditionally been concentrated in about 15% of the
country’s geographical areas, characterised mainly with forests, hills, and undulating inaccessible
areas. The fact that most of them live in isolated groups in relatively remote areas has meant that they
have suffered from reduced access to basic services and fewer opportunities for economic
development. Out of the total ST population, approximately 2.6 million (2.5 per cent) belong to
“Particularly Vulnerable Tribal Groups” (PTGs). This classification is reserved for the most
disadvantages of all the ST communities. There are 75 identified PTGs spread across 17 States and
Union Territories in India11
.
6. The Planning Commission, Government of India (GoI) has reiterated various challenges and
persistent gaps in tribal development in India. Because of the remoteness of location of most ST
populations, the extent to which they can benefit from general development programmes of the
government has remained grossly limited. Hence there is an urgent need for special efforts to ensure
adequate flow of services and benefits to the STs. One of the key factors has been persistent poor
implementation of existing schemes in the tribal regions, in turn contributing to exceptionally high
levels of poverty among ST population. The decline in poverty rate is much slower among ST
populations than for the general population. The critical aspect is that the poverty gap has been
steadily rising among ST populations with the result that between 1993-94 and 2004-05, the share of
ST population amongst the poor in the country increased from 15.8 to 20.5%12
.
Poverty of PTGs in Odisha
7. Odisha is geographically the eighth largest State and the 11th most populous among Indian
States. Situated in a sub-tropical region, Odisha has varied topography and a complex ecology and is
fifth largest in terms of forest area, with 31% of the State’s geographical area classified as forests. The
State has vast mineral resources, about 98% of the country’s estimated reserves of chromate, 95% of
nickel, 78% of cobalt, 53% of Bauxite and 33% of iron-ore respectively. In spite of its rich natural
resource endowment Odisha continues to be one of the poorest States in India with high incidence of
poverty and low indices of human development.
8. At 33%, the head count poverty in Odisha in 2011-12 was fourth highest in India13
. Poverty
rates for rural populations are double those of their urban counterparts. STs are among the poorest,
followed by SCs. Poverty also has a regional imprint, with the hilly districts encompassing the Eastern
Ghats, the Northern Plateaus and the Central Table lands, together home to over 92% of Odisha’s
STs, being poorest compared to the fertile coastal districts
9. Odisha is home to 62 STs including 13 PTGs. The PTGs are concentrated in the Eastern
Ghats14
and the Northern Plateau15
; these two regions together are home to almost three-fourths of
the State’s ST population. Both these regions are characterised by rugged hilly terrain and high
rainfall and together account for most of the State’s area demarcated as forests. For the economic
and social development of the PTG tribal population, with the support of GoI, the State has
established 17 Micro-Project Agency (MPA) areas.
10. The PTGs gather non-timber forest produce (NTFPs) both for consumption and selling and this
occupies a significant space in their livelihood basket. Some of the PTGs, such as the Birhor,
Mankirdia and Hill-Kharia are still largely dependent on hunting and gathering of NTFP while the
Bondo, Didayi, Juang, Dongaria Kandha, Kutia Kandha, Lanjia Saora and Paudi Bhuiyan practice
11
Twelfth Five Year Plan (2012-2017): Social Sectors: Volume III. Planning Commission, Government of India, New Delhi, 2012 12
India Human Development Report 2011: Towards Social Inclusion Planning Commission, Government of India, New Delhi. 13
Press Note on Poverty in 2011-12, GoI, Planning Commission, 22nd
July 2013. 14
PTGs are concentrated in the districts of Gajapati, Kalahandi, Kandhamal, Koraput, Malkangiri, Nabarangapur, Nuapada,
Rayagada in the eastern ghats 15
The districts of Mayurbhanj, Sundargarh, Keonjhar, Jharsuguda
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
3
shifting cultivation (podu cultivation). The Saora and Lanjia Saora are engaged in terrace cultivation
besides shifting cultivation and the Lodha and Chuktia Bhunjia have also taken to settled cultivation.
Overall, PTG agriculture is characterized by a combination of shifting cultivation and some settled
farming, including homestead cultivation. The main crops cultivated include maize, a wide variety of
millets, goda dhaan (short duration, rain-fed upland paddy), other varieties of rain-fed paddy, beans
and pulses (local variety of pigeon pea), Niger, mustard, sesame, and tubers. Among cereals, paddy
and maize are more prevalent in the northern and central regions while maize and millets are more
common in the south and west. (See Appendix-1 for more information)
B. Rationale
11. There are a number of factors which combine to provide a solid rationale for investing in this
proposed project: “Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)”.
These include: (i) the extreme poverty and malnutrition that characterises the PTG population in
Odisha; (ii) the availability of a tested IFAD model for integrated tribal development in Odisha, ready
for adaptation and scaling-up to PTG areas; (iii) the availability of an existing institutional structure in
PTG areas to implement the project; (iv) the close alignment with Government priorities, the
ownership of the State Government (in designing the concept for this new project), and the fact that
the Government selected IFAD as their key partner, in recognition of the successful partnership
implementing OTELP.
12. The PTGs among the STs remain the most disadvantaged in the State. They fare poorly on all
development indicators such as food and nutrition security, literacy and health. Given their high
dependence on an ecologically complex natural resource base, they are also highly vulnerable to
variability in weather and climate shocks. Although several provisions in the Indian Constitution seek
to ensure better quality of life for the PTGs, their economic status has not improved, and in many
cases it may have deteriorated, due to their inability to negotiate and cope with the consequences of
their involuntary integration with the mainstream economy, society, and cultural and political systems.
The livelihoods of PTGs are overwhelmingly dependent on natural resources. They derive their
livelihood from shifting cultivation, rain-fed agriculture and gathering of NTFPs. Settled farming is
relatively new to them and their farming practices are primitive, with rain-fed paddy and millets being
the main crops. There is high incidence of landlessness among the PTG. Given the ecological
complexity of their terrains, poor farming systems and lack of focus for the development of rain-fed
areas, the PTG areas have been suffering widespread land degradation. Declining productivity drives
them to migrate in search of wage labour, often to the neglect of their own faming systems. Efforts are
therefore needed to reverse this downward spiral of low productivity and declining resource base.
13. The ongoing IFAD-supported Odisha Tribal Empowerment and Livelihoods Programme
(OTELP) have successfully demonstrated an integrated development package in the tribal areas of
Odisha. Success was achieved through involving tribal groups in planning and implementation of
various development initiatives, especially the development of natural resources. OTELP organized
villages, and set up village level bodies. These bodies were also able to manage significant amounts
of funds for village development. A large number of women’s SHGs were also promoted under OTELP
and have enabled tribal women to begin participating in development activities. A detailed analysis of
the lessons learnt under OTELP is in Section D under Project Description. Encouraged by the
success of OTELP, the State Government requested IFAD to assist them with scaling-up the OTELP
approach into the PTG areas. This is the very first time that an external development partner has
been asked to work in these most remote and difficult areas of the State.
14. There is already an institutional structure to deliver services to the 17 PTG areas and these are
called Micro-project agencies (MPA). However, what has been lacking is a consolidated high intensity
integrated programme of support, targeted through these existing institutions, with clear targets and
time frames. The proposed programme would seek to deliver this by capitalizing on the institutional
development that has already taken place, and would seek to deliver a range of services to the PTGs
through appropriate development initiatives.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
4
15. Good nutrition increases learning abilities and labour productivity. Children whose growth is
stunted before the age of 2 will never catch up and suffer lifelong cognitive disabilities. Malnutrition in
childhood is also linked to increases in chronic diseases (diabetes, hypertension, heart disease). Over
their lifetime, malnourished adults will earn 10 percent less than well-nourished individuals and will
suffer from nutrition-related diseases, including anaemia, night blindness and goitre. The nutrition
situation among tribal groups is the worst in India16. One study revealed that half of all adults in STs
are malnourished. Another noted that of eight tribal groups, the average body-mass index (BMI) was
less than 18.5 in five of them. Given this severe situation, the proposed programme will place a major
emphasis on nutrition sensitive agriculture and has sought to ensure the mainstreaming of nutrition
issues through the entire project design.
16. The Governments of India and Odisha have been actively involved with IFAD in the design and
implementation of the on-going OTELP. The proposed “Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods
Improvement Programme (OPELIP)” is built on the experience-gained under OTELP as well as the
recommendations contained in the Government’s "Concept Paper for IFAD Loan Project17
". The
OPELIP concept is aligned with the India COSOP18
2010-2015 and compatible and supportive of
other donor initiatives. It is also in line with GoI/GoO's strategies and policies for development of tribal
and vulnerable communities. The programme goal and objective are in alignment with the objective of
“faster and more inclusive growth” of the governments of Odisha and India.
C. Project Approach
17. OPELIP has been designed to follow the successful bottom-up planning approach of OTELP.
Success in OTELP was attributed to the fact that the implementation process was owned by tribal
people. Putting tribal grass-roots institutions (SHGs and VDCs) in the driving seat ensured the project
was trusted by the target groups. With local community institutions at the heart of the project, the new
design focuses on scaling-up activities that have already been tested and proven to be successful in
Odisha. The project adopts an integrated approach, involving support for improved access to land,
natural resources, agricultural technologies, financial services, markets, productive and social
infrastructure, and essential social services. Finally, the design is deliberately aligned with major State
Government development programmes to ensure tribal communities receive maximum benefits from
convergence funding.
18. Another major element of the project approach is gender mainstreaming. In relation to the
proposed land allocation activities, the programme will ensure that land titles are given in joint names
of wife and husband and in case of woman headed households, in the name of the woman head of
the household. In allocating land for homesteads and cultivation, the programme would first provide
homestead and land titles to woman headed households, followed by households that do not possess
patta land. The third priority would be households that do not have any wet paddy land. In relation to
the land and water resource development activities, women will be given priority training in the setting
up of tree nurseries for any plantation activities. Land development activities will prioritize woman
headed households and those given FRA titles and others without wet paddy lands. Stabilisation of
shifting cultivation would include planting of fruit and forage trees to support rearing of small
ruminants. In developing community forests under FRA, nursery activities would be taken up by
women to raise forage and firewood trees. Priority would be given to plant local fast growing firewood
and forage trees to enhance availability of firewood and forage near villages with a view to reducing
drudgery to women. At least 50% of the participants in training for productivity enhancement would be
women. Emphasis would be given in setting up of demonstration plots to households that are
provided land pattas under FRA. Women would be given priority in training for production of
16
The National Family Health Survey 3 (2005-2006) shows that malnutrition is a serious problem in Odisha. Almost half (46%)
of all children are chronically malnourished (too short for their age). About one of five (19%) suffer from acute malnutrition (too
thin for their height). By international standards, these levels are very high. Energy and micronutrient deficiencies are also of
concern among adults. Forty-one percent of adult women suffer from malnutrition, with a Body Mass Index of (BMI) < 18.5.
Sixty-one percent of women are anaemic. 17
This document is available in Project Life File. 18
Country Strategic Opportunities Programme
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
5
vegetables and in setting up vegetable nurseries. At least 50% of participants in farmer field schools
would be women. At least 25% of the CRPs for livestock care would be women.SHG mobilisation will
focus on women-headed households and other women from very vulnerable households. Women
keen to pursue income generation activity will be formed into new SHGs. PTGs are expected to form
exclusive homogeneous SHGs since they live in separate areas. The SHGs will be socially inclusive
and the members will self-select based on affinity.
19. A final element of the project approach relates to nutrition. Given the extremely severe
malnutrition situation in PTG villages, the design has mainstreamed “nutrition sensitive agriculture”
activities across the entire design. First the programme will implement activities related to nutrition
education which include training on various nutrition rich local food items, knowledge on causes,
impact and remedies of child malnutrition, training on processing and storage and introduction of
pulses bank on the lines of grain bank. The main target group will be the teachers and students of
residential schools and member of SHGs and GPLF. Second, the programme will implement
interventions that promote nutrition-sensitive agriculture by promoting millets, pulses, oil seeds and
vegetables. Third, the programme will promote nutrition-dense livelihood activities by promoting
backyard poultry, kitchen garden/vegetable farming and goat rearing. This approach coupled with
other improvements in drinking water, sanitation and health service is expected to reduce chronic
malnutrition amongst PTG children. The programme will prepare learning and training aids following
the learning by conversation methodology covering: (i) malnutrition and its impact on child
development; (ii) reproductive health care including issues in early marriage, (iii) health, hygiene and
sanitation; (iv) gender issues and (v) laws pertaining to ST welfare specifically women’s welfare
programme and entitlements.
Programme description
A. Programme area and target group
Project area and number of participating households
20. OPELIP interventions will be implemented in all 17 MPAs19
located in twelve districts of Odisha
namely Malkanagiri, Rayagada, Angul, Deogarh, Ganjam, Nuapada, Keonjhar, Sundergarh, Gajapati,
Kandhamal, Kalhandi and Mayurbhanj. This covers 13 PTGs living in some 542 villages within the
MPA areas and another 477 villages outside the MPA jurisdiction but within the 84 MPA Gram
Panchayats (GPs). (See a detailed map showing the locations of PTGs, Appendix-4). OPELIP adopts
an inclusive approach to targeting, as per the recommendations in the India Country Programme
Evaluation conducted by the IFAD’s Office of Evaluation and will cover some 62,356 households as
shown in Table-1 below.
Table 1: Target Group Description (Number of households by Social Groups)
Description # of
villages
PTGs Other
ST
SC Others Total
Households within MPA villages 542 20,514 5,138 2,259 3,576 31,487 Additional households outside MPA villages but within MPA GPs
477 11,577 8,827 3,227 7,238 30,869
Total households a/1,019 32,091 13,965 5,486 10,814 62,356 Total population - 133,479 63,074 24,409 46,186 261,148 Source: As per 2011 Census Data. a/ Number of villages are often quoted either 1019 or 1020
Targeting
21. Geographic targeting: The programme would adopt various targeting approaches as described
in Annex 1 of Appendix 2. The first of these would be geographic targeting. As described above, the
programme would work in a pre-defined number of MPA Gram Panchayats. Some of the programme
19
A list of Micro-project Agency area and category of the PTGs are given in Appendix-1
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
6
interventions would necessarily benefit 100% of the population living in these Gram Panchayats (for
example village development planning and associated village institutions, and infrastructure such as
rural roads). Special efforts would be made to ensure that all members of the community, and in
particular the most vulnerable groups, are able to participate effectively in these village planning
events and in village institutions.
22. Targeting specific groups: In addition to geographic targeting, the programme would also target
specific categories of population (PTGs, women, youth, etc), and each component would have a
specific strategy. The SHG formation approach would follow NRLM norms. About 60% of SHG
members will be from the PTG households and the remaining members would come from other ST
households. The land allocation component would be targeted primarily to PTGs. PTGs will be the
major beneficiaries of land treatment works, irrigation development and other NRM related activities.
Among the PTGs, priority in land allocation, land and water resource development and productivity
enhancement would be given to woman-headed households and landless households. The crop
diversification and nutrition related activities would be targeted to all households. PTGs will be the
priority target group to receive support for fruit and spice crop development on shifting cultivation land.
Interventions like kitchen gardens, smokeless stoves, and solar lanterns would be targeted to all PTG
households. Livelihood interventions such as backyard poultry, goat-rearing clusters and producer
collectives will be supported in response to expressed interest from the PTG households and other
poor communities in order to facilitate creation of required economies of scale and marketing support.
Vocational training programmes would be targeted exclusively to youth groups.
23. Targeting women: Women are a priority target group. Women play a pivotal role in the well-
being of their families and the household economy, and yet they are particularly disadvantaged. They
need improved housing and improved sanitation facilities, and support for reducing their drudgery.
They need better land rights, better livelihood opportunities, and access to health and education
services. They also need training on reproductive health care, the importance of nutrition for young
children, and on their entitlements and rights. Pregnant and lactating mothers need special attention.
In view of this situation, women will be included in all the proposed village institutions.The SHG
component would be targeted exclusively to women. Land allocation and land development activities
would place first priority on reaching women headed households, and land titles would be issues
jointly in the name of husband and wife. Housing and habitat improvement and drudgery reduction
activities would be targeted exclusively to women headed households, which are estimated at 18% of
all households, and other highly vulnerable households. Quotas would be introduced into project
targets, for example, a 50% of Farmer Field School (FFS) participants and a 25% of livestock
Community Resource Persons (CRPs) would be women.
24. A summary of target groups is in Key File 4 and more information on Poverty, targeting and
gender in Appendix 2, with checklists showing compliance with IFAD policies for targeting, gender and
indigenous peoples in Appendix 12.
Scaling up
25. As in the case of OTELP, which was scaled-up by the State Government under the brand
“OTELP-plus”, it is expected that OPELIP will also be scaled-up in time. As this is the first externally
funded development intervention targeted to PTGs, it provides an opportunity to demonstrate a
workable model for PTG areas, which can then be scaled up to PTG areas in other States with large
PTG populations, such as Jharkhand and Chhattisgarh. A scaling up framework is outlined in
Appendix-12.
B. Development objective and impact indicators
26. The overall goal of OPELIP is to achieve ‘enhanced living conditions and reduced poverty’20
of
the target group households. This is sought to be achieved through realizing the development
objective of enabling improved livelihoods and food and nutrition security primarily for 32,090 PTG
20
Ref Project Concept Note, IFAD, Dec 2013
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
7
households, 14,000 other tribal households and 16,356 other poor and SC households. This in turn
will be achieved via building the capacity of the target households, securing them their entitlements
over land and forest, improving their agricultural practices for enhanced production, promoting
income-generating micro-enterprises for alternate livelihoods and ensuring access to education,
health and other services and improving community infrastructure. To achieve the objective of
empowerment, the programme will promote women’s SHGs, organise village development
committees at village and Palli /Gram Sabhas for planning and implementation of programme
interventions and will train community resource persons (CRPs) to provide necessary services for
production and marketing and legal assistance. At development objective level, the indicators are: (i)
increase of at least 50% in incomes of PTG and other tribal households; (ii) increased household food
production by at least 70% over current levels and (iii) IMR and MMR at par with the state average.
C. Outcomes/Components
Outcomes
27. As summarised in the OPELIP Logframe, major outcomes of the OPELIP are 1,019 VDCs are
organised and functional, 3,800 SHGs and 84 GPLF are organised and functional, at least 50%
reduction in rural indebtedness, 100% of PTGs households received land titles for homestead and
75% of them land titles, 43,000 households received land and water management treatment
measures, 19,000 households have access to irrigation and almost equal number of households
planted fruits and spices crops, 31,000 households increased cereals, millets, pulses and oilseeds
production, 9000 households have IGA, all households have access to water supplies, market and
road connectivity, 32,000 PTG households have kitchen gardens and smokeless wood-stoves and
access to community fuel-wood reserves.
Components
28. OPELIP will have four major components, namely (i) community empowerment, (ii) Natural
Resource Management (NRM) and livelihoods enhancement; (iii) community infrastructure and
drudgery reduction and (iv) Programme Management. A description of the programme components is
given in Appendix-4, and summarized below.
Component-1: Community Empowerment (Total cost: USD 20.84 million including IFAD
resources of USD 15.31 million)
29. Empowerment is the key pre-requisite for development of the PTGs. This will be addressed
through a series of capacity building initiatives, entry point activities and mobilization of community-
based organizations. Accordingly, the community empowerment component will have two sub-
components, namely: (i) community institutions development; and (ii) promotion of SHGs and rural
finance.
(i) Community institutions Development
30. Major activities under this sub-component will include: (i) the engaging of the services of 17
NGOs supported by about 360 community resource persons (CRPs) each CRP being responsible for
two or more natural villages); (ii) Training of Trainers (ToT) through a Specialist NGO and capacity
building of CRPs; (iii) mobilization of VDCs and building capacity of VDC members; (iv)
implementation of entry point activities in all 1019 villages, as identified by the VDCs; and (v)
preparation of village development plans (VDPs) and facilitation of VDCs to implement activities
identified in the VDPs.
31. NGO services: At the grassroots, the programme will be implemented by some 17 facilitating
NGOs that are engaged for the purpose right from the beginning. Their services will be engaged at
least for a period of 7 years on continuing basis. The NGOs would select local village youth and train
them in micro-planning and book keeping and engage them as CRPs to assist the community. As the
target group households are mainly from PTG who remain isolated on account of language and
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
8
distance barriers and are making slow transition into settled agriculture. On account this, the
programme will ensure engagement of NGOs with two levels of human resource for intensive
handholding of the PTGs: (i) each CRP of the NGOs covering two or more villages at the grassroots
level and (ii) a team of NGO professionals at the MPA level. The programme will also ensure
adequate training of the staff of NGO and MPA including exposure visits (Typical organisational set up
for an FNGO is in Chart-4, and cost estimates in Chart-9, Appendix-5 and more details in WP 4
Community Institutions Development and also see Para # 91 and 92). The NGOs will be responsible
for all villages covered by the Programme. Their team of professionals will include a NGO Coordinator
- Agriculture Officer, a Livelihood and Rural Finance Officer, Junior Engineer, Community Institutions
and Nutrition Officer and an Accounts Assistant. In the event, area of operation by a NGO is more
than 60 villages the programme will provide flexibility to engage additional number of professionals. In
addition, the NGOs will also engage adequate number of Village Agriculture Worker and Livestock
Inspectors. Each NGO will establish a field office at the MPA level.
32. ToT methodology: The programme will use TOT methodology to train the members of the
community. The programme will initially train the MPA staff and NGO staff with various programme
related activities. These staff will develop a plan for training members of the community. In addition,
the MPA and NGO staff will be sent on exposure visits to OTELP and other programme areas. The
training programmes proposed for the MPA and NGO staffs for community institution building activities
include: nutrition gender training and programme concepts and orientation. The programme will
engage organizations a specialist NGO such as Reach India that use “Learning by Conversation”
methodology for training in areas to cope with the low levels of literacy prevailing in the programme
area. This methodology comprises modules for capacity building of trainees with structured
conversation. These trainers thereafter will prepare cascading plans for training the community
members. Once the capacity of field functionaries is built, these persons will become the trainers for
conducting training programmes to the participating households. The programme will engage the
services of a specialised NGO such the Reach India in developing such ToT methodology.
33. Community mobilisation. Leaders of functional SHG and the CRPs engaged by the programme
will form the core group for effective mobilization of the community. A Village Development Association
(VDA) will be established at each natural village level. In case a village has less than 30 households,
a VDA will be formed for two villages. Traditional leaders as well as the leaders of the PRIs will be
involved in decision making. VDA will have the membership of all adult male and female members.
VDA will select/elect a four member (men and women in equal numbers) management committee
which will be called the VDC. Three out of four members will have to be from the PTGs. Two
committees already exist in these villages and they are: (i) Forest Rights and Conservation Committee
(FRCC); and (ii) Village Health and Education Committee (HEC). In addition, a Social and Financial
Audit Committee (SFAC) will be established. FRCC undertakes activities related to land allocation and
conservation. SFAC and HEC will be managed by only women preferably from functional SHGs.
SFAC will be responsible for conducting social audit and also for facilitating financial audit of the VDC
by the Chartered Accountants. HEC will also coordinate activities related to health, nutrition and
education related activities of the programme apart from monitoring the activities of Anganwadi and
ASHA workers and will also undertake social and nutrition focussed entry point activities.
34. Entry point interventions: Leaders of functional SHG and the CRPs will form the core group for
effective mobilization of the community. As a part of this mobilization process, thematic cultural
programmes will be organized focussing on alcoholism and associated exploitation and poverty, and
chronic malnutrition and its impact on future generation. The programme will implement several entry
point activities in order to gain the confidence of the community. The activities include: (i) introduction
of nutrition education and training on vegetable gardening, back yard poultry rearing and goat rearing
in residential schools; (ii) support for accessing entitlements under Government programmes; (iii)
earth work related to repair and maintenance of roads, irrigation channels, bunds and other small
scale NRM works; (iv) repair and maintenance of drinking water dug wells/bore wells including shade
with platform for washing and water harvesting structures for recharging these wells; and (v) nutrition
related training and cooking classes. The programme will allocate INR 175,000 per natural village for
undertaking entry point activities.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
9
35. Preparation of VDPs and their implementation: VDC will be responsible for implementation of
village level development activities. Entry Point activities implemented by the MPA with the support of
FNGO are expected to lead to preparation of a Village Development Plan (VDP); a village perspective
plan for five years. VDP will be a comprehensive resource development and usage plan for the entire
landscape of the village, focusing simultaneously on enhancing resource productivity, conserving the
resource base and setting in motion resource regeneration processes. VDP will cover land and water
resource development, productivity enhancement including crop diversification and irrigation related
activities, livelihood activities and rural infrastructure, VDP after approval by the VDA will be submitted
to the concerned MPA for approval. Based on the approved VDP, the VDC with support from NGO will
prepare AWPB each year. Funding for implementation of these plans will be released to the bank
account of VDCs or in some large contracts directly by the MPA to the suppliers and contractors.
(refer also Para # 50)
(ii) Promotion of women SHGs and Rural finance
36. Key interventions under this sub-component will include formation and strengthening of 3,800
SHGs, training of CRPs, formation of 84 Gram Panchayat level Cluster Forum (GPLFs), provision of
pro-poor funds and vulnerability reduction funds to SHGs and community investment funds to the
GPLF, and piloting two cooperative societies. The programme will implement all activities related to
SHG led savings and credit using systems and processes that are compliant with NRLM. MPAs will be
authorised to implement NRLM activities largely using programme funds to avoid duplication of efforts
between NRLM Society and MPAs in the programme area (Refer Appendix 4 – Detailed Programme
Description and working paper 3 – Self Help groups and Rural Financial Services for more
information).
37. Capacity Building of NGOs and CRPs: NGO staff, CRPs-GPLF, women leaders in the VDA and
leaders of functional SHGs will undertake exposure visits to OTELP or NRLM area to understand the
functioning of SHGs and federations. CRPs GPLF, who will be preferably women from the community,
will be imparted comprehensive training on good practices in formation and functioning of SHGs.
38. Formation of Gram Panchayat Cluster Level Forum (GPLF): Each GP will have a GPLF. Three
members out of the two women committees of each VDA (the Village Social and Financial Audit
Committee and the Village Health and Education Committee) of each village will form the initial
governing body of GPLF. The broad functions of GPLF will include: (i) formation and nurturing of
SHGs; (ii) promoting savings in different forms – financial savings in banks with deposit insurance
coverage, lentil banks to address nutrition security and savings within the groups for internal lending
amongst members; (iii) facilitate Business Correspondent to reach out to programme villages; (iv)
management of NRLM compliant funds; and (v) building capacity of members to facilitate progression
on social and economic growth trajectories.
39. Formation and revival of SHGs: CRP-GPLF will carry out a detailed mapping and assessment
of the status of the all SHG in the villages. The existing and functional groups will be strengthened
through capacity building measures. Defunct groups with no bank loans will be either revived or
closed down by distributing the savings to the members. For SHGs with overdue bank loans, case by
case analysis will be carried out. Wilful defaulters will be motivated to repay their overdue loans. In
case of non-wilful defaulters or issues relating to non-receipt/partial receipt of loans by the members,
the issue will be taken up with respective banks for one time settlement. Women keen to pursue any
income generation activity will be formed into new SHGs. In the inaccessible villages with limited
book keeping capacity, rotating savings and credit groups will be formed (ROSAC). Each month’s
savings will be lent out to a member who needs the loan for a fixed term. This will need minimal book
keeping. These will be given a choice to form SHGs once book keepers are available.
40. Capacity building of SHGs: Given the low literacy levels of the target group communities, the
programme will adopt appropriate techniques to build capacity. SHG members will be trained in: (i)
Good practices in SHG functioning and importance of panchasutri21
; (ii) financial literacy; (iii) health,
21
“Five Rules” for effective SHG mobilization as per NRLM guidelines and these are: (i) regular meeting; (ii) regular saving; (iii)
regular internal lending; (iv) regular repayment; and (v) regular book keeping
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
10
nutrition, basic health care; and (iv) Reproductive health care. A training curriculum will be developed.
Trainings will follow “learning by conversation” methodology to ensure active participation and
absorption of key learning and will be delivered as part of SHG meetings. Women will be encouraged
to discuss issues affecting them during SHG meetings and GPLF meetings and motivated to take
common action.
41. Gender training: Though traditionally women’s position in tribal communities as compared to
that of mainstream society has been better, of late some of the bad practices of the mainstream
society such as preference for boys and polygamy have crept into tribal community. Violence against
women has been increasing due to alcoholism. Education of girl children is lagging behind and early
marriage causes health concerns for the mother as well as the children. Gender training for women
and men covering such aspects as patriarchy, governance, gender and livelihoods, woman and her
body, participation in external institutions etc., will be delivered to both men and women. Two
volunteers from each village will be intensively trained to enable them to participate in SHG, GPLF
and VDA meetings to help women and men to address gender concerns.
42. Rural Financial services: Rural finance intermediaries in the programme area comprise SHGs
(of which large numbers are defunct and with overdue loans), friends and relatives who provide
interest free short term loans, and a few village level money lenders who charge usurious rates of
interest and also usurp mortgaged land. Savings of SHGs are rarely used for internal lending. In
addition, banks do not have adequate branch coverage to service households in the programme area
and the transaction costs of the households to undertake banking transactions outstrip the regular
transaction values.
43. Considering above aspects, the programme will facilitate the following financial services to the
target groups: (i) encourage regular savings by the members either using contemporary SHG
methodology in village with access or Rotation savings in inaccessible villages; (ii) facilitate operations
of Business Correspondents of banks at GPLF level to facilitate household savings in scheduled
banks with deposit insurance; (iii) develop internal lending mechanisms using their own savings and
need-based credit linkages with banks: (iv) facilitate need based credit linkage including issuance of
Kisan credit cards and joint liability group financing; and (v) facilitate access to social security
schemes for insurance and pensions.
44. Provision of NRLM compliant funds: Compliant with NRLM processes, the programme will set
up three different funds: (i) Pro-poor Inclusion Fund (PIF) of up to INR 15,000 to each SHG to be
provided between 3 to 6 months of formation to enable some of its members to take up small
economic activity of their choice; (ii) Vulnerability Reduction Fund (VRF) of up to INR 250,000 per
GPLF will be provided which will be used as longer term low-interest loans for health, education of
children, loss of livelihood assets, debt redemption, etc; and (iii) The Community investment fund
(CIF) of up to INR 1,150,000 per GPLF (at the rate of INR 2,200 per member) will be provided on the
basis of simple household livelihood investment assessment to support for initiating or expansion of
individual income generation activity of SHG members; collective activity of SHGs or GPLF will also
be supported but these will be exceptions. Need-based bank linkages will also be promoted for
groups that require high credit demand. These funds will be deployed based on the proposed plans of
SHGs and the absorption capacity of women and thus in multiple instalments and may take longer
time than the usual NRLM guidelines. (Details are in Para # 12 of Appendix 4 – Detailed Programme
Description and Performance benchmarks to receive these funds in Annex 3, Annex 4 and Annex 5 of
the Working Paper 3 – Self Help Groups and Rural Financial Services).
45. Cluster level co-operatives: There is a strong case for formation of a local cooperative for
financial intermediation since the banks are situated far away and operating costs of dealing with
banks is high. A feasibility study for setting up community-owned cluster level cooperative can be
taken up during the third year of the programme, preferably one pilot in the northern part and the
other in the southern part. Two cooperatives are likely to be piloted for promotion of savings after a
thorough due diligence.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
11
Component-2: NRM and Livelihoods improvement (Total cost USD 39.42 million including IFAD
resources of USD 21.07 million)
46. This component will have three sub-components: (i) natural resource management, (ii) food
and nutrition security and (iii) livelihoods improvement.
(i) Natural Resource Management:
47. Historically PTGs have been living deeper inside forests compared to other STs and some
PTGs, such as the Birhor and Mankirdia were nomadic until recently. Shifting cultivation even now
remains the principal cultivation technique for a large number of PTGs. Their transition from hunting,
gathering to shifting cultivation and eventually to settled farming has been slower and more recent
than other STs.. Being late entrants into settled agriculture and inhabiting remote locations deep
inside forests, most PTGs do not possess pattas (title document) for land that they have traditionally
been cultivating since long. This needs to be addressed to promote investment on land and also to
ensure security of tenure to land.. Their farming practices remain rudimentary with very low
productivity. Their farm tools are of poor quality and they do not adequate draft power. Springs and
streams present in many villages are not being used for irrigation and rainwater is not being
harnessed. Rain-fed cultivation is carried out on undulating land and hill slopes leading to progressive
soil erosion and land degradation.
48. Key interventions under this sub-component will include (i) engaging the services of the
specialist NGO for land surveys and issuing of land rights titles to PTGs, (ii) treatment of 20,000 ha of
arable land, construction of some 900 irrigation structures (such as diversion of run-off of the
streams), (iii) building the capacity of some 18,000 farmers in crop development and horticulture and
(iv) support to horticulture development, cereal food crops including oilseeds, pulses and tubers in
about 900 villages.
49. Land Allocation and Recording of Land rights: PTGs are not landless in literal sense. They
cultivate on both revenue and forest land but do have title for the land on which they till. Both the GoI
and GoO have enacted several acts to issue land title to PTGs and other STs. However, issues such
as issuance of title only for a small extent of land irrespective of the extent of land under occupation
and non-issuance of a map with boundaries for the land have been major challenges. The programme
will facilitate settlement of individual and community rights under Forest Rights Act (FRA) and
assignment of available revenue lands to the landless for homestead and agriculture under relevant
Government laws. Land titles will be issued in the names of both husband and wife. To implement this
activity, the programme will engage the services of a specialist NGO – LANDESA which is the only
organization in Odisha with the experience to implement this activity. LANDESA has agreed to
implement this activity on a turnkey basis and the GoO has agreed for pre-selection of LANDESA for
implementing this activity. (Details in Para # 18 of Appendix 4 – Detailed Programme Description and
Para # 51, 55 and 96 of the Working Paper 5 – Natural Resources Management and Para # 17 of the
Working Paper 6 – Livelihoods Support).
50. On a pilot basis, the programme will facilitate granting of community rights under section 3(1)(i)
of FRA and facilitate and finance soil and water conservation measures on such lands, followed by
planting of various forage, firewood and other trees and grasses of use to PTGs. This would reduce
women’s drudgery in firewood collection and improve water availability by recharging springs. Two
pilots will be taken-up in each MPA area.
51. Land and water resource development: The programme will finance and facilitate community
mobilisation and preparation of detailed village development plans (VDPs). These plans will include
inter alia: land shaping, small-scale diversion-based irrigation, lift-irrigation, storage structures,
rainwater harvesting, various measures to stabilise shifting cultivation lands, and, development of
lands covered under FRA. Land treatment works may include stabilisation of steep slopes by tree-
planting, drainage treatment and contour-trenching, stabilisation of shifting cultivation by terracing and
planting fruit crops and spices etc. The programme will finance the implementation of these plans
through the VDCs with technical assistance provided by the programme. In line with the programme
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
12
objective of household food and nutrition security, about 30% of households will be provided with
access to irrigation facilities during main crop season mostly for growing rice and maize and wheat
and vegetables during winter season in the low-lying areas. The programme will focus on Irrigation
and rainwater run-off management to make use of available water resources from springs and
streams near villages and to moderate or divert the rainwater run-off from areas upstream of the
village so that farm land is not damaged and to harvest and store rainwater where suitable sites are
present. Irrigation will support improved crop production, cultivation of vegetables in
homesteads/backyards, protection of paddy crop in the course of erratic monsoon rains and enable
cultivation of winter crops, leading to enhanced yields and increased availability of food, including
vegetables.
52. Capacity building of the farmers: The activities to be supported by the programme will include
(i) crop productivity enhancement; (ii) promoting winter crops where irrigation is introduced or land
development activities have enhanced soil moisture; (iii) soil fertility enhancement; (iv) homestead
development as nutrition gardens; (v) providing power tillers and other farm equipment to alleviate the
draft power constraint; and (vii) research support as a pilot to identify and develop through selection
and farmer field trials more productive varieties of various nutrition dense and climate resilient crops
traditionally cultivated by the PTGs and promote production of seeds of promising varieties to supply
to the village seed banks.
53. Support to Agri-horticulture and podu stabilisation: The programme will take up agri-horticulture
on land presently used for podu cultivation or other land on steep slopes after settlement of titles
under FRA in the nature of alley cropping where fruit trees are planted at wide enough spacing to
facilitate cultivation of food crops, vegetables and spices. Land suited for settled cultivation, including
sloping land that can be developed for farming through land development activities will not be used for
agri-horticulture. Only of part of the land under shifting cultivation will be used for agri-horticulture. The
purpose is to bring a change in land use and promote sustainable use of land with steep slopes prone
to rapid erosion by combining fruit tree cultivation with alley cropping rather than taking up block
plantations of fruit trees. (Details are in Para # 22 of Appendix 4 – Detailed Programme Description
and Para # 74 and 75 of the Working Paper 5 – Natural Resources Management).
(ii) Food and Nutrition security
54. A community nutrition assessment will be part of the planning process and all activities
proposed under the programme will be investigated through a nutrition lens to ensure that crops and
activities promoted result in household nutrition security. The important features of nutrition planning
will include: (i) training of children in residential schools and SHG members on malnutrition, locally
available nutritious foods, preparation of nutritious food using local materials, sanitation and
alcoholism; (ii) focus on cultivating locally available traditional food crops, introduction of labour
savings food processing technologies to promote use of traditional crops, focus on promoting kitchen
gardens and other nutrition-sensitive crops; (iv) focus on nutrition-dense interventions such as kitchen
gardens, backyard poultry and goat rearing; and (v) promotion of convergence to address gaps in the
areas of food availability, health, water and sanitation.
55. PTGs grow a wide variety of nutrition dense crops, such as millets, short duration upland paddy
and maize, beans, tubers, oilseeds and pulses. But the cultivation of these crops is on the decline and
there is considerable potential for yield enhancement and introduction of new crops. Key interventions
under this sub-component would include (i) conducting some 7,000 demonstrations on farmers’ fields
through the farmers field school approach and (ii) provision of facilities for food and nutrition security
of the target group communities.
56. Conducting demonstrations through Farmer Field Schools: For disseminating information and
technology among the farmers and improving agricultural extension services, farmers would be
organised in to farmer field schools (FFS) with about 15 to 20 members with each such group. The
CSPs, trained by the facilities provided by the programme, will be the anchors of the FFS. At least one
or two FFSs in each village will be organised and provided support under the programme. The
programme in collaboration with Orissa University of Agriculture and Technology (OUAT) will take up
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
13
the development of better agronomic and management practices, identification and development of
better varieties through selection and trials for millets, pulses, beans, oilseeds and tubers cultivated by
PTGs. The focus of these efforts will be to enhance food and nutrition security of the PTGs. In all
some 7,000 demonstrations will be carried out during the programme period. Limited availability of
draft power, especially for summer ploughing and during peak sowing season hampers farming
operations. Cultivation is often done manually even in flat, settled farming areas. Lack of availability of
quality seeds is another constraint in enhancing crop productivity. These constraints could be
alleviated by providing power tillers and other farm equipment for renting out to farmers. The
programme will also promote seed banks for existing crops as well as new crops being promoted.
57. Food and nutrition security: The programme will promote: (i) food and nutrition security and
productivity enhancement by identifying local varieties that add value to nutritional basket and also
identify new crops suitable locally, develop seed banks, train farmers and CRPs, undertake
demonstrations of more productive farming systems, provide improved farm tools, including power
tillers, establish vegetable and fruit tree nurseries and introduce new and innovative farming
techniques such as system of root intensification (SRI); (ii) diversification of the faming system of
PTGs to include fruits and vegetables as well as traditional cereals, such as sorghum or millets, or
bio-fortified crops that have been bred for higher nutrient values; (iii) provision of technical advice and
education on processing and storage and on health and nutrition (including food safety, home
preservation and preparation); and (iv) milling and hulling activities as one of their IGA specifically with
regard to traditional crops that are being neglected to facilitate use of fortification to combat
malnutrition and also value-addition.
(iii) Livelihoods Improvement:
58. PTGs and other ST are dependent largely on forest based livelihoods, wage employment and
agriculture including shifting cultivation. This sub-component will focus on homestead production and
forest-based livelihoods. The programme will support: (i) selection and training of community service
providers (CSP); (ii) household production support – such as expansion of kitchen gardens with their
produce for markets, backyard poultry, goat rearing and income generating activities; (iii) support for
producer collectives - aggregation, value addition and market linkage; (iv) support for NTFP
marketing; and (v) vocational training and strengthening PTG culture and traditions.
59. CSP training and support: Introduction of Poultry and Goat rearing in the tribal villages has not
met with success on account of lack of support services. The programme will identify a CSP to cover
5 villages and train each CSP. CSPs specialising in poultry will be trained and a mother unit (brooding
unit) and a backyard poultry unit will be provided to these CSPs. Mother unit package will comprise a
poultry shed for 1,000 day-old chicks and working capital support for feed and medicine for one
production cycle. Persons traditionally familiar with goat rearing will be trained as CSPs and goat units
will be provided to them. Each goat unit will include one buck and 5 does and feed support for one
production cycle. Support by a veterinarian (appointed by the MPA/NGO) will be provided to the
CSPs. Regular animal health camps will be organized and universal vaccination of all goats and
poultry birds will be ensured. Training to CSPs will include management practices, feeding practices
and preparation of feed using locally available raw materials, vaccination and basic veterinary care.
NGOs engaged by the programme will link up CSPs with veterinary hospitals or dispensaries and also
reliable sellers of veterinary products. A system of paying for the services of CSPs by the service
seeking households will be put in place to ensure sustainability beyond the Programme life.
60. Household production support: The programme will provide a kitchen garden package to all
interested households comprising materials and labour for establishing an enclosed kitchen garden
plot with water storage tank, hose for watering plants and planting materials. As sizes of kitchen
garden plots vary from 40m2 to 400m
2, appropriate facilities based on the SCAMPIS experiences in
developing kitchen gardens under the OTELP will be provided. (Details in Para # 29 of Appendix 4 –
Detailed Programme Description and Para # 63 and 64 of Working Paper 5 – Natural Resources
Management) Vegetables seeds will include radish, gourds, okra, chilli, onion, brinjal, yam, sweet
potato, amaranth, and also drumstick etc.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
14
61. The programme will support expansion of backyard poultry and goat rearing activities. The
programme will implement goat rearing and/or poultry packages to interested members from
functional SHGs. This will include training, materials for sheds, goats (5 does and 1 buck), and poultry
(10 birds) and feed. The partnering NGOs will provide appropriate design for use of local materials for
constructing housing for poultry and goat rearing. The unit cost package includes cost of materials to
be purchased from the market. Local materials and labour will be the contribution of the participating
households. The programme will support introduction of local breeds and also improved breeds of
bucks that have been tested and tried in the tribal setting. In addition, support will be provided to
Income Generating Activities (IGAs) which will be identified as part of the VDP preparation. Trained
CSPs will establish demonstration units; and the households selected for production support will be
trained in these demonstration units on management practices, feeding practices and feed
preparation using local raw materials. (Details in Para # 29 of Appendix 4 – Detailed Programme
Description and Para # 18, 19, 31, 32, 34, 35, 52 60, 66(a), 66(c), 66(d), 66 (e) and 67 (b) of Working
paper 6 – Livelihoods Support).
62. Support for Producer Collectives: The programme will provide support for aggregation, value
addition and market linkage in respect of both agricultural and horticultural products. However, the
major focus will be on NTFP (also called minor forest produce) which comprise medicinal plants, sal
and siali leaves, mushrooms, fruits, resins, bark, roots and tubers, leaves, flowers, seeds, honey, etc.
The aggregation related activities will be the initial building block of the Producer Collectives which will
be linked to implementation of minimum support prices for NTFP and improvement to haat bazars.
This process will be facilitated by the Livelihood Resource Agencies (LRA) to be engaged by the
programme. (See also Para # 93). Upon gaining adequate experience in aggregation and marketing
of NTFP, the Producer Collectives will be facilitated to explore value addition in respect of a few of the
NTFP, agricultural and horticultural products subject of availability of adequate raw materials within
the command area of the Livelihood Collectives and also financial viability of the proposed value
addition. (The details of activities to be supported are provided in (Details in Para # 32 of Appendix 4 –
Detailed Programme Description and Para # 70 to 75 and Annex 2 of the Working paper 6-
Livelihoods support)
63. Support for NTFP Marketing: Haat Bazars (temporary weekly markets) are the most important
market places frequented by the tribal and PTG households. The current exploitation of tribal sellers is
related to the barter system (without weighing), manipulations in weighing, inability to store at the haat
bazaars, inability to stay at the haat bazaar due to lack of basic facilities. Tribal Development
Cooperative Corporation (TDCC) of GoO is required to implement the minimum support price order of
the government for 10 NTFPs and for procuring NTFPs from the tribal peoples. The programme will
provide the required infrastructure support to improve haat bazaars and implement a minimum
support price.
64. Vocational training: The education system in India is largely designed to produce white-collar
workers. GoI has recently initiated efforts to emphasise vocational training largely for the students who
have passed either secondary or higher secondary schools. Drop-out rates are high amongst tribal
children in general and PTGs in particular before passing secondary school. Often these children lack
the interest to assimilate into agriculture-based livelihoods. The programme will therefore support skill
development for masons, plumbers, electricians, computer operators, and mobile telephone repairers,
etc for the PTG candidates. The criteria for selection of trainees will include: (i) a member of PTG; (ii)
a pass in the 7th grade examination; and (iii) aptitude and interest for taking up the vocation. The
programme will not only provide training, board and lodge costs but also compensate for loss of
wages. (Details in Para # 32 of Appendix 4 – Detailed Programme Description and Para # 86-90 and
100 to 102 of Working Paper 6 – Livelihoods Support)
65. Strengthening PTG Culture and their traditions: Values, social organisation, knowledge and
resource management aspects of the PTG communities would be understood before embarking upon
any form of change. PTGs possess precious experience and coping strategies of combating
environmental hardships and leading sustainable livelihoods, some of which are dying out. They have
a wealth of traditional knowledge in water harvesting, conserving agro-biodiversity for food, traditonal
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
15
medicine, land use planning, etc. The traditional knowledge will be documented and where possible
efforts will be made to register intellectual propoerty rights.The programme will conduct knowledge
sharing workshops after having carried out detailed documentation traditional knowledge participated
by PTGs to ensure that tribal people themselves understand their value and resources and build their
confidence on improving on their skills and treasuring their unique knowledge.
Component-3: Community Infrastructure and Drudgery reduction (Total cost USD 47.25 million
including IFAD resources of USD 5.46)
66. This component will have two sub-components: (i) community infrastructure, and (ii) drudgery
reducing interventions. The first sub-component will be financed through national counterpart
contributions by convergence with on-going national and state programmes. The second sub-
component on drudgery reduction will be financed by IFAD.
(i) Community infrastructure:
67. PTG villages are characterised by poor housing, limited or no access to potable water round
the year, absence of sanitation facilities, limited or no access to electricity and limited or no road
connectivity. Some of the villages in the programme area do not have school buildings and in many
cases the school buildings are dilapidated and without drinking water and sanitation facilities. Many
villages do not have paved roads and drainage inside the settlements and children play in extremely
unhygienic conditions, especially during the rainy season. Though NTFPs constitute a major livelihood
source for PTGs, there are no platforms for drying and sorting these commodities and for storage to
facilitate collective marketing. With a view to addressing these constraints, the programme will support
construction of (i) some 300 drinking water schemes and some 542 school toilets, (ii) 4,000 housing
units and habitat development, (iii) 500 km of road connectivity and 50 km of electrification, (iv)
infrastructure for 542 drying yards, 84 market yards, 250 aggregation centres, 250 SHG work-sheds,
and (v) provision of power-tiller units and 2,000 irrigation pump-sets and 84 hydram units. O&M of
these facilities will be through a committee of the VDA and the village volunteers will be trained as
community mechanics. (Details in Para # 42 of Appendix 4 – Detailed Programme Description and
Para # 38, 44 and 51 of Working Paper 7 – Community Infrastructure and Drudgery Reduction).
68. Drinking water & sanitation: Every household will be provided access to drinking water and
toilet facilities. Household water connections will be given with an overhead tank, either filled through
gravity where a water source is available upstream or by pumping water from a tube well or stream if
electricity is available. Where neither is possible hand pumps with a platform will be provided at the
rate of one per ten or more households. (Details in Para # 42 of Appendix 4 – Detailed Programme
Description and Para # 16 and 35 of Working Paper 7 – Community Infrastructure and Drudgery
Reduction).
69. Housing & habitat development: Houses with separate cattle sheds and toilets will be provided
to all families not covered under schemes like Indira Awas Yojana (IAY or MKY), as far as possible
using local construction materials. Villages will be provided with cement concrete (CC) roads along
with drainage facilities within the habitation.
70. Roads, electricity, solar lighting: Programme villages will be provided all weather road
connectivity. Where possible villages will be connected to an electric grid. Solar lighting will be
provided at household level and for street lighting where there is no access to the electric grid.
71. Social service infrastructure: Many PTG villages do not have primary school and Anganwadi
buildings and none have a community centre. Where school buildings are present there are no toilets
and drinking water facility. The programme will construct a common facility centre in each PTG village,
construct primary schools where none exist with separate toilets for boys and girls and construct an
Anganwadi centre.
72. Economic infrastructure: The programme will construct a drying yard in each PTG village to
facilitate drying and cleaning of NTFPs and also provide weighing scales. Market yards will be
constructed in village clusters to facilitate buyer-seller meetings. Other interventions would also
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
16
include mills and expellers to be managed by SHGs or the community, community buildings, power
tillers, etc.
73. (ii) Drudgery reducing interventions: The sub-component has resources to finance 35,000
smokeless wood-stoves, 20,000 solar lanterns, maintenance of fuel wood reserves in 540 villages to
reach some 31,500 households, and for construction of some 84 milling units for hulling rice, millets
etc. Practical needs of women include easy and year-round access to water, fuel-wood, diversified
food sources for nutrition, and reproductive and child health care services. Many of these are closely
linked to land use (including farming systems), land tenure and usufruct rights – which are strategic in
nature. Promotion of labour-intensive cash crops to the PTGs will be weighed against its adverse
impact on nutrition security and women’s access to food sources. OPELIP will therefore work on
expediting access to land tenure rights under FRA both for house-building and the community and
natural resource regeneration to protect water and fuel-wood sources, and protecting biodiversity on
and off-farm. Creating access to drinking water, providing smokeless cook-stoves, creating fuel-wood
reserves and promoting home-based nutrition gardens will also be good and community-acceptable
entry point activities to reduce drudgery. There is also scope for improved storage of food grains
through household storage bins and improved housing and solar home lighting. Reduced drudgery
can also be achieved through improvements in hauling, threshing, hulling, and milling of food grains.
Small scale processing units can enable women to spend more time on productive activities, and in
preparing nutritious foods such as millet.
Component-4: Programme Management (Total cost of USD 21.39 million including IFAD
resources of USD 9.70 million)
74. The programme management has been designed based on lessons from OTELP and other
IFAD-supported projects in India. Accordingly, the programme will strengthen existing systems rather
than creating parallel ones. But it is recognized that there could be limitations in procuring qualified
staff due to remoteness of MPA areas. The MPAs are registered as Societies headed by the District
Collector and this model has been successful in overcoming the issues faced by the regular
government departments relating to transfer of unspent funds to the government treasury at the end
of each financial year, bureaucratic approval, sanction and payment processes and inability to
converge with other government-run programmes and departments. The Programme Management
component will have three sub-components, namely: (i) Programme Management Unit at the state
level; (ii) Management structure at MPA level; and (iii) Programme Monitoring and Evaluation and
knowledge Management. The programme will adhere to the affirmative action policies of GoO with
regard to human resource engagement which allow reservation of 33% of all positions to women and
also 22.5% to tribal candidates. In the event suitable candidates are not available under these
categories, PMU will be permitted to engage other candidates in view of the time bound nature of
programme implementation.
(i) Programme Management Unit (PMU)
75. For the overall management of the programme a PMU will be established in Bhubaneswar
under the STSCDD. The PMU will be headed by a full time Programme Director (PD) from the
government (preferably from the Indian Forest Service as the programme has a strong component on
FRA) who will report to the Commissioner and Secretary, STSCDD and work closely with the
Additional Secretary STSCDD and Director, Tribal Research Institute, Bhubaneswar. The PD will be
overall responsible for the management of the programme and fostering support, convergence with
key departments such as Rural Development, Forest, Agriculture, Women and Child Development etc.
The PD will be assisted in his/her functions by a full time Deputy Programme Director (DPD),
preferably from the market or on secondment, who will, in addition to his/her core programme related
functions be responsible for Planning, Knowledge Management and HR issues and a complement of
professionals including a Revenue Officer seconded from the Revenue Department to assist in
programme implementation (Details including the organisation chart of PMU are in Appendix 5 –
Institutional aspects and Implementation arrangements). The Programme will provide office
equipment such as computers and printers, photo-copying machine, internet facilities, office furniture,
office rent, training support for the staff, staff salaries and allowances, office-running costs, vehicles
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
17
and vehicle hiring facilities and running costs etc. STSCDD will provide necessary office space. (For
detailed cost estimates, refer Table 4.1, WP-9) The programme will ensure provision of adequate
accident and medical insurance coverage for all contract staff at both PMU and MPA levels.
(ii) Programme Management at MPA level
76. OPELIP will be implemented in the field through the existing MPAs with the respective Special
Officer being overall in charge of the programme. The proposed organisational structure of an MPA
includes a Special Officer, who is a regular Government Officer; a Project Manager (on contractual
basis); a Junior Engineer (to be filled through either on secondment or on contract); a Junior
Agriculture Officer; one Accountant, one senior or junior Clerk cum Accountant; one Social Mobiliser
(on contractual basis); one Data Entry Operator and one peon. This staffing pattern may not be
appropriate in all cases as the MPA area coverage under OPELIP varies from 13 to 150 villages per
MPA. (Proposed MPA structure in shown in Chart-3, Appendix-5 and detailed cost estimates in Table-
4.2, WP-9). Many MPAs have limited or no connectivity by internet, phone or even roads which limits
their effectiveness. In this context, OPELIP will strengthen the capacity of these MPAs in three ways:
(i) strengthening the MPA with additional staff support; (ii) building the capacity of existing and new
staff through training, exposure, handholding etc; and (ii) improving the overall working environments
of the MPAs by office equipment, computer facilities with printers and internet through V-sats,
improving the office building and construction of new office buildings where needed and also
construction of camp offices, training and capacity building of the staff and provision of FNGO facilities
on continuing basis for each MPA.
(iii) Programme M&E and Knowledge management
77. The programme will make provisions for conducting baseline surveys, annual outcome surveys,
midterm review surveys, RIMS surveys, special studies, concurrent monitoring etc. Monitoring and
evaluation functions will be handled by the M&E team and the KM functions by the Manager-
Communications within the PMU under the guidance of the PD. The State Government has taken
several steps to address a number of key policy issues relating to the development of the tribal
population. Through the policy initiatives sub-component, the programme will support the
operationalizing these initiatives by: (i) providing a legal advocacy fund to assist tribal (in particular the
PTGs) and NGOs in pursuit of land alienation and restoration cases; (ii) establishing mobile squads
for detection of cases and enforcement of land restoration; and, (iii) funding of land surveying. The
programme will also provide funding for studies on key policy issues, dissemination of the findings
and engage in dialogue with the State Government on other unresolved policy areas. Detailed cost
estimates are in Table-4.3, WP-9.
D. Lessons learned and adherence to IFAD policies
(i) Lessons Learned from India Projects
78. Key lessons learned from IFAD projects in India are detailed in Appendix-3 and summarised
below:
Poverty can be effectively reduced through an empowerment process, which in turn requires investment in people’s institutions and in intangible assets. Each intervention should have an adequate implementation period, allowing sufficient time to establish and strengthen strong and sustainable grass-roots institutions.
The selection of qualified NGOs to undertake social mobilization activities is critical. Where highly capable local NGOs are not available, there is sometimes a need for national or regional Resource NGOs to undertake the role of mentor and trainer to the smaller local Facilitating NGOs. The process of selection of NGO partners needs to be completed promptly and without political interference. IFAD has been asked to participate as an observer in the selection process to ensure its fairness.
Developing livelihood opportunities for smallholder farmers and tribal communities in rain-fed areas requires broader partnerships that combine the competencies and resources of government, civil society and people’s organizations, and the corporate private sector.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
18
India allocates very large resources to agriculture and rural development through state and centrally sponsored schemes. Often these central schemes lack local level institutional mechanisms to deliver their services. IFAD projects, with their focus on building local level institutions often provide a perfect vehicle for delivery of central sector support. This so called “convergence” approach has proven highly effective in on-going IFAD projects, and significantly multiplies the impact of project interventions.
Undertaking fewer, focused projects with larger average loan size can contribute to lowering transaction and administrative costs for both the Government and IFAD and would permit greater attention to implementation support, learning and impact achievement.
(ii) Lessons from IFAD-supported tribal development projects (JTDP, CTDP and OTELP)
79. Key lessons from IFAD projects tribal development projects include:
Empowerment of Tribal community a prerequisite for poverty alleviation: Historically, tribal communities have been living in relative isolation. A distinct cause of their poverty in comparison to other poor communities is their inability to negotiate and cope with the consequences of their forced integration with the mainstream.22 This was effectively addressed through an empowerment process, which required investment in people’s institutions and these processes needed a long implementation period, allowing sufficient time to establish and nurture strong and sustainable grass-roots institutions.
Need for implementation in contiguous villages and Panchayats. JTDP used a watershed approach thus only parts of villages covered. As a result, the linkages with statutory Panchayat level schemes could not be established. This needs to be addressed by ensuring coverage of all villages in a selected Gram Panchayat and also selection of contiguous Panchayats for effective implementation.
Need for focus on Livelihoods Improvement: Promotion of livelihood activities is best done by mobilising the community into groups for shared services and aggregation along specific sector-activities, building capability to manage production, quality and marketing, and establishing necessary service and logistical linkages.
Financial service delivery: The SHG movement has helped tribal women to obtain credit for consumption-related activities and for establishing micro-enterprises. SHG members were able to get out of “debt traps” with money-lenders and improve family cash flow. But there is a limit to the impact of lending from internal group savings. SHG members needed larger-scale financing for establishing viable enterprises or income generating activities along with training.
Smooth counterpart funds flow needed: JTDS received funds from the State Welfare Department as a Treasury Advance based on the budget approved by the State Assembly. As a result, the programme had to provide all vouchers for verification to settle the advance before the next instalments were released. This led to substantial delay in release of funds, hampering programme implementation. It is necessary that the Government releases funds as grant-in-aid and agree for settlement of accounts based on utilisation certificates.
Need for capacity development of NGOs: JTDP engaged between 5 and 7 NGOs in each district, each working in clusters of 10 or more villages. Many could not employ competent staff due to limited budgets. It is necessary that there should be adequate budgets for engaging the services of NGOs. As there is a very high level of variations in capacities of NGOs, it is necessary to have a common strategy for training the NGOs in the programme context.
Building alliances of Gram Sabhas and Panchayats to make tribal laws work: JTDP had limited facilitation in enabling the Gram Sabhas and individual tribal beneficiaries to take advantage from various laws (such as FRA) enacted for the welfare and development of
22
The setting up of Scheduled Areas by the makers of the Indian Constitution and the later enactment of PESA as a separate
law for local self-governance in these areas as different from those applicable to other parts of the country is an
acknowledgement of this.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
19
tribal communities. Since Panchayat elections have been held, efforts should be in building strong alliances of Panchayats and Gram Sabhas for the benefit of tribal communities.
Need for fulltime Project Director and staff commitment: Both JTDP and CTDP got neither appropriate strategic direction nor established strong partnerships with the line departments due to the absence of a fulltime Project Director. This resulted in high staff turnover, in part due to a lack of management vision and in part due to the lack of HR policies. In this respect, OTELP’s performance has been better due to strong management and policy support, and continuity of management. Specific lessons learned from OTELP and incorporated in the design of OPELIP are summarised in Annex-1, Appendix-3.
(iii) Impact of OTELP
80. The impact of OTELP identified by an impact assessment study commissioned by OTELP23
in
2008 indicated substantial improvement in the overall well being of the participating households.
These included: (i) Increase in the average household incomes of the tribal households; (ii) About 18
percent of BPL households moved out of poverty; (iii) about 25 percent of these households,
indicating > 30 percent increase in income from agriculture; (iv) gradual reduction of out-migration of
the poor as well as very poor households; (v) significant reduction in the population dependent on
moneylenders as the primary source of credit from 37% to 15%; and (vi) higher level of gender
empowerment index 34 out of 100 compared to 23 in respect of control group. According to another
study24
conducted in 2011: (i) area under irrigation increased by 162% from 18 ha to about 47 ha per
VDC and overall cropping intensity increased by 22%; (ii) productivity of rain-fed paddy increased by
79%, that of maize and finger millet by 40% and pulses by 46%; (iii) in most cases double cropping
was possible and cash crops like vegetables, banana, lemon grass, groundnut and sunflower were
introduced; and (iv) average household incomes was INR 43,790 and this had significant bearing on
the reduction in out-migration from 18% to 4%. The study also indicated that water levels in wells
increased, leading to expansion in irrigated area and increased availability of water for domestic use
and livestock (but no quantified data were available). Malnutrition status across 12-23 month aged
children becomes central to the reduction of malnutrition among children and the findings showed a
significant difference in the below -3SD and -2SD figures of National Fifth Health Survey-III (NFHS-III)
and Project areas: {(-3SD 26% NFHS, and 23% Project) (-2SD 54% NFHS, 53% Project)}. There was
a significant difference of around 10 percentage point in 12-23 month age groups on the measure of
stunting. See Appendix 3: Country Performance and lessons learned.
Adherence to IFAD policies
81. The overarching goal of IFAD's strategic framework 2011-2015 is: enabling poor rural people to
improve their food security, raise their incomes and strengthen their resilience by building profitable
farm and non-farm enterprises that are sustainable and well integrated into local, national and global
value chains, and that can generate opportunities for wealth creation and employment in rural areas.
This is underpinned by four objectives: (i) a strengthened and more resilient natural resource and
economic asset base for poor rural women and men; (ii) enhanced access to a range of services for
poor rural women and men; (iii) strengthened capabilities (of both individual rural poor men and
women and their organizations) to take advantage of new opportunities; and (iv) improved institutional
and policy environments for the rural economies in which IFAD operates. OPELIP is fully in line with
this framework, focusing on profitable enterprises and value chains, as well as the resilience of the
natural resource base. OPELIP is also fully in line with both the strategic objectives of the IFAD
COSOP for India: (i) increased access to agricultural technologies and natural resources; and (ii)
increased access to financial services and value chains. It is also directed to one of the main target
groups identified in the COSOP – indigenous tribal groups. The programme design strongly adheres
to IFAD policies for poverty, targeting and gender, indigenous peoples, climate change, scaling-up,
good governance, and environment. Details are presented in Appendix-12.
23
Impact Assessment of OTELP in 2009 by Sambodhi Consultants, Bhubaneswar 24
Impact Assessment of Land and Water Management Interventions in Phase-I Areas of OTELP by the Overseas Projects and
Services Ltd, Bhubaneswar published in 2012.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
20
Programme implementation
A. Implementation Approach
82. The approach to programme implementation includes: (i) awareness generation; (ii) facilitating
grass-roots institutional development; (iii) supporting grassroots planning and implementation; (iv)
ensuring flow of resources to the PTG communities through their institutions; and (v) involving NGOs
in capacity building and awareness creation and also for the delivery of services as key service
providers. The implementation will be on the basis of inclusive approach and this would mean that all
communities and households residing within selected villages will form the target groups but special
emphasis will be given to the development of PTGs.
83. The programme will adopt a flexible, non-prescriptive, process-oriented approach to enable the
primary stakeholders to determine the scope of programme activities, and their timing, pace and
sequencing. The programme will mobilize and nurture capacity of community-based organizations in
each of the programme village to prepare and implement a VDP. A gradual and phased approach will
be adopted to ensure capacity building of the PTGs to take over implementation of activities.
Necessary systems and processes will be built to allow for handholding, supervision and evaluation of
performance.
B. Organizational framework
Executing Agencies
84. At national level the Department of Economic Affairs, Ministry of Finance, GoI will be the nodal
agency for this programme and the Ministry of Tribal Affairs, GoI will be involved for overall policy
guidance. At the state level, the STSCDD will be the Lead Programme Agency responsible for the
functions relating to planning, funds flow, monitoring and evaluation, gender mainstreaming and
knowledge management. A Programme Management Unit (PMU) set up within the STSCDD will have
overall responsibility for the day-to-day management of the Programme. Overall programme
management structure is shown in Chart-1, Appendix 5: Institutional Aspects and Implementation
Arrangements.
Management and Coordination Structure
85. Two broad principles will govern the management and coordination structure for OPELIP: (i)
strengthen the capacity of existing systems, especially the MPAs, rather than create alternative
systems; and (ii) recognise that extreme remoteness has a bearing on the availability of staff with
requisite qualifications and experience and, therefore, adopt a flexible approach in staffing. The
Special Officers currently in charge of the MPAs will be in charge of the OPELIP implementation at the
MPA level.
86. The programme management has been designed based on lessons from OTELP and other
IFAD-supported projects in India. The teams at PMU and MPA level will be a mix of government staff
on secondment and contractual staff from the market. The ongoing IFAD-supported OTELP will
provide assistance (technical, administrative, organisational) in the establishment of the PMU and
strengthening of MPAs in the beginning. The existing multi-purpose workers numbering about 80 and
who are currently engaged by some of the MPAs will be hired as CRPs by the NGOs. Hiring of staff
will be in a phased manner and need-based.
87. To ensure sustained attention to nutrition, staffing would be at three levels: (i) community
workers, primarily drawing on available government functionaries such as the ICDS teacher, ASHA
didi, or residential school cook or warden; (ii) a home extension agent (who will coordinate closely
with agricultural extension support) or social mobiliser to oversee community activities at MPA; and
(iii) a nutrition and gender specialist as part of the PMU team.
88. The Programme Director-OPELIP (PD-OPELIP) will report to the Secretary STSCDD whereas
the staff of the PMU will report to the PD-OPELIP. The Special Officer at MPA level will have a dual
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
21
line of reporting- s/he will report to the District Collector (who is the Chairperson of their PMC) for
planning and facilitating implementation, and to the PD-OPELIP for administrative purposes and for
overall guidance.
89. OPELIP will be reviewed at the highest level by the Programme Steering Committee (PSC)
once a year and the Programme Management Committee (PMC) at least twice a year. In addition,
programme progress and outcomes will be reviewed during biannual Tripartite Project Review
Meetings, which are organized by DEA and IFAD and attended by Project/Programme Directors of all
IFAD-supported projects/programmes in India. IFAD will organise at least one Supervision Mission
every year to assess progress and provide support to enhance performance.
Programme Management
90. Programme Management: The Programme Management has been described in detail under
Programme Component 4 above. Key features being: (i) there should be a full-time Programme
Director preferably from the Indian Forest Service, who is supported by full-time staff members; and,
(ii) each MPA continues to be headed by Special Officers but at least with a minimum of three
continuous years of service and each MPA to be substantially strengthened both by additional human
resource and office facilities.
91. NGOs: The programme will engage an NGO for each MPA which is capable of implementing
the programme interventions in the area. The selected NGO will engage a multidisciplinary technical
team to support field level implementation. The role and responsibilities of the facilitating NGO will be
spelled out in a memorandum of understanding (MOU) to be entered into between the PMU and the
NGO, in a form and substance approved by the State Government and IFAD. The proposed
organizational chart of NGOs for programme implementation is provided in Chart-4, Appendix-5. The
programme will also engage the services of specialist technical NGOs with proven capacity who have
experience of working in Odisha in the tribal and/or PTG areas, such as REACH India (for capacity
building across all MPAs) and “LANDESA” for land survey and allocation related activities.
92. The salient features of the NGOs to be selected would be detailed in the Project Implementation
Manual (PIM) but broadly include: (i) experience of working in the tribal districts of Odisha; (ii)
experience of working with OTELP will be preferred; (iii) minimum five years of experience in working
in community empowerment, SHG mobilization and natural resources management; (iv) experience in
implementing projects funded by large donors with preference for multilateral and government
projects; (v) availability of at least five professionals specialized in community empowerment, SHG
mobilization and natural resources management fields on long term basis (min 3 years) with the
organization; and (vi) availability of up to date audited financial statements with a yearly resource
generation of at least INR 5.00 million
93. Livelihoods Resource Agencies (LRAs): The programme will engage LRAs to mobilise
households into Producer Groups and Livelihood Collectives. LRAs with competence to handle
activities related to aggregation, value addition and marketing in respect of various sub-sectors will be
recruited by the programme.
94. Other Government Departments: OPELIP will work closely with a number of State Government
departments and agencies such as Agriculture, Health, Women and Child Development, Forestry,
Rural Development etc. The programme will facilitate convergence of the programmes/ activities of
various departments through the MPAs. In view of the importance of nutrition, the Department of
Women and Child Development will post a staff to work under the Special Officer, responsible for co-
ordinating/ implementing nutrition related activities.
95. Village level structure: A Village Development Association (VDA) will be established in all MPA
villages and each such VDA may have about 30 to 60 households with one male and one female
representative from each household as members of the VDA. In some cases 2-3 small villages have
to form a VDA in the event these villages have fewer or inadequate number of households to organise
themselves in to a VDA. VDAs will set up a VDC and these VDCs will be responsible for
implementation of natural resource management and livelihoods related activities. For each VDA,
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
22
there will be one VDC secretary and one CRP who will be selected from within the PTG communities.
Provisions will be made for the NGOs to bring on board technical experts to work in the field in
particular for microfinance and agriculture support.
Programme coordination and convergence
96. A Programme Steering Committee (PSC) will be established under the chairmanship of the
Chief Secretary (or alternate), GoO with representations from key line departments, District Collectors
of programme districts, independent development experts, a representative from a reputed Bank, with
the Commissioner cum Secretary of STSCDD as the member secretary, for effective governance and
to provide overall policy guidance to the programme. The PSC will review the progress of the
programme and ensure that its activities are coordinated with other development efforts in the state,
especially with the key line departments (Forest, Women and Child Development, Rural Development,
Agriculture etc).
97. In addition, at the State level, there will be a Programme Management Committee (PMC) with
the Commissioner cum Secretary, STSCDD as the Chairperson and PD of OPELIP as the Member
Secretary. The members will include Secretaries (or their nominees) of the Departments of Revenue,
Finance, Forest, Panchayati Raj, Rural Development, Women and Child Development and Planning
and Co-ordination along with Additional Secretary, STSCDD and Director, TRI. The PMC will meet
quarterly and be responsible for all management decisions for effective programme implementation,
including approving the Annual Work Plan and Budget.
98. At the MPA level a District Programme Implementation Committee (PIC) will be set up under the
Chairmanship of the District Collector with representation from ITDA, Forestry Department, and
NGOs, with the Special Officer of MPA as the member Secretary to approve AWPB, review
implementation progress and facilitate coordination with other line departments. The PIC will facilitate
convergence and co-ordination with relevant departments and schemes of the government.
Implementation Arrangements
99. Detailed implementation arrangements are provided in Appendix 5 - Institutional aspects and
implementation arrangements with implementation sequence in Chart 5, implementation
arrangements in Chart 6, roles and responsibility matrix in chart 7 and implementation phasing in
Chart 8.
100. Capacity building: Lessons regarding training and capacity building from the experience from
IFAD projects in India and elsewhere in Asia25
include the following. (i) Results of mass training
programmes, covering many thousands of rural people, have been generally disappointing. Reaching
ambitious numerical targets requires a huge effort and becomes the focus of programme
management, and quality is sacrificed. (ii) Post-training follow-up is a key factor in adoption of
technologies and skills learned in training courses. (iii) Top quality training is well worth the extra cost
- this may involve hands-on practical learning, good trainers (including farmers who have done what
they are now teaching), and training from top institutions. (iv) Capacity Building and skill development
can take place through a number of routes, and does not always need to involve formal training
courses.
101. Under OPELIP, capacity will be built for community members in the following ways: (i) day-to-
day contact with programme staff, NGO staff, and, technical service providers; (ii) day-to-day contact
and mentoring by CRPs and Social Mobilisers; (iii) contact with other government service providers
(ICDS, health etc); (iv) viewing of videos produced for knowledge sharing; (v) participation in
knowledge sharing and review meetings at the village and district levels; and, (vi) utilisation of mobile-
phone based information systems; etc. Additional capacity building will be provided for programme
staff via: (i) contact with other staff, especially technical experts at PMU; (ii) contact with other
agencies, especially GoO line departments; (iii) contact with agencies in other states and countries -
25
in particular see Bangladesh: Evaluation of Training Provided by Projects, E Mallorie and N Sardar, IFAD Case Study, 2011
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
23
this may be partly facilitated by IFAD, and include contact with IFAD supported projects/programmes
in other states as well as other good practice models; and (iv) technical manuals and other materials.
Table 2: Role and Responsibility Matrix
Delivery
Agency
Functions Capacity Training requirements
addressed in PDR
PMU Overall Planning, coordination and
management. Fund flow and
financial management.
Supervision of MPAs.
Monitoring and Evaluation
Knowledge management.
New establishment and
competent human resource
will be recruited
Training in project concepts and
orientation.
Procurement and financial
management training.
Exposure visits
MPAs Field level planning, coordination
and management.
Funds flow and financial
management at the field level.
Supervision and technical support to
NGOs.
Coordination for convergence with
other government departments.
Monitoring and knowledge
management.
Weak management
capacity and addressed
through staff restructuring
and engagement of
competent staff.
Field level presence and
experience dealing with
PTG.
Training in project concepts and
orientation.
Training on SHG mobilization
and financial inclusion.
Training on VDP preparation.
Training on natural resource
management.
Procurement and financial
management training.
Exposure visits.
LANDESA
(NGO)
Survey of land ownership of PTGs
and facilitation for land allocation.
Well experienced in land
allocation activities under
OTELP
Training of CRPs for survey and
identification of land under
occupation/cultivation by PTGs.
NGO Field level implementation
SHG and GPLF mobilization and
establishing savings and credit
systems.
VDA/VDC formation, VDP
preparation and facilitating VDCs to
implement VDPs.
Availability of NGOs with
capacity to implement
NRM, savings and credit
and rural infrastructure
activities.
Training in project concepts and
orientation.
Training on SHG mobilization
and financial inclusion.
Training on VDP preparation.
Training on natural resource
management.
VDA/VDC Preparation of village plans and
their implementation
Homogeneity within the
community
Training in VDP preparation and
VDP implementation
CRP and CSP training
TDCC Support for aggregation, value
addition and marketing including
promotion of producer collectives.
Support for haat bazaar
improvement and implementation of
minimum support price.
Authorized to implement
minimum support price.
Experience in promoting
producer collectives.
Training and exposure visits
related to promotion of producer
collectives.
Livelihood
resource
Agency,
NGO
Facilitate the PTG and handhold
promotion of producer collectives
Agencies with experience
available in the programme
area
Agencies with core strength in
producer collective promotion
will be engaged.
102. Community empowerment component: The activities related to VDA mobilization, VDC
formation, SHG mobilization and capacity building of SHGs will be undertaken by the programme
engaged NGOs. Staff capacity at the level of NGOs will be strengthened with the trainers’ training
programmes. NGOs will engage one CRP for every two villages. This CRP will be the focal person for
land, water, livelihood, health, nutrition and education related activities. NGOs will also engage CSPs
to provide services to the community.
103. Promoting SHGs and Rural Finance: NGOs will be responsible for sub component
implementation including GPLF formation and strengthening, revival/mobilisation of SHGs, training of
SHG members, facilitating SHGs to implement social sector activities, facilitating flow of VRF, CIF to
GPLF and implementing the loan monitoring system. The Rural Finance Manager at the PMU will be
overall responsible for the implementation of the sub-component. The Livelihood and Rural Finance
mobiliser of each NGO will be primarily responsible for implementation at the level of each MPA. The
social mobilisation officer of the MPA will provide appropriate administrative support for
implementation and will also be operating the automated MIS to lessen the burden of book keeping on
SHGs and GPLF. Training institutions will be engaged for providing the training of trainers’
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
24
programmes. CRPs – one per Gram Panchayat will be engaged for the implementation of the sub
component in the villages.
104. The broad functions of the GPLF will be to: (i) spearhead the formation and functioning and
monitoring of SHGs; (ii) provide training, book-keeping, auditing services to SHGs to function
vibrantly; (iii) promote dal poshak (pulses) bank, seed bank, facilitation for Banking Correspondent to
reach out to the villagers; (iv) management of VRF and CIF provided under OPELIP in compliance
with NRLM norms; (v) collective marketing of NTFPs and other produce; (vi) awareness raising and
training on adoption of better nutrition, sanitation and hygiene practices, addressing alcoholism,
drudgery reduction; (vii) improving access to relevant Government schemes and entitlements; and
(viii) grooming members to effectively participate in various institutions like VDA, Palli Sabha and
Gram Panchayat. The GPLF will be registered under the Societies Registration Act or other suitable
legal form. NGOs will facilitate setting up of accounting and loan monitoring systems for each GPLF.
The CRPs will be responsible for all work related to SHGs and rural finance.
105. In order to ensure common understanding on the strategies and approach to GPLF and SHG
development, an exposure visit cum harmonisation workshop will be conducted at the beginning of
the programme for all key functionaries. This will be followed by Training of Trainers (TOT) for field
functionaries on SHG mobilisation and other related topics. The training modules following the
methodology of learning by conversation will largely be followed. This methodology adopts adult
learning principles, is interactive, suited for illiterate groups and enables retention of training lessons.
106. Once the capacity of field functionaries is built, they will become the trainers for conducting
training programmes to the participating households. NGO staff and CRP GPLF will attend meetings
of the SHGs and train the members on various aspects related to SHG mobilisation and
empowerment issues. In addition, CRP GPLF will provide support for maintaining the books of
accounts of SHGs. This completely eliminates additional costs to conduct grassroots training and also
enables training of every member of the SHGs. For any training conducted out of the village the
members will be compensated for a day’s wage.
107. The GPLF along with the village health and education committee of the VDA will take up the
following initiatives to improve health and nutrition practices: (i) promote “dal poshak” banks which will
work on the principles of grain banks to improve protein intake of the households; (ii) enrol families
for health insurance such as Rashtriya Swasthya Bima Yojana26,
Biju Krushak Bima Yojana27
; (iii)
orient and promote institutional delivery and care of children; (iv) spread through local theatre and
drama key messages on nutrition, health, girl education, issues of early marriage and promotion of
savings; (v) provide systematic awareness and knowledge for mothers, adolescent girls and boys in
schools, anganwadi workers and ASHA workers, nutrition and need for providing nutritional food for
children in the 1,000 day window; (vi) provide incentive for marriage after 18; (vii) training on
preventive and post occurrence care for malaria; (viii) monitor mother and infant feeding through
anganwadi in convergence with DWCD; and (ix) promote kitchen gardens in the homestead land with
a variety of vegetables and fruit crops.
108. Nutrition awareness and education will be routed through the women’s SHGs. The programme
would build capacity among groups to ensure that their savings is used wisely (say, through nutrition
education or training in family budgeting) and that they welcome and adopt activities that promote
good nutrition, such as crop diversification and small business development for nutritious crops.
109. Natural Resources Management component: NGOs and CRPs are the main implementation
partners to implement natural resource management, health and nutrition, and income generating
activities. VDCs will facilitate identification of the beneficiary households and CSPs to receive training
and support. Funding for implementation will flow to the communities based on the approved AWPB.
LANDESA is a NGO with the domain knowledge of mapping land according to its classification as per
government prescribed categories with the help of village youth whom they train as Community
26
A Universal health insurance scheme for the benefit of BPL households, Government of India 27
Health insurance of Government of Odisha for farmer households
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
25
Resource Persons (CRPs). The PMU will enter into an agreement with LANDESA to prepare three
sets of maps as follows: (i) a detailed cadastral maps of each programme village with due reference to
a landmark, delineating ownership, present usage and occupant and revenue category, authenticated
by the competent revenue officials in the district, (ii) a map of forest land in all categories of forests
that village people are using for shifting or settled cultivation, including the name of the occupant to
facilitate obtaining individual titles under FRA, and (iii) a map of forest land that the village has been
traditionally using to facilitate obtaining community title under FRA.
110. The MPA and PMU will facilitate support from the revenue and forest officials at the district and
sub-district levels to LANDESA in demarcating categories of land and will ensure availability of
existing revenue maps of each village. Implementation in remote villages should be taken up early so
that land development work can begin and people can begin to earn wages. The Revenue Officer in
the cadre of a Deputy Secretary seconded from the Revenue Department, GoO will be responsible for
coordinating this activity with the NGO, LANDESA.
111. The programme will support an Action Research and Extension Programme to be taken up by
OUAT. The PMU will sign a MoU with OUAT for a five year period for this purpose. OUAT will operate
through their existing field based Research Stations and the Krishi Vigyan Kendras (KVKs) operating
in the region.
112. Planning and implementation of NRM activities will be carried out by the VDCs with technical
support from the NGO responsible for the MPA area. All plans will be prepared with full participation of
the households benefiting from specific NRM activities. The NGO will assist the VDCs in procuring
inputs and materials to be procured from outside, such as pipes for irrigation, saplings for horticulture
and any construction materials not locally available. The VDCs will present detailed accounts of all
activities carried out in the VDA every quarter.
113. Livelihoods improvement sub-component: The NGOs will select the CSPs for training in
agriculture, poultry and goat rearing related activities. Once the CSPs are trained, NGOs will facilitate
establishment of demonstration units with these CSPs. The demonstration units will be owned by the
CSPs and it is expected that the income from this intervention will provide required financial strength
to the CSP to continue other activities in the village.
114. Homestead level interventions mostly suffer from lack of provision of support services. In
respect of both poultry and goat rearing, the issues related to universal vaccination and better
management practices have not received adequate attention. This will be addressed through CSPs.
Once the demonstration models with CSPs become operational, interested households will be
identified and a plan for supporting these households will be prepared and submitted to the VDA
through VDC. Once this plan is approved, the same will be incorporated into the AWPB for
implementation. Thereafter, the selected households will be trained in the demonstration units.
115. The livelihood models to be scaled-up require domain expertise and hands-on experience. The
Tribal Development Cooperative Corporation (TDCC) will engage Livelihood Resource Agencies
(LRAs) that have necessary domain knowledge and implementation experience in the respective sub-
sector. Hence, the livelihood collectives will start with aggregation and marketing and thereafter move
into a sub-sector based scaling up.
116. TDCC will be the implementing agency for the marketing support intervention. It will identify the
haat bazaars for development taking into account the haat bazaar land ownership and management
rights. TDCC will engage architects to make plans for comprehensive development of the haat
bazaars. Thereafter, approved plans will be handed over to the ITDA concerned for construction of
haat bazaars. At the same time, TDCC will also make plans for identification of SHGs for procurement
of minor forest products (MFPs), build their capacity and provide working capital for procurement of
MFP. TDCC will also set up a system of procurement of MFP from these SHGs by establishing a
procurement unit within the haat bazaar. In addition to this TDCC will also establish a management
and maintenance system for the redeveloped haat bazaars.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
26
117. MPAs with the support from the partner NGO will implement activities related to vocational
training. NGOs will provide a list of suitable organizations for training. MPAs will coordinate with PMU
and other agencies in the state involved in vocational training and identify suitable training institutes
for sending the selected boys and girls.
118. Community infrastructure and drudgery reduction component: MPAs will be the main
implementing agency. MPAs will implement large construction works by allocating these construction
tasks to ITDAs. In case of small infrastructure not requiring detailed design, MPA will either use force
account procedures or allocate the task to VDCs to undertake the activity as a part of the VDP. The
activities related to drudgery reduction will be implemented as a part of the entry point activities and
also as a part of the VDP. MPAs will be responsible for implementing entry point activities. VDCs in
collaboration with NGOs will take up implementation once VDAs/VDCs are established and their bank
accounts opened. Key institutions involved in the implementation of Community Infrastructure
components are given in Table below.
Agency Key Responsibilities for implementation
Public Works Department Roads and buildings and also their maintenance
Rural Development Department
(Rural Works & Rural Water Supply &
Sanitation)
Buildings, community centres
Rural water supplies, bore-holes, piped water supply, rural roads, including PMGSY
roads, and bridges, etc
Panchayati raj Department Rural Housing; CC Roads
Directorate of Soil & Water conservation All soil and water conservation works including water harvesting structures, check
dams, weirs etc
Minor irrigation Department Small-scale irrigation works
ITDA and MPA All categories of infrastructure interventions within their areas of operation.
Education Department School buildings, hostels etc
Women & Child Development Department Anganwadis
C. Planning, M&E, learning and knowledge management
Planning
119. Planning at the Village Level: The planning process will be initiated with the community at the
level of the natural village (or habitat, referred to as Palli) with the support of the NGO and respective
MPA. The preparation of the VDP may be ideally concluded within six months of formation of the
VDA/VDC. On the basis of the VDP, an AWPB will be prepared each year by October-November by
each VDA and sent to the respective MPA (a model VDP framework and AWPB will be provided in the
PIM).
120. Planning at the MPA level: The planning process at MPA level will essentially be consolidation
of the AWPBs from all the VDAs plus the incorporating of the AWPB related to activities for direct
implementation by the MPA. The AWPM would be forwarded to the PMU after approval by the PIC
headed by the District Magistrate and Collector. This exercise should ideally be completed by second
half of December every year. This process is detailed in Appendix 6: Planning, M&E, Learning and
Knowledge Management.
121. The PMU will consolidate the AWPBs from all the 17 MPAs preferably by December of each
year. The PMU will add other project management costs including budget for M&E and KM related
activities. The PMU will request STSC Development Department, GoO to make budgetary provisions
for the programme based on the estimates. PMU will send the AWPB to IFAD along with a
procurement plan for review by end of January each year. Based on the observations made by IFAD,
the PMU will finalise the AWPB for approval by the State Level Programme Management Committee
(PMC) chaired by the Secretary, STSC Development Department, GoO. The approved AWPB would
be used for reviewing performance and progress of the programme. Also see Para # 142 and 144.
Monitoring and evaluation
122. The Monitoring and Evaluation system of OPELIP will collect data and information to measure
performance and progress towards achieving objectives, and be a learning tool to provide information
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
27
for critical reflection on project strategies and operations. It will support decision-making at various
levels and be a basis for results-based management. It will enable the programme to report to
Government and IFAD on its progress, results and impacts.
123. The participatory M&E system of programme progress will begin at VDC/VDA/village level, data
being collected by MPAs and NGOs on a monthly basis. The project will develop a learning system by
organising monthly/quarterly internal review meetings at the village/habitation, MPA and at the PMU. It
will develop an automated Management Information System (MIS) for analysis of data collected at the
village, habitation, Palli Sabha on a monthly basis to produce monthly/quarterly/half-yearly and annual
reports on physical and financial progress based on annual and total programme targets as reflected
in the programme AWPB. The M&E unit established at the PMU will take overall responsibility in
discharging the M&E functions of OPELIP. The half-yearly and annual reports will also contain
sections on analysis, interpretation and recommendations from process monitoring, lessons learnt
and best practices.
124. M&E would be guided by an M&E framework (which will detail what information/data to be
collected and how) as set out in the M&E plan (see Annex 1 and Annex 2, Appendix-6). The M&E unit
at the PMU will also undertake or support an M&E agency in monitoring of programme outcomes and
impacts, including undertaking Annual Outcome Surveys (AOS) and preparing Results Impact
Management System (RIMS) reports as per IFAD’s guidelines. The PMU will produce consolidated
annual/half-yearly reports on programme progress and results, and coordinate overall learning and
knowledge management.
125. The basic M&E framework is a system to collect analyse and report on data at three different
levels of programme implementation: (i) outputs; (ii) outcomes; and (iii) impact.
126. Output monitoring will measure the progress of activities and achievement of outputs against
annual targets in the annual work plan (AWP) for each programme component. Information on the
progress of the annual work plan will be measured against indicators in the plan, such as number of
VDC formed/supported, number of VDP prepared, numbers of people trained, numbers of SHGs
formed, and number of members in each group, length of irrigation canal constructed, area of land
irrigation, and so on. This can be linked to the financial expenditure on the concerned activities, and
data will be stored and report via a computerised Management Information System (MIS). Physical
and financial progress data and reports for each component and sub-component in each village will
be recorded in a computerised MIS. Wherever necessary, data will be collected disaggregated by
gender and social groups (STs, PTGs, SCs), particularly those related to training and access to
services (refer to RIMS 1st level results reporting requirement).
127. Outcome monitoring measures the immediate changes coming about as a result of
programme interventions. The outcome indicators to be monitored are outlined in the programme
logical framework. Outcome monitoring (for example number of households reporting reduced soil
erosion, adoption of improved methods or increases in sales of commercial crops, etc.) would be
achieved through Annual Outcome Surveys (AOS), with the interviewing of a sample of 200 to 400
farmers and households to gather data on indicators such as those listed above. An AOS may also
be carried out on a thematic basis in order to focus on a specific area of programme intervention,
such as NTFP-based enterprises created as a result of programme intervention and facilitation.
128. Related to outcome monitoring is process monitoring, which involves monitoring the processes
leading to outputs and outcomes. Specific areas where process monitoring will be useful in OPELIP
include effectiveness of SHG savings and lending, provision of technical and other support services,
and the functioning of community organisations. Information on these may be gathered via
participatory M&E (see section below on knowledge management and learning), as well as from the
records of community organisations. In OPELIP, where a high percentage of programme participants
are illiterate, audio-visuals would be one of the most effective process monitoring tools. Videos could
be made in local dialects/vernacular and shown in villages to disseminate key information and
messages. In addition, the Programme will undertake specific studies related to women’s
empowerment, community natural resource management, and benefits of programme services for
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
28
disadvantaged groups such as landless households. Information on the effectiveness of training will
be assessed via KAP (Knowledge, Attitude and Practice) surveys carried out each year.
129. Impact evaluation is the process which will assess the contribution of OPELIP in achieving the
overall goal and objective of the programme. It will consist of baseline, mid-term and end-of-
programme surveys. This survey will be coordinated by the PMU M&E unit and contracted to an
external agency, with specific expertise in such assessments. Information to be collected will include
the impact level indicators of IFAD’s Results and Impact Monitoring System (RIMS). These include
mandatory ‘anchor indicators’ relating to household assets, food security and child malnutrition
(anthropometric data of children under five years of age). Other indicators of poverty will also be used,
such as quality of housing and sanitation, drinking water availability, cultivation, asset ownership, etc.
Data will also be collected to relate changes in all these indicators following participation in
programme activities and delivery of programme outputs. ToR for this survey will be in the draft PIM.
130. RIMS indicators: The Results and Impact Monitoring System (RIMS) of IFAD generates annual
report tables on a number of first and second level results indicators that correspond to the output and
outcome indicators. IFAD has produced a standard list of these indicators, but only some of these will
apply to OPELIP. Prior to mid-term review, the programme will report on only the first level results,
but after the mid-term it will report on second level indicators. These second level indicators are used
as evidence to support ratings of the effectiveness and likely sustainability of each component or
activity. The third level RIMS results are the anchor indicators used for impact assessment. OPELIP
will undertake baseline (PY 1), mid-term (PY 4) and end-line (PY 8) impact studies to capture RIMS
impact indicators.
131. OPELIP will establish a computerised MIS system preferably in the first year of programme
implementation. The M&E unit at PMU will develop common reporting formats to be used by all the
MPAs and NGOs for varying activities so that there is no discrepancy in the reporting of data on status
of progress of programme activities. All data would be gender disaggregated. Monthly, quarterly and
annual reports including RIMS reports would be produced. For IFAD corporate reporting, six monthly
and annual project progress reports, and annual RIMS reports are required.
132. Mid-Term Review Report (MTR): IFAD in cooperation with the Government will undertake a
mid-term review by the fourth year of the programme lifecycle to review programme achievements
and implementation constraints including issues relating to loan administration and financial
management. Any corrective measure would be addressed at MTR. A mutually agreed action plan will
be prepared based on the MTR findings. IFAD may appoint, in consultation with the Government, an
external agency to evaluate the impact of the programme if necessary.
133. Programme Completion Report (PCR): As the programme reaches completion point, the
PMU would prepare a draft PCR based on IFAD’s Guidelines for Programme Completion. IFAD and
the Government will then carry out a Programme Completion Review based on the information in the
PCR and other data. This review is usually done during the intervening period between the project
completion and closing dates.
Learning and knowledge management
134. Learning system: The programme learning system would comprise of monthly, quarterly and
annual review meetings, capturing information on progress, lessons and finding solutions for
implementation constraints. KM and lesson learning would be used as a tool for internal learning by
programme stakeholders such as staff of various implementing agencies, participating villagers and
farmers, both women and men. This will involve a series of regular meetings at village/cluster, MPA
and state levels. At these meetings, progress of programme activities will be reviewed and reasons
for success and failure identified. Participatory tools such as “most significant change”, “story telling”
and “participatory monitoring and evaluation” (PME) may be used at these meetings.
135. OPELIP will also use audio-video systems to disseminate information from farmer to farmer and
village to village. OPELIP will be encouraged to learn from KM culture and practices of OTELP
(including use of technical manuals prepared and tested by OTELP) and also participate in the Digital
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
29
Green programme or learn from it for amplification of knowledge through combination of technology
and social organisation for community transformation.
136. Another key aspect of knowledge management is dissemination and communication of
knowledge and lessons to internal and external stakeholders. OPELIP will support this via: (i)
provision of village information kits – a set of programme related information, (ii) production and
printing of posters and leaflet sin local languages, (iii) production of audio visuals& videos for training,
capacity building, knowledge dissemination particularly among the communities, (iv) editing and
design of programme publications aimed at external audience, (v) printing of communication
materials, (vi) creation of an OPELIP website with information on the programme and the results
obtained including active participation in the IFAD Asia website, (vi) publicity and communication
videos, and (vii) an annual high level knowledge sharing event aimed at sharing results and
influencing policy, while also actively encouraging staff of PMU, MPAs and NGOs to document field
stories as often as possible in various thematic areas.
D. Financial management, procurement and governance
Fiscal Space of State of Odisha
137. The State Government is not facing any debt crisis28
because the fiscal deficit is in a
manageable position of 0.35 per cent of GSDP and most of the indicators of debt sustainability are
positive. During the three year period 2008-11, debt stabilization consistently remained positive
resulting in a continuous decline in debt/GSDP ratio from 32 per cent in 2008-09 to 23 per cent in
2010-11. This is a positive sign that debt is tending to be stable. The incremental non-debt receipts of
the State had been able to meet the incremental interest liabilities and incremental primary
expenditure during the period 2008-11. The negative resource gap during 2008-09 and 2009-10
turned positive during the current year. As far as the burden of interest payment is concerned, the
state is in a comfortable position because the ratio of interest payment to revenue receipts is 0.09.
See Appendix-7.
Financial Management Arrangements
138. Financing of the Programme: The Programme will be funded through IFAD financing, GoO
counterpart financing from State budgetary resources, funds from Article 275(1) Special Central
Assistance to Tribal Sub-Plan, funds from the Conservation-cum-Development Fund (CCD) and
beneficiary contributions. The resources from GoO (including funding from the GoI) will be clubbed
together as counterpart funding at the programme level, though the programme will track each of the
components of the counterpart funding separately for reporting purpose.
139. Programme implementation. The programme will be implemented in 17 MPAs covering 12
districts of the State. There are 17 separate MPAs, registered as Societies. The MPAs are separate
legal entities, which are governed by their respective Memorandum of Association. When the Finance
Manual and reporting formats are finalised, these will have to be approved by the respective
Governing Bodies for compliance. The Finance Manual and reporting formats should also be sent to
Ministry of Tribal Affairs, GoI for information.
140. Subsidiary Agreement. As the Government funds and IFAD financing are transferred to the
implementing agencies, through PMU of STSCDD, the PMU will enter into a Subsidiary Agreement
with each of the MPAs. Among other things, the provisions of the Subsidiary Agreement should
include (i) The MPAs declare its commitment to the goal and objective of the Programme and, in
furtherance of such goal and objective, they shall undertake to carry out the Programme in
accordance with the Financing Agreement and with the Programme Agreement; (ii) preparation of
annual plan and fund flow arrangements (iii) physical and financial reporting requirements (iv) auditing
and submission of Programme Financial Statements (v) adherence to IFAD Procurement Guidelines
28Source: CAG Audit Report on State Finances for the year ended 31
st March 2011
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
30
and approved Procurement Plan; (vi) using bank interest earned for eligible expenditures and (vii)
applicability of IFAD Policy on Fraud and Anti-corruption.
141. Staffing. While a Finance Manager and an Assistant Manager will be appointed in the PMU, in
each of the 17 MPA an accountant will be appointed. All positions will have clear job descriptions
outlining duties and responsibilities.
142. Budgeting. During the programme implementation, the PMU will consolidate the annual work
plan and budget including the annual action plan for CCD of the Micro Projects and submit the
consolidated AWPB to the PMC for approval. After PMC approval and IFAD’s concurrence, STSCDD
will incorporate the budget approved net of beneficiary contribution and other funds from the GoI as a
line item in its budget for legislative sanction. STSCDD will also submit the AWPB for the funds from
the GoI to the Ministry of Tribal Affairs for accessing the funds at least 2 months before the start of the
programme year. Once approved, the annual budget shall be input in Tally, managed and monitored
using the software. The funds will be transferred to the PMU on non-lapsable basis and the funds for
implementation of planned activities will be transferred to the MPAs as Grant-in-Aid. While transferring
the Grant, details of the share of each of the funds to be specified, for effective tracking of utilisation.
PMU, OPELIP will adopt sound fund management practices so that adequate funding is available to
the MPAs for each quarter.
143. Disbursement arrangements and Flow of Funds. IFAD financing to the Programme will be
routed through a Designated Account denominated in United States Dollars maintained at the
Reserve Bank of India. Controller of Aid, Accounts and Audit, DEA, Ministry of Finance will administer
the Designated Account. IFAD will establish an Authorised Allocation for initial advance. It is
recommended that the Authorised Allocation may be established at USD 3 Million. However, the
quantum is subject to the agreement of both GoI and GoO at Loan Negotiations, as this will count for
the payment of interest and service charge.
144. The PMU of STSCDD will be responsible for preparing the AWPB for the programme by
consolidating the AWPBs of all MPAs and submitting the same to the State Level Programme
Management Committee and thereafter to the Finance Department of the GoO. This AWPB (net of
beneficiary contribution and GoO funds from CCD, Article 275 (1) and SCA to TSP) will be included as
a line item in the budget of the STSCDD and will be presented for legislative sanction from the State
Assembly of the GoO. Funds will flow from the STSCDD to the PMU bank account as non-lapsable
funds in one or two tranches and funds from PMU will be transferred to MPAs as Grant-in-Aid. IFAD’s
share of funds reimbursed to the GoO will flow to GoO through the prescribed national procedures for
budgetary support to State Governments. PMU will release funds to the Micro-projects based on the
approved AWPB for implementation of programme activities
145. For funds flow arrangements at OPELIP level, PMU will open a separate bank account in a bank
mutually acceptable to IFAD and STSCDD for undertaking programme activities. Each MPA will open a separate
bank account, in any bank mutually acceptable to GoO and IFAD, to receive the funds from PMU, OPELIP and to
meet all eligible expenditures. The bank account will be operated jointly by the Special Officer of the MPA and
another staff identified by the PMU.
146. Internal controls. Procedures and record maintenance at the MPA have to be significantly
strengthened by addressing the issues of non-availability of skilled finance staff, setting up of internal
controls, setting up of effective monitoring and review, introduction of accounting software, preparation
of a Finance Manual with guidance notes and above all capacity building of the finance staff. The
system of joint signatory for operating the bank accounts or appropriate authorization processes will
be introduced. Besides the Special Officer, the other signatory could be the Programme Manager or
other staff identified by the GoO. In this context, OPELIP will be building on the “fiduciary lessons”
learnt from the ongoing OTELP. Detailed procedures for recording, management and safeguard of
programme fixed assets will be detailed in the Programme Implementation Manual.
147. Accounting systems, policies, procedures and financial reporting. The financial accounting of
the OPELIP will be done through computerised accounting software (like Tally) at all levels, which will
be customised to generate financial reports for the GoO and IFAD specific reporting. Each MPA will
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
31
submit the Monthly Progress Report to the PMU electronically. For the communication and data
transfer purposes, VSAT facilities are planned, which would enable data consolidation by PMU at
Bhubaneswar. PMU will prepare annual consolidated financial statements including data provided by
the MPAs. Financial reporting standards used for financial statements preparation will be accrual, the
ones used by the GoO.
148. Internal Audit. An internal auditor will be hired to provide continuous monitoring and review of
the financial systems and procedures. The internal auditor will be engaged immediately after the
Programme becomes effective. It would be a good practice to brief the appointed auditors on the
programme components, methods of implementation, monitoring arrangements, etc so that they could
deliver the reports effectively. The Internal Auditor will report directly to the Programme Director,
OPELIP.
149. External Audit. The external auditing arrangements for OPELIP will be established in two tiers –
(i) Independent External Auditor, (ii) Compliance and Performance Audit of the Office of Comptroller &
Auditor General (C&AG). As the PMU OPELIP will be a part of the STSCDD, Office of the C&AGl will
undertake Compliance and Performance Audit of the Department. However, due to heavy work load of
C&AG the timeline for submission of audit report to IFAD may not be ensured. In view of this, the
financial statements of the programme will be audited by an independent auditor (Chartered
Accountant firms) using ISA or Indian National Auditing Standards. The independent auditor will
review and follow-up on the recommendations/remedial measures prescribed by the previous
Audit/C&AG audit. The audit of the programme will be done as per the IFAD Project Audit Guidelines
in force. The audit report along with the Programme Financial Statements and other opinions of the
Auditor should be submitted to IFAD within 6 months of the end of the financial year.
150. Taxes: OPELIP is implemented remote areas. Except the expenditure on items which are
procured from big suppliers/service providers, the other expenditure is on Maximum Retail Price
which includes taxes. Excluding taxes from eligible expenditures for small payments places a real
administrative and accounting burden for the implementing agencies. IBRD following a country-
specific assessment allows financing for taxes that are not ‘excessive, discriminatory or otherwise
unreasonable’. It is expected that IFAD Executive Board in 2014 will take a final decision with regard
to aligning IFAD financing with that of IBRD.
Procurement Arrangements
151. Procurement of goods, works and services under OPELIP financed from resources provided or
administered by IFAD will be undertaken in accordance with IFAD’s Procurement Guidelines and
Handbook (dated September 2010) and as amended from time to time as an exception to the
provisions of the General Conditions.
152. National Competitive Bidding, Shopping and Direct Contracting. Goods and Civil works a
procured using NCB, Shopping and Direct Contracting will follow the procedures and processes
defined in the Project Implementation Manual (PIM) approved by Project Steering Committee and the
IFAD. The PIM shall also include details of selection method to be applied in case of consultancies
and services such as Quality and Cost Based Selection, Fixed Budget Selection, Least Cost
Selection, Consultants Qualification Selection and Single Source Selection.
153. All procurement for goods, works and services financed from resources funded or
administered by IFAD require bidding documents and the contracts to include a provision requiring
suppliers, contractors and consultants ensure compliance with IFAD zero tolerance to anticorruption
policy and to permit IFAD to inspect their accounts, records and other documents relating to the bid
submission and contract performance, and to have them audited by IFAD-appointed auditors.
154. Procurement involving community participation. Communities would be empowered to
undertake procurement as a service provider or an implementing unit through Village Development
Committees or as a SHG under a legal framework or through a Social Agreement for procurement
below a threshold of USD 10,000 equivalent. The operational and implementation arrangement would
be defined in the Project Implementation Manual which shall include implementation, administration,
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
32
financial management and procurement related activities supported by the clearly define the roles and
responsibilities of the intermediaries who will assist the VDC/SHG in performing the activities. GoO
will issue an order permitting procurement involving community participation.
155. Procurement will be undertaken as per the Consolidated Procurement Plan submitted by PMU
approved by the Programme Management Committee (PMC) and approved by IFAD. IFAD prior-
review of procurement actions will be established at USD 100,000 for each contract of goods and civil
works, while for consultancy services and services, USD 50,000 would be the precribed thresholds.
The details of applicable post and prior review requirements and other risk mitigation measures would
be established under Annex 8 of the Main Design Report.
156. In order to ensure procurement is carried out in a timely and efficient manner, OPELIP will
include the procurement management responsiblities to the Deputy Programme Director, who would
be supported by the technical specialist (Managers) in the PMU and Project Managers in the MPA's.
The TOR's shall incorporate required provision and tis would also be detailed in the PIM
Governance
157. OPELIP would include a intregrated framework for good governance appended to the
Programme Implementation Manual. This framework is to ensure: (i) transparency, with information in
the public domain; (ii) accountability in the use of resources; and (iii) participation with the people
having a voice in decisions that may affect them. The involvement of affected communities in all
stages of programme implementation can simultaneously improve development of outcomes and
reduce the scope for fraud and corruption. Key features of this Governance Framework are a strong
framework for mitigating corrupt and fraudulent practices in the under the programme which include:
A computerised financial management system system (Tally ERP 9) with Remote Access,
Audit & Compliance Services, an Integrated Support Centre and Security management. The
ERP system would be enable the PMU in managing the MPA through it Branch Management
functionalities along with comprehensive functionalities such as Accounting, Finance,
Inventory, Purchase, Payroll and Branch Management. This will enable and improve
operational transperancy and effciency and management of the Project.
A functional PIM and Finance Manual and rolled out through a comprehensive traning by a
Chartered Accountancy Firm. This would also be supported by IFAD through periodic
implementation support missions.
A enabled and responsive human recourses at the PMU and MPA supported by Civil Society
Organisation
Decentralised and participatory planning, monitoring and decision making processes thorugh
Local Government and grassroots level participation in planning, monitoring and decision
making supported by Civil Society Organisation,
Setting up of Complaints and remedies mechanism.
Internal Audit and External Audit
Post and Prior Review processes of procurement in additional to the supervsion and
implementation support misson
Targeting of women and disadvantaged households
Rotation of group leaders of VDC, SHG, GPLF and social audit of programme group accounts
Regular Annual Outcome Surveys with programme outputs both in terms of coverage and
quality
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
33
Reporting of results to respective District Collectors, PMU, STSCDD, Programme
Management Committees and Programme Steering Committee, IFAD, MoTA with key
information published on a programme website
E. Supervision
158. OPELIP will be directly supervised by IFAD. IFAD will field an annual Supervision Mission in
which the representatives of GoO will also participate. Normally the duration of the Supervision
Mission will be for about 15 days. The dates of the missions will be finalized in consultation with the
PD. The mission will be led by IFAD Staff and/or its consultants. At the end of the visit, the mission will
brief the GoO and GoI on the implementation progress. The agreed actions with timelines agreed with
the programme authorities and the Government will have to be complied within the time frame that
was agreed. A key learning is that the programme requires more intensive support in the initial years
of implementation to set up systems and to establish the vision and goal of the programme. As part of
this, IFAD will also field “implementation support missions” for a shorter duration of about 4-5 days to
address specific issues. The programme may request IFAD to arrange for specific technical inputs
during the implementation support missions.
F. Risk identification and mitigation
159. The programme faces several risks which include the lack of resources with the target groups
to invest in crop and horticulture development in particular for the purchase of inputs for timely use
despite receiving the programme support in initial years. Other key risks associated with the
programme are identified in the logframe. These relate to external factors such as economic growth,
market prices, climate change etc. and the responses of the target group households to opportunities
for development. These risks and risks mitigation measures are summarised in Table-3 below:
Table 3: Risks and Risks Mitigation
Risk Risks before
mitigation
Risk reduction approach Residual risk
Goal level risk: Govt unable to continue its
commitments to the development of PTG and
other STs.
Low
Continued support for the Tribal development is
available from GoI; GoO has committed to pursue the
development of PTGs by pooling all funds available
through convergence.
Very low
Development objective level risk: Political
instability and security situation do not allow
communities access to economic opportunities
and natural resources.
Medium
Promote and support local government and
grassroots institutions to build coalition in favour of
stability and economic progress
Low
Community empowerment level risk: PTGs do
not respond to opportunities of community
empowerment and improved livelihoods
Medium to high
Promote community institutions and provide them
training; promote interventions that are profitable to
the PTGs and improve market access
Medium to low
NRM component level risk: Prices for food and
fruit crops unfavourable, and inputs more
expensive and are not accessible
Medium Re-focus on market-oriented production; improve
access to inputs for timely cultivation; improve market
access
Low
Changes in weather patterns adversely affect
crop productions
Medium to low Technologies suitable for climate adaptation are put
into practice and PTGs and other STs provided
training on water-conservation, use of drought-
tolerant crop varieties, water-use efficiency etc
Low
Community infrastructure level risk: inadequate
flow of funds and threats from the left wing
extremists
Medium Adopt need-based planning; involve effectively
community participation in planning and
implementation
Medium to low
Project management level risk: complex and
challenging institutional settings of 17 micro-
project agencies
Medium to high Reorganise the MPA staff structure completely;
provide special incentives to motivate the staff and
enhance staff capacity
Medium to low
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
34
160. One of the risks is that the delay in survey and allocation of land titles to the PTGs results in
delayed benefits to them. This risk will be reduced by engaging the services of the highly capable
NGO, LANDESA, for facilitating the processes of survey and land allocations, as done in OTELP.
Another risk is that inadequate extension and handholding support to the PTGs will limit the
sustainability of crop and livestock interventions. This will be reduced by (i) promotion of FFS and
training through demonstrations; (ii) support to producers’ collectives in aggregation and marketing
and also in facilitating the supply of critical inputs; and (iii) associating a dedicated NGO, Reach India,
in imparting training to the trainers. There are also risks associated with the continued clout that the
money-lenders hold on the target groups. This risk is reduced through the promotion and building the
capacity of SHGs and higher level GPLFs, and through provision of additional funds and financing
such as the PIP, VRF and CIF. Another risk is the possible use of top down approaches by the MPAs,
and this will need to be monitored closely by the PMU and by IFAD supervision missions. There is
also a risk that participatory PTG-led interventions may not take off in a timely manner and this risk is
reduced by intensive training and capacity building to the participating communities on continuing
basis by the NGOs. There is also a risk of complex and challenging institutional structure of 17 MPAs
and this is minimised through re-organisation of MPA structure, additional staff and other facilities and
the support of NGOs.
Programme costs, financing, benefits and sustainability
A. Programme costs
161. Key assumptions used in estimating the programme costs include (i) price contingencies
assumed at 5% and applied on all items, except for Grant and subsidies category and staff salaries,
financed by IFAD; (ii) exchange rate at INR 61 per USD; (iii) taxes as prevailing at the time of design
i.e. during July 2014 and broadly at 10%; (iv) an eight year implementation phase and the programme
starting in April 2015, (v) all unit costs were input in local currency unit, i.e. INR and (vi) taxes
excluded from IFAD financing rules.
162. The total indicative programme cost is estimated at INR 7,954.15 million (US$ 130.39 million)
including contingencies (USD 6.3 million) over an eight year period. Programme costs are organized
into four major components: (i) Community empowerment (16%of total base costs); (ii) Natural
resource management and livelihoods improvement (30% of total baseline costs); (iii) Community
infrastructure and drudgery reduction (37% of estimated baseline costs) and (iv) Programme
management (16 % of base costs) The component wise costs are summarized in Table 4 below.
Table 4: Programme Cost Summary (INR & USD)
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
35
India
OPELIP Appraisal % Total
Components Project Cost Summary (INR '000) (US$ '000) Base
Total Total Costs
A. Community Empowerment
Community Institutions 864,524 14,173 11
Strengthening SHGs and Rural Finance 353,201 5,790 5
Subtotal Community Empowerment 1,217,726 19,963 16
B. Natural Resource Management and Livelihoods
Natural Resource Management 1,473,868 24,162 19
Food and Nutrition Security 283,800 4,652 4
Livelihoods Improvement 494,940 8,114 7
Subtotal Natural Resource Management and Livelihoods 2,252,608 36,928 30
C. Community Infrastructure and Drudgery Reduction
Community Infrastructure 2,549,930 41,802 34
Drudgery Reduction 275,900 4,523 4
Subtotal Community Infrastructure and Drudgery Reduction 2,825,830 46,325 37
D. Project Management
Programme Management Unit 258,055 4,230 3
Micro-Project Agency Unit 960,514 15,746 13
Subtotal Project Management 1,218,569 19,977 16
E. Monitoring and evaluation and KM 50,970 836 1
Total BASELINE COSTS 7,565,702 124,028 100
Physical Contingencies - - -
Price Contingencies 388,455 6,368 5
Total PROJECT COSTS 7,954,156 130,396 105
B. Programme financing
163. IFAD would provide a loan of about USD 51.2 million out of the 2013-15 PBAS allocation for
India. The Government will provide USD 76.18 million including the staff costs, operating costs and
annual budget allocation for the development of PTGs and other STs. Beneficiaries are expected to
make a contribution in terms of their own labour equivalent to USD 3.0 million. Programme costs by
financiers and components are summarised in Table-5 below.
Table 5: Programme Components by Financiers
India
OPELIP Appraisal
Disbursement Accounts by Financiers Local
(US$ '000) The Government IFAD Beneficiaries Total (Excl. Duties &
Amount % Amount % Amount % Amount % Taxes) Taxes
1. Civilwork 47,043 84.9 7,131 12.9 1,246 2.2 55,420 42.5 55,341 78
2. Training /a 2,423 16.4 11,761 79.8 559 3.8 14,744 11.3 13,473 1,270
3. Goods, services and inputs 15,978 43.9 19,187 52.8 1,197 3.3 36,362 27.9 33,881 2,481
4. Grants - - 7,149 100.0 - - 7,149 5.5 7,149 -
5. Salaries and allowances 7,858 71.7 3,095 28.3 - - 10,953 8.4 10,953 -
6. Operating costs 2,884 50.0 2,884 50.0 - - 5,768 4.4 5,768 -
Total PROJECT COSTS 76,185 58.4 51,209 39.3 3,002 2.3 130,396 100.0 126,567 3,829
_________________________________
\a Including capacity building
164. IFAD will provide the loan on Blend Terms, with interest on the principal amount outstanding at
a fixed rate of 1.25% per annum, plus a service charge of 0.75% per annum. The loan would have a
maturity period of 25 years, including a grace period of five years starting from the date of approval by
the Executive Board of IFAD.
165. The GoO contribution will be from the annual budget of the STSCDD in addition to the
budgetary support provided by GoI in the form of SCA-TSP, Article 275 and CCD. The Government
would cover the basic salary and allowances of all Government staff working on the programme and
the routine operational costs.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
36
166. Retro-active financing: With a view to ensuring that the OPELIP start up proceeds smooth,
following preparatory activities are proposed to be undertaken between April 2014 and March 2015
and accordingly the facilities for retro-active financing have been requested by the GoO. These
proposed expenditures will fall under two expenditure categories, namely (i) Goods, services and
inputs and (ii) Training and capacity building. The estimated total expenditure is USD 534,800 and
eligible IFAD financing will be of about USD 406,240 as detailed in Appendix-9. In view of the critical
importance of getting the land allocation process up and running quickly, the project would contract
the services of the NGO, LANDESA using sole-source procurement procedure. The selection of
LANDESA is due to their specialist knowledge and prior experience of this activity under the ongoing
IFAD-supported OTELP. See Appendix 9 and WP-9 for details.
C. Summary benefits and economic analysis
167. Benefits and Beneficiaries: The OPELIP will benefit a total of about 62,350 households. The
beneficiaries will include PTG households, ST households and others disadvantaged households.
Women-headed and poor households will be especially targeted under the programme. Economic
and financial analysis of the programme is summarised in Appendix-10 and details are provided in
WP-10. Table-6 below gives an estimate of the cumulative number of beneficiaries by year.
Table 6: Number of Benefited Households, cumulative
Table-6: Number of Benefited Households by year, cumulative
Subproject households a/
Project Year a/
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-NRM households 0 0 10,870 21,740 45,850 45,850 45,850 45,850
-Livestock households 0 0 2,250 4,500 9,000 9,000 9,000 9,000
-IGA households 0 500 1,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000
-Drudgery reducing hh 0 5,000 15,000 25,000 35,000 35,000 35,000 35,000
-other households b/ 0 7,400 25,900 44,400 62,350 62,350 62,350 62,350
Total 0 7,400 29,120 44,400 62,350 62,350 62,350 62,350
a/ cumulative by year; b/ such as households benefited by enhanced access to markets at village , GP and Haats
levels and rural roads and domestic water supplies.
168. The immediate benefits from the programme are increased productivity-through the introduction
of better management practices and improved farming practices. This response is expressed as
increased food production or household incomes. On an average, a household’s production benefits
increase from 510 kg/household to over 1,020 kg of cereals, pulses and oilseeds. In addition, average
household production also includes 857 kg of fruits, 357 kg of vegetables and tubers and 177 kg of
spices. Incomes, excluding the value of family labour increase from INR 2,285 to INR 26,120 (INR
21,480 per household from agriculture and horticulture, INR 4,365 from livestock and INR 275 from
IGA). This scenario reverses the present scenario of the target groups who secure large percentage
of their incomes from NTFP sales. Incremental productions also demand substantial increases in
labour-input from the existing level of 68 person-days per household per year to some 128 person-
days. In qualitative terms, minimised soil erosion, reduced runoff and increased infiltration, and
enhancement of organic contents of the soil are some of the benefits of the OPELIP interventions,
which have not been quantified.
169. There are also benefits in terms of positive social and environmental impacts. The social
benefits accrue mainly as a result of greater social cohesion among the target group communities due
to greater interaction with VDA and SHGs, security of land tenure due to the recognition of the
usufruct rights of the PTG and restoration of alienated land, increased recognition and participation of
the role of women and provision of capacity building and training opportunities and access to financial
service for a range of on-farm and off-farm activities. There is a positive impact on the environment as
a result of soil and water conservation and principles of sustainable natural resource management.
170. Economic analysis: Following key assumptions were used in the economic and financial
analysis of the Programme- (i) the benefits have been estimated over a 25 year timeframe using a
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
37
discount rate of 8.5%; (ii) the benefits that have been included in computing the economic and
financial analysis include only those benefits which could be realistically quantified; (iii) use of a SCF
of 0.85 both for output and input prices, and (iv) average wage rate of INR 100 /person-day.
171. Current calculations show that the programme as a whole yields an Economic Rate of Return
(IRR) of 23%, a benefit-cost ratio of 1.85 and the Net Present Value of INR 7,840 million at a discount
rate of 8.5%. See Appendix-10 for details.
172. Sensitivity analysis was also undertaken to assess how varying the assumptions change the
economic parameters. Those aspects of the programme most sensitive to changes in the operating
environment such as delays in the programme benefits, reduction in benefits, increases in programme
costs or decreases in prices of agricultural output commodities was used to conduct the sensitivity
analysis. This analysis shows that the programme benefits are very robust and the investment in the
programme is sound under various adverse conditions including the simultaneous increases in costs
and decreases in benefits. Appendix-10 provides more details on the assumptions and the resulting
values. A switching value29
analysis was calculated for some of the key variables used in the
sensitivity analysis and it demonstrates that the costs would have to increase by 85% or benefits
would have to decrease by 46% for the NPV to be zero.
D. Sustainability
173. There are strong elements in the OPELIP that would enhance the likelihood of the sustainability
of the benefits for the target groups. The most significant investment of the programme is in land
survey and land allocation with land title rights provided to the PTGs. This is expected to trigger
sustained improvements in land use and overall productivity. The quality of the produce would be
ensured through the provision of quality seeds and seedlings by the programme and capacity
building. Marketing could be a constraint in the initial years but would be overcome with the
operations of producers’ collectives and the provision of market infrastructure as there are increasing
demands for the produce from the programme area. There is shortage of quality seeds and these
would be overcome with the provision of FFS and strengthening them through capacity building and
demonstrations. The increased capacity of the target groups to undertake intercropping and other
small enterprises through programme support would enhance the sustainability of their livelihoods.
174. There are other measures built into programme design which are expected to contribute to
institutional sustainability at the grassroots level. The organisation and strengthening of VDA and
VDCs are expected to enable them to continue their provision of services to its members. As SHGs
are promoted as member-owned institutions; they will continue to receive institutional development
support from GPLF. The programme will provide seed capital support which will hasten capital
formation and grounding on income generation activities. The SHGs will charge interest on loans
provided to their members and thus could pay for their expenses. The community investment funds
will ensure expansion of need-based income generation activities and the income from the CIF loans
will ensure financial sustainability of GPLF. Agreements reached between NRLM and MPAs will
ensure that beyond the programme period, MPAs will continue to nurture the GPLF and SHGs.
Alternatively, the grassroots institutions will be handed over to NRLM.
175. The programme would contribute to environmental and natural resource management
sustainability in several ways. The planting of fruit trees in the current shifting cultivation areas would
help to protect soils and improve productivity. The fruit trees and spices crops would provide the PTGs
and other STs a regular and more reliable source of incomes and reduce the temptation of
encroaching on forest lands. Besides, they would be provided technical training on good agriculture
practices, improved soil fertility and soil health management, eco-restoration techniques, planning
along contour lines to prevent erosion, organic farming etc.
29
Switching values are yet another measure of sensitivity analysis They demonstrate by how much a variable
would have to fall (if it is a benefit) or rise (if it is a cost) to make it not worth undertaking an option.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
38
176. IFAD-funded OTELP is considered a successful project in many respects primarily owing to its
institutional mechanism, grass-roots level planning and implementation, women-centric interventions,
effective involvement and participation of grass-roots organisation. The GoO has therefore formulated
a new programme called “OTELP Plus” using its own resources to continue with this programme and
also to expand into other Blocks of the district. This indicates government commitment to the
community institution development led processes for social and economic empowerment of tribal
households in general and PTG households in particular. Based on this experience, OPELIP has
expanded the convergence agenda by seeking GoO participation in a much larger proportion with
financial contribution which is 1.6 times the funds committed by IFAD.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 1: Country and rural context background
39
Appendix 1: Country and rural context background
1. Country background
1. With a population of over 1.2 billion composed of several ethnic groups, speaking several
languages and more than 1,000 dialects, identifying themselves in more than 5,400 castes and tribes,
following six major religions, and an area of 3.28 million km2
covering 20 different agro-ecological
zones, India is a country in diversity, often termed as a mini continent. Poverty remains a major issue,
with 41.6% of the population living on less than USD1.25 per day. In 2014 Human Development
Index of the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP)30
ranked India 135th out of 185 UN
member states.
2. The economy of India is the tenth-largest in the world by nominal GDP and the third-
largest by purchasing power parity(PPP)31
. After decades of limited growth, during the last 10 years
economic growth has taken off, with an average GDP growth of about 8.8% from 2002/03 to 2007/08,
mainly led by the service sector. In 2010/11, despite the financial crises, growth was 8.5% and it is
6.5% for 2011-12 and hovering around 5% for 2012-13. Inflation is a major economic challenge for the
country, and has a bearing on rural poverty and growth in the rural sector. While food inflation
moderated on the back of declining vegetable prices, headline inflation continues to be a matter of
concern. The inflation rate in India was recorded at 8.10% in February of 201432
.
3. There is a broad consensus that the recent growth has roots in the economic reforms
introduced in the early 1990s, which unleashed the enterprise of those adequately endowed with
infrastructure, resources, skills, power and influence. However, distribution of the benefits of growth to
poor rural people has been limited by: inadequate physical and social infrastructure; poor access to
services; low investment; a highly stratified and hierarchical social structure, characterized by
inequalities in assets, status and power; and ineffective, inefficient implementation of pro-poor
programmes, owing to governance failures. There is now a genuine and widespread recognition that,
without inclusive growth, the social and political consequences of rising inequalities could be very
adverse. About one third of Indian districts are affected by civil unrest and left-wing extremism, which
represent the main national internal security threat.
4. Despite this growth 72% of the population live in rural areas, with over half (52% in 2009)
employed in the agriculture sector which contributes 15.7% of GDP. Although production of food
grains reached a total of 264.4 million tons in 2013/14, growth in output is falling behind the 1.4% per
annum growth in population. Over the last decade, wheat yields have grown at a rate of 0.1% and
rice at 1.3% per annum and, with the area under cultivation remaining largely constant, there are
serious concerns about medium-term food security. Increasing population pressure has led to
fragmentation of land holdings with the number of operational holdings increasing from about
70 million in 1970 to 121 million in 2000. Over the same period, the average size of landholdings has
declined from 2.3 to 1.3 ha, and 10% of rural households are reported to be landless. Only 40% of
cultivated land is under irrigation, with groundwater levels and soil fertility rapidly depleting in the food
bowl of India. Over 121 million ha are degraded: 68% by water erosion, 20% by chemical
contamination and 10% by wind erosion.
5. India has 33 per cent of the world’s poor, and poverty has not fallen at the pace of economic
growth. Nutritional levels are unacceptably low, with 42.5% of children underweight for age, being one
of the highest rates globally. Malnutrition is linked to half of the child deaths and a quarter of cases of
diseases. On the Global Hunger Index33
of the IFPRI, India is ranked 63rd
out of 78 countries studied.
30
Human Development Report 2013, UNDP, New York, 31
“India”. International Monetary Fund 32
www.tradingeconomics.com/india/inflation-cpi 33
2013 Global Hunger Index. IFPRI, Washington DC
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 1: Country and rural context background
40
With a score of 21.3, India remains in the orange category tagged ‘alarming’ level of hunger.
Prevailing social inequality and the low nutritional, educational, and social status of women are
considered as key factors contributing to high prevalence of malnutrition in children below the age of
five.
6. Agricultural wage earners, smallholder farmers and casual workers in the non-farm sector constitute the bulk of poor rural people. Within these categories, women and tribal communities are the most deprived. In terms of gender deficit, India is ranked 101 among 136 countries by the World Economic Forum Global Gender Gap Index 2013
34. Finally, about 300 million young people (in India
this covers ages 13 to 35) live in rural areas, most of them being forced to migrate seasonally or permanently, without the skills and competencies required by the modern economy that India is rapidly becoming.
2. National rural poverty reduction strategy
7. The 12th Five-Year Plan (2012-2017) focusing for “faster, sustainable and more inclusive
growth” aims to raise agriculture outputs by 4% and bring down poverty by 10 percentage points by
the end of the 12th Plan and generate 500 million new jobs in non-farm sector. The agriculture growth
would stress on expanding irrigation, improving water management, bridging the knowledge gap,
fostering diversification, increasing food production to ensure food security, facilitating access to credit
and enabling access to markets. The 12th Five Year Plan further aims to address the critical mid-term
assessment of the 11th Five Year Plan (2007-2012) that underscored the urgency of increasing capital
formation and investments in agriculture, as well as of improving access to water and good quality
seed, replenishing soil nutrients, expanding agricultural research and extension, reforming land
tenancy systems and facilitating agricultural marketing.
8. There are several important policies, strategies and acts that provide the framework for
agriculture, forestry, rural development and tribal development, and which are central to IFAD’s efforts
in India. They include the National Agricultural Policy of 2000, the National Policy for Farmers of 2007,
the National Environment Policy of 2006, the National Forest Policy of 1988, the Protection of Plant
Varieties and Forest Rights Act 2006 and National Water Policy of 2001, and the Biological Diversity
Act of 2002.
9. Among several rural poverty programmes, the Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment
Guaranteed Scheme (MGNREGS) is now considered the largest rural employment programme in the
world. Its objective is not only to provide wage labour, but also to generate productive assets in the
process, which could lead to sustainable livelihood opportunities and thus gradually reduce
dependence on such a public works programme.
10. The Government, through the National Rainfed Area Authority (NRAA), has issued Common
Guidelines for Watershed Development. These were followed by the Integrated Watershed
Management Programme since 2008, which emphasizes capacity-building, M&E, learning and social
audit. It introduces a livelihoods perspective from the very inception of the project, with a special
emphasis on families without assets. It also delegates approval and oversight of watershed project
implementation to the states.
11. The National Rural Livelihood Mission (NRLM), under the Ministry of Rural Development
(MORD), aims to provide livelihood development opportunities to poor rural families. NRLM builds on
the experience of the highly subsidized Swarnjayanti Gram Swarozgar Yojana (SGSY), under which
most groups disappeared once the subsidy was received. Only 6% of the funds were used for training
and capacity-building and only 23% of the self-help groups (SHGs) graduated to the micro-enterprise
level, which was the objective of the SGSY. The NRLM, rolled out in 2010 with an initial allocation of
US$2 billion, emphasizes series of initiatives such as (a) formation, training and capacity-building of
SHGs and their federations; (b) state-level flexibility to respond to emerging demands; (c) hiring of
qualified professionals and facilitators/animators at the community level; (d) enhanced financial
34
Global Gender Gap Report 2013; World Economic Forum, Geneva
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 1: Country and rural context background
41
support; (e) replacement of capital subsidy with interest subsidy as an incentive to repayment of
loans; (f) provision of multiple loans; (g) establishment of dedicated skills-training institutes in each
district; (h) improved monitoring and evaluation (M&E); and (i) facilitation of domestic and global
marketing linkages.
3. Tribal Development Strategy and Programme: An Overview
12. The STs, with a population of 104.28 million as per 2011 Census constituted 8.6% of the
country’s population. Unlike the Scheduled Caste (SCs) who are dispersed throughout the country,
STs have traditionally been concentrated in about 15% of the country’s geographical areas,
characterised mainly with forests, hills, and undulating inaccessible areas. The fact that most of them
live in isolated groups in relatively remote areas has made it more challenging to deliver essential
development services to them and has also made it much more difficult for them to benefit from the
acceleration of overall growth than is the case with SCs. Out of the total ST population, approximately
2.6 million (2.5 per cent) belong to the Particularly Vulnerable Tribal Groups (PVTGs) earlier referred
to as Primitive Tribal Groups (PTGs). There are 75 identified PVTGs spread across 17 States/UTs in
India35
.
13. The approach paper of the 12th Five Year Plan of the Planning Commission, Government of
India has reiterated various challenges and persistent gaps in tribal development in India. Because of
the remoteness of location of most ST population, the extent to which they can benefit from general
development programmes of the government remained grossly limited and hence the need for special
efforts to ensure adequate flow of benefits to the STs. Such requirement has been recognized in India
beginning with the 1st Five Year Plan in the early 1950s. Over time this strategy has evolved to a
multi-pronged strategy culminating in the objective enunciated in both the 11th
and 12th Five Year
Plans that the benefits of inclusive growth must extend fully to the ST population.
14. India Human Development Report 2011 of the Planning Commission, Government of India
(GoI) has candidly shown that the pace of development in all development indicators (such as
consumption expenditure, literacy and health) among the ST population remained much lower than
the all India average for most other communities. The report also highlighted the high dropout rates
(77% in Classes I to X in 2008-2009) among ST students as compared to other communities. One of
the key factors outlined have been persistent poor implementation of existing schemes in the tribal
regions, in turn contributing to exceptionally high levels of poverty among ST population with decline
in poverty rate being much slower among ST population than all India average. The critical aspect is
that the poverty gap has been steadily rising among ST population with the result that between 1993-
94 and 2004-05, the share of ST population amongst the poor in the country increased from 16% to
20.5%36
.
4. Central Assistance to Tribal Development
15. The First Five Year Plan (1951-56) emphasized the provision of additional financial resources
through a community development approach to address the problems of tribal people rather than
evolving a clear cut tribal development strategy. For this purpose, Special Multipurpose Tribal
Development Projects (MTDPs) were created but the MTDPs could not fully serve the interest of the
tribal people as the schemes were numerous and of general in nature. In the Third Five Year Plan
(1961-66) onwards different strategies were adopted by developing Tribal Development Blocks
(TDBs) where concentration of tribal population was 66% and above. Thus, by the end of Fourth Five
Year Plan (1969-74), there were 504 TDBs throughout the country. However, the TDBs too had
limitations as many tribal populations were living outside the TDB areas. Since the Fifth Five Year
Plan (1974-1979), the Government of India adopted the Tribal Sub-Plan approach along with existing
central assistance under Article 275 of the Constitution.
35
Twelfth Five Year Plan (2012-2017): Social Sectors: Volume III, Planning Commission, Government of India, New Delhi,
2012. 36
India Human Development Report 2011: Towards Social Inclusion. Planning Commission, Government of India, New Delhi.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 1: Country and rural context background
42
(a). Special Central Assistance to Tribal Sub-plan (SCA-TSP)
16. The Tribal Sub-Plan strategy was developed by an Expert Committee in 1972 and was adopted since the Fifth Five Year Plan (1974-1979). The Special Central Assistance to Tribal Sub-plan (SCA-TSP) administered by the Ministry of Tribal Affairs, GoI provides grant to the States Governments based on annual allocation made by the Planning Commission. This is an additive to the State Plan, for areas where State Plan provisions are not normally forthcoming to bring about rapid economic development to tribal communities. The SCA-TSP programme was launched during 1974 and till the end of the IX Five year Plan, the SCA to TSP was meant for filling up critical gaps in the family-based income- generating activities of TSP. From the Tenth Five Year Plan period (2002-2007), the objective and scope of SCA to TSP, was expanded to cover the employment-cum-income generation activities and infrastructure incidental thereto. Besides family-based activities, other activities run by the Self-Help Groups (SHGs)/ Community can also be taken up. The ultimate objective of extending SCA to TSP is to boost the demand-based income-generation programme and thus raise the economic and social status of tribal people.
17. The revised guidelines for implementation of SCA to TSP by the States were issued in May, 2003, and these were further modified in January 2008 focussing on (a) watershed based income generation programme, (b) specific income generation activities like skill and technology training, storage, small scale trading inputs etc., and (c) connectivity to markets, service delivery centres etc.
18. The SCA is released for economic development in the following areas and for the following categories of population: (i) Integrated Tribal Development Project and Integrated Tribal Development Agency (ITDP/ITDA) areas, which are generally contiguous areas of the size of at least Tehsil or Block or more in which the ST population is 50% or more of the total population; (ii) Modified Area Development Agency (MADA) pockets, which are identified pockets having 50% or more ST population with a minimum population of 10,000; (iii) Clusters, which are identified pockets having 50% ST population with a minimum population of 5,000; (iv) Particularly Vulnerable Tribal Groups (PTGs), characterized by a low rate of growth of population, pre-agricultural level of technology and extremely low level of literacy; (v) Dispersed tribal population - those tribal who fall outside the categories at (i) to (iv) above; (vi) Assistance for Margin Money Loan Programme from Tribal Finance and Development Corporations and (viii) Special Projects-Specific Project proposals that are also received and sanctioned.
19. Main features of guidelines laid down in May 2003 and read along with the procedural modifications prescribed in January 2008 are: (i) Support is given to the tribal population below the poverty line; (ii) 70% of the SCA to be used for primary schemes supporting family, SHGs, community-based employment and income generation in sectors such as, Agriculture/ Horticulture, Land Reforms, Watershed Development, Animal Husbandry, Ecology & Environment, development of Forests and Forest villages, Development of entrepreneurship in SSI, etc., and 30% for development of infrastructure incidental thereto; (iii) Priority to be accorded to the neglected tribal living in forest villages & synchronization of the programme with Joint Forest Management; (iv) Preparation of long-term area specific micro-plans for ITDAs/ITDPs; (v) 30% beneficiaries are to be women; and (vi) Adherence to the provisions of the Panchayats (Extension to Scheduled Areas) Act, 1996. SCA has to be an integral part of the Annual Plan of the State.
20. The Special Central Assistance (SCA) is provided by the Ministry of Tribal Affairs to the State Government as an additive to the State TSP. SCA is primarily meant for family-oriented income-generation schemes in sectors such as agriculture, horticulture, sericulture and animal husbandry cooperation. A part of SCA (not more than 30%) is also permitted to be used for development of infrastructure incidental to such income generating schemes. SCA is intended to be additive to State Plan efforts for tribal development and forms part of TSP strategy. The objective of the strategy is two folds: (i) Socio-economic development of STs and (ii) Protection of tribal against exploitation. Of the above, SCA primarily funds schemes/projects for economic development of STs.
(b). Central Assistance under Article 275
21. Article 275(1) of the Constitution of India guarantees grant from the consolidated fund of India
each year for promoting the welfare of STs and in pursuance of this Constitutional obligation, the
Ministry of Tribal Affairs provides fund through the “Special Area Programme Grants under Article
275(1) of the Constitution of India”. Under this Special Area Programme, a 100% grant is provided to
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 1: Country and rural context background
43
meet the cost of such project for tribal development, undertaken by a State Government, for (i) raising
the level of administration of Scheduled Areas, and (ii) for welfare of the tribal people to bring them at
par with the rest of the State. The grants are provided to the States on the basis of the percentage of
ST population in the State. Focus of the programme should be on generation of community welfare
assets like schools, skilled teaching, nutritional support, drinking water, etc.; innovative grants strictly
are meant for innovative schemes - in terms of final output/ outcome or methods of delivery.
(c) Conservation-cum-Development (CCD) Plan for PTGs
26. GoI in the Ministry of Tribal Affairs (MoTA) re-strategized the development approaches of PTGs
during the 11th Five Year Plan (2007-2012) with focus on conservation of their culture along with their
socio-economic development. On the basis of the guidelines prepared by MoTA, the Government of
Odisha formulated Conservation-cum-Development (CCD) Plan for 13 PTGs located in 17 micro
project areas that are implemented through 17 Micro Project Agencies (MPA). The CCD plan is an
attempt for holistic development of the PTGs aiming to address critical felt needs of the PTGs by
improving infrastructure and providing basic facilities within their easy reach with a view to eliminate
poverty, increase literacy rate/level, ensure improved health status, overcome problem of food
insecurity and above all bring improvement in the quality of life and conserve their traditional culture37
.
Starting from the 11th Five Year Plan, the CCD Plan is continuing in the 12
th Five Year Plan (2012-
2017) with the following basic approaches:
Total development through an integrated approach by pulling resources from the Central
Government and State Government;
Bring about Government Organisations (GO), Gram Panchayats and NGO partnership to
address the development needs of the PTGs;
Encouraging peoples’ participation in development process through the involvement of
traditional institutions, including labour cooperatives, youth dormitory/assembly, SHGs, etc.
Provision of basic infrastructure and amenities like health, education, drinking water and
also all weather roads to all the PTG villages;
Restoration of hill slopes ravaged by shifting cultivation (podu) by way of raising
horticultural plantations thereby protecting natural environment and providing employment
and income to the PTGs;
Assistance for conservation and promotion of PTG traditions like village labour
cooperatives, traditional skills, arts and crafts, dances and songs, etc;
Ensuring social security through the provision of fireproof houses, grain banks and
coverage of all families under Janashree Bima Yojana38
.
27. The CCD Plan of Government of Odisha encompasses 17 micro projects for 13 PTGs. Since
the socio-economic indicators of the PTGs remain far below the State average of other STs and other
communities in the State, the CCD Plan for the 12th Five Year Plan (2012-2017), the thrust areas of
the CCD Plan include: (a) Social Sector Development (education complex for PTG boys; health and
nutrition; safe drinking water and sanitation); (b) Sustainable Livelihoods Development (agriculture,
horticulture, animal husbandry, irrigation, social security, promotion of SHGs, market linkage); (c)
Conservation of Culture (construction of community centres; promotion of traditional arts, crafts and
dances; construction of tribal museum in micro project area); (d) Infrastructure Development
(connectivity/roads, electrification and housing); (d) Capacity Building and Institutional Mechanism.
Each of the following 17 micro projects (Table 1) being implemented by GoO through 17 Micro Project
Agencies (MPAs) encompasses the elements of the above thrust areas.
37
Annual Report: 2012-13, ST & SC Development, Minorities & Backward Classes Welfare Department, Government of
Odisha, Bhubaneswar. 38
A scheme to provide life insurance protection to the rural and urban poor persons below poverty line and marginally above
the poverty line
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 1: Country and rural context background
44
5. Tribal Development Strategy and Programme in Odisha
22. Prior to independence, the tribal areas in Odisha were administered according to the special laws such as the Ganjam and Vizagapatnam Act, 1839 and the then British Government generally followed a policy of Laissez faire on matter of tribal development. Later all these areas were declared as “Scheduled Districts” and their administration was conducted in accordance with Scheduled District Act, 1874. In the Govt. of India Act, 1919 these areas were removed with different degrees of exclusion such as “wholly excluded Areas” and “Areas of Modified Exclusion” which were changed in the Govt. of India Act, 1935 as “Excluded areas” and “Partially excluded areas”. The tribal tracts of Orissa were declared as “Partially excluded”
39. Today, most of these areas fall under what is known
as Fifth Scheduled Areas.
23. The philosophy of welfare state which emerged with independence has put the onus and responsibility on Government with regard to protection and advancement of the ST population in the country. In tune with the Government of India policy on tribal development, the state of Odisha also adopted and followed the strategy of Multipurpose Tribal Development Projects (MTDPs) in selected areas of tribal concentration pockets and thereafter the Community Development Block and Tribal Development Block models. These development efforts through Blocks resulted in diffusion of activities and in increasing the gap between tribal and non-tribal populations in various development indices, indicating the need for more systematic and concerted approaches to tribal development planning and implementation. The experience thus gained resulted in starting of Integrated Tribal Development Agencies (ITDAs) in areas of more backwardness during the Fifth Five Year Plan (1974-79) onwards. Today, there are 21 ITDAs in Odisha.
24. However, there remained a felt need to bring more tribal population under the gamut of development Programmes. Based on further findings it was revealed that some tribal families still remained uncovered as they were residing in isolated pockets. Hence, Modified Area Development Approach (MADA) was introduced by the end of Fifth Five Year Plan to areas having a population of 10,000 or more, with 50% tribal concentration. The area under tribal development was still increased during the Seventh Five Year Plan (1985-90) by adopting Cluster Approach wherein contiguous areas having a population of 5000 or more, of which 50% or more are tribals. Apart from this, the Particularly Vulnerable Tribal Groups (PTGs) or primitive tribal groups (PTGs) residing in remote areas were found to be extremely backward. A total of 13 PTGs were identified and 17 Micro Project Agencies (MPA) were set up aiming at all-round development of the primitive tribal groups building on the Conservation cum Development (CCD) Plan of the Government of India. The tribal families living outside the above project areas like ITDA, Micro Project, MADA, Cluster are covered under the Dispersed Tribal Development Programmes (DTDP) implemented through the Scheduled Caste and Scheduled Tribe Development Finance Cooperative Corporation Limited. Today there are 14 Cluster pockets and 46 MADA pockets in Odisha
40.
25. The GoO has also availed other central assistance for tribal development which included support for tribal research institutes, ST girls/boys hostels, ashram schools in TSP areas, establishment of vocational training centres in tribal areas, tribal cooperative marketing development, support for attending coaching centres for various professional courses and competitive exams, and grant-in-aid to voluntary organisations working for welfare for STs.
6. Ownership, Harmonisation and Alignment of OPELIP
28. Ownership, Harmonization and Alignment: Governments of India and Odisha have been
actively involved with IFAD in the design and implementation of on-going OTELP in Odisha for tribal
development. The programme, “Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement
Programme” is built on the on-going IFAD-supported OTELP in Odisha as well as the
recommendations contained in GoI/GoO's "Concept Paper for IFAD Loan Project". The OPELIP
concept is aligned with the India COSOP41
2010-2015 and compatible and supportive of other donor
initiatives and is in line with GoI/GoO's strategies and policies for development of tribal and vulnerable
39
www.gajapati.nic.in/Departments/itda/itdamain.htm 40
SC & ST Development Department, Government of Odisha (www.orissa.gov.in/stsc/project_progress.htm) 41
Country Strategic Opportunities Programme
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 1: Country and rural context background
45
communities. The programme goal and objective are in alignment with the objective of “faster and
more inclusive growth” as enunciated in the Approach Paper to India’s 12th Five Year Plan.
Table-1: List of micro projects and Micro Project Agency for PTGs in Odisha
District Block Name of PTG Name of PTG Micro Project Agency
Mayurbhanj Suliapada, &
Moroda
Lodha 1.Lodha Development Agency, Moroda
Karanjia & Jashipuir Hill Khadia/
Mankirdia/ Birhor
2.Hill Khadia & Mankirdia development Agency, Jashipur
Sundargarh Lahunipada Paudi Bhuyan 3.Paudi Bhuyan Development Agency, Khuntgaon
Angul Pallahara Paudi Bhuyan 4.Paudi Bhuyan Development Agency, Jamardihi
Deogarh Barkote Paudi Bhuyan 5.Paudi Bhuyan Development Agency, Rugudakudar
Keonjhar Banspal Juang 6.Juang Development Agency, Gonasika
Kandhamal Tumudibandha Kutiakandha 7.Kutiakandha Development Agency, Belghar
Kalahandi Lanjigarh Kutiakandha 8.Kutiakandha Development Agency, Lanjigarh
Rayagada Bisam Cuttack &
Muniguda
Dangria Kandha 9.Dangria kandha Development Agency, Kurli, Chatikana
Kalyansingpur Dangria Kandha 10.Dangria kandha Development Agency, Parsali
Gunupur Lanjia Saora 11.Lanjia saora Development Agency, Puttsing
Gajapati Mohana Saora 12.Saora Development Agency, Chandragiri
Gumma Lanjia Saora 13.Lanjia saora Development Agency, Seranga
Ganjam Patrapur Saora 14.Tumba Development Agency, Tumba
Malkanagiri Khairaput Bonda 15.Banda Development Agency, Mudulipada
Kudumulguma &
Khairput
Didayi 16.Didayi Development Agency, Kudumulguma
Nuapada Komna Chuktia Bhujia 17.Chuktia Bhujia Development Agency, Sunabeda
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 2: Poverty, targeting and gender
47
Appendix 2: Poverty, targeting and gender
1. Introduction
1. Odisha is geographically the eighth largest State of India and the 11th most populous among
Indian States. Situated in a sub-tropical region, Odisha has a vastly varied topography and complex
ecology. Odisha is fifth largest among all Indian States in terms of forest area with 31% of the State’s
geographical area classified as forests. Due to its geological origins, the State has vast mineral
resources, about 98% of the country’s estimated reserves of chromate, 95% of nickel, 77.5% of
cobalt, 53% of bauxite and 33.4% of iron-ore, respectively. In spite of its rich natural resource
endowment Odisha continues to be one of the poorest States in India with high incidence of poverty
and low indices of human development.
2. At 33%, the head count poverty in Odisha in 2011-12 was fourth highest behind among the
dozen Indian States with more than 10 m poor42
. According to the Human Development Report of
UNDP43
for 2011, Odisha was at the bottom among 19 large Indian States in terms of Human
Development Index (0.442). It was 17th among the 19 States in terms of per capita income (PPP$,
2008), 14th in terms of life expectancy at birth, 15
th in terms of mean years of schooling and at the
bottom in terms of expected years of schooling at birth44
. Poverty is more than twice among rural
people (36%) compared to their urban counterparts (17%).STs are among the poorest, followed by
SCs. Poverty also has a regional imprint, with the hilly districts encompassing the Eastern Ghats, the
Northern Plateaus and the Central Table lands, together home to over 92% of Odisha’s STs, being
poorest compared to the fertile coastal districts.
2. Present Situation of Scheduled Tribe Communities in Odisha
3. Odisha is home to 62 STs with a population of 9.75 m (India 104.55 m) or 23% of the State’s
total population. Odisha has 13 PTGs (India 75). STs in Odisha are distinctly more rural (94%) than
the overall population (83%) in the State. STs are concentrated in the Eastern Ghats45 and the
Northern Plateau46; these two regions together are home to almost three-fourths of the State’s ST
population. Both these regions are characterised by a rugged hilly terrain and high rainfall and
together account for most of the State’s area demarcated as forests. The coastal plains and deltas
with the most fertile soils and most suited for agriculture account for less than 7.5% of the State’s ST
population. The Central Table Lands region, agriculturally the second most productive region of the
State has less than 18% of the State’s STs.
4. STs in Odisha like their counterparts in other States, are the poorest and score poorly on all
social development indicators. For instance, headcount poverty in Odisha declined the least among
STs compared to other groups during the five year period during 2004-05 and 2009-10 when the
State experienced major reduction in poverty compared to the country as a whole and two-thirds of
STs continued to be below the poverty line (see Table 1).
Table 1: Headcount poverty among Social Groups in Odisha
Year ST SC OBC Others All Odisha All India
2004-05 (%) 84.40 67.90 52.70 37.10 60.80 37.20
2009-10 (%) 66.00 47.10 25.60 24.50 39.20 29.80
Reduction (%) 18.40 20.80 27.10 12.60 21.60 7.40
Source: Government of Odisha, Economic Survey 2012-13
42
Press Note on Poverty in 2011-12, GoI, Planning Commission, 22nd
July 2013. 43
UNDP: Inequality-adjusted Human Development Report, 2011. 44
UNDP, op cit. 45
The districts of Gajapati, Kalahandi, Kandhamal, Koraput, Malkangiri, Nabarangapur, Nuapada, Rayagada. 46
The districts of Mayurbhanj, Sundargarh, Keonjhar, Jharsuguda.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 2: Poverty, targeting and gender
48
5. Given the nature of their habitat, forests have historically been the principal source of ST
livelihoods and the STs have traditionally considered forests as their inherited territory. Forests
provided the ST food besides forage for livestock, firewood for cooking, construction material and a
variety of herbs. State control over forests since the 1860s has progressively deprived the STs their
primary source of livelihood. Progressive loss of control over forests, declining forest cover,
increasingly stringent state regulation of forests, loss of forest lands to mining and infrastructure
projects, increasing population and exposure to the outside world has over the year brought about a
slow but steady change in the pattern of ST livelihood.
6. While forests continue to be a significant source of ST, and they maintain de facto usufruct
rights to the forest products and to shifting cultivation – podu- irrespective of the legal status of the
land, STs have also slowly taken to agriculture, beginning with podu and progressively adopting
settled farming. As STs are relatively new to farming, and cultivate hilly and undulating land that has
not been developed for farming, productivity of their agriculture is low. Unskilled work as farm and
construction workers is a supplemental source of livelihood.
7. The nature of tribal agriculture and their livelihoods in Odisha has also been affected by the
history of land tenure in areas populated by the STs. Much of the ST habitat in Odisha was ruled by
princely states and tribal people had free access to forests in an informal arrangement. STs,
especially in the interior forest regions inhabited by PTGs, did not possess legal title to land they
considered theirs, either as forest or as podu land. As a result, there is high incidence of recorded
landlessness among STs, especially the PTGs even as they cultivate land demarcated as forest or
various categories of government wasteland, where they are treated as encroachers.
3. Particularly Vulnerable Tribal Groups (PTGs) – their characteristics47
8. Inhabiting the more interior and often inaccessible forest regions, the 13 PTGs are the most
disadvantaged among STs. They are living in hilly and remote uphill locations in the fringes of the
forest making accessibility a problem and the terrain poses constraints in rural infrastructure
development such as roads, irrigation, electricity, communications network and markets. The
members of the PTG community have low level of literacy, lack development awareness and use pre-
agricultural level of technology. The habitations of PTG have inadequate health care facilities and
most of the PTG households live in abject poverty.
9. Livelihoods: PTGs are largely dependent on collection and sale of forest produce, shifting
cultivation and casual wage labour for their income. More and more PTGs including some of the
nomadic tribes – Birhor, Mankirdia and Hill-Kharia- are now moving into settled forms of livelihoods.
Subsistence farming is practiced often on shifting cultivation basis “Podu” on undulating land. Bondo,
Didayi, Juang, Dongaria Kandha, Kutia Kandha, Lanjia Saora, Paudi Bhuiyan largely practice shifting
cultivation. Overall, about 15% households do not have any land – not even homestead; the landless
households are more than 50% in some tribes such as Didayi, Dongaria Kondh.
10 About 50% of the PTG households do not have clear ownership to the land they are at present
cultivating, the investments for enhancing soil and land productivity is limited resulting in low
productivity. Agriculture is rain-fed, their knowledge of improved agricultural practices is limited and
crops grown include paddy, variety of traditional cereals and millets for consumption. In some areas
cash crops such as turmeric, ginger, oil seeds and plantation crops such mango, jackfruit are grown
but the income realisation is limited due to poor market linkages and exploitation by traders.
11. PTGs depend on minor forest produce for cash income as well as for food supplements.
Dwindling forest produce and climatic change has reduced the basket of produce and also the cash
income. Unsustainable harvesting of produce is also leading to over exploitation of resources as well
as environmental degradation.
47
This section draws from the data of Micro project profile, SC and ST Research training Institute, SC and ST Development
Department, Bhubaneswar and the three socio economic livelihood studies carried out specifically for the design purpose.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 2: Poverty, targeting and gender
49
12. Food security: PTG households with average landholding 1.7 acres and 5 members in its
family produce food that is sufficient for 4 to 5 months. Pubic Distribution System (PDS) of essential
food reaches out to even remote Gram Panchayats and provide basic food security. About 25% of the
households do not possess AAY/BPL cards and do not get subsidised food. Households meet their
other basic needs from wage incomes and NTFP sale. However, households face nutrition insecurity
since basket of foods lack diversity to provide balanced food and nutrients. The usual diet of rice and
salt or millets and salt with few vegetables does not fulfil the nutrient requirements. Protein and pulses
intake is limited to once a week in most groups. Milk is not consumed. One tenth of the children in the
age group of 0-6 years are reported to be severely malnourished but this figure can be higher as
observed during the field visits and as found by the survey reports. Malnutrition coupled with
degrading living environment is contributing to higher morbidity.
13. Basic development needs: Education - The level of human development opportunities as
viewed from access to basic services such as education, health, drinking water, sanitation and other
social services are limited for PTGs. The literacy levels of the PTGs are very low and ranges between
19% to 63% for the men and 8 to 42% for the women in different PTGs. In spite of the State
Government measures like free education, in PTG areas the education standards are poor- teachers
often do not turn up and schools are without the basic infrastructure. Often PTG children are unable to
compete with children of other community.
14. Water, housing and sanitation - PTG households’ access to drinking water is improving but
due to lack of/ dysfunctional tube wells, many households depend on open wells, streams and ponds
for drinking water as well as for other general purposes. In the absence of toilets, PTGs defecate in
the open. Skin diseases and diarrhoea widely prevalent in the programme areas are directly
attributable to the poor quality of water. About 35% of the households have accessed housing
facilities from Government of India and State Government schemes like Indira Awas Yojana (IAY) and
Mo Kudia. Others largely live in huts. Housing is largely one room tenement with little ventilation and
no toilets; often the few livestock the family owns are also housed in the same premises.
15. Health - Separate demographic data on PTGs is not readily available. The data as per a survey
conducted by RMRC, Bhubaneswar48 on four PTGs show that The Crude Birth Rate (CBR) per 1000
population of 18.31 in Bondo, 24.3 in Didayi, 22.3 in Juang and 21.6 in Kutia Kandha as against 20.1
for Odisha. The Crude Death Rate (CDR) per 1000 population of 19.2 in Bondo, 23.7 in Didayi, 21.2
in Juang and 20.9 in Kutia Kandha as against at 8.5 for Odisha49 which still has the highest CDR in
the country. The Life Expectancy of men is 48.7 years in Bondo, 57.1 years in Didayi, 49.6 years in
Juang and 50.7 years in Kutia Kandha as against 64.3 for men in Odisha.
16. Malaria, diarrhoea, skin diseases (scabies), respiratory disorders are widely prevalent. Health
seeking behaviour among these communities is limited due to the distance to the Health Centres
functional in most of the micro project areas. In some micro project areas mobile health check up vans
reach villages with motor able roads on a monthly/quarterly basis though few villages are
inaccessible.
17. Social security and entitlements - Government of India and Government of Odisha have a
number of social security schemes and other entitlements which these households access.
Employment Guarantee scheme (MGNREGA) is infrequently implemented and on an average
households get 20 to 30 days of employment as against 100 days a year that is their right.
Madhubabu Pension Yojana which provides pension for old aged, widowed and disabled, is accessed
by about 60% of those that are eligible. Other health insurance schemes such as Rashtriya Swasthya
Bhima Yojana, Biju Krushak Bima Yojana do not have deep penetration.
48
Amity School of natural Resources and sustainable development, Changing socio-economic condition and livelihood of
geographically isolated tribal community in Kandhamal and KBK districts of Orissa, submitted to Planning Commission,
Government of India,2010-11 49
Economic Survey, Odisha, 2012-13.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 2: Poverty, targeting and gender
50
18. Household assets: Households have very few assets largely utensils; agricultural implements
are minimal and rudimentary. Due to lack of extension support and frequent mortality of animals and
livestock, the households rear very few birds and animals. Alcoholism is a major drain on the
household income and in some PTGs both men and women are reported to be addicted.
19. Access to financial services: Households largely borrow from one another for meeting
emergent needs. Only few households borrow from the money lenders at usurious rates of interest
especially health. There are instances where the PTG households have borrowed from other tribal
and also from other castes and due to their inability to repay, have lost their access to land. There are
limited opportunities for households to save in institutions. Banks and post offices are located far
away and the transaction cost of travelling to bank outstrips the amount of savings to be deposited.
4. Situation of other Tribal and Scheduled Castes in programme area
20. The poverty situation of tribal, scheduled castes and even other castes living in the same
villages are not very different from PTGs; they are also equally affected by the remoteness and
inability to access basic services. They also have limited livelihood opportunities though they are
predominantly cultivators or agricultural labours. They tend small number of livestock such as poultry
birds, and goats; cattle and buffaloes. They have limited access to irrigation and mostly grow rain fed
low risk, low yielding rain-fed crops. As compared to PTG they are more vocal and more mobile.
21. To summarise, the incidence of poverty and deprivation is high among the PTGs, other tribal in
the programme area who are leading largely subsistence based way of life. They live in remote
habitats, in a state of isolation and due to the remoteness; their habitats have poor administrative and
infrastructure. Dwindling forest resources on which they are dependent on, limited availability of
productive land for livelihood activities, limited knowledge of improved production practices leading to
low agricultural productivity and negligible access to Government extension services are major
contributing factors for their poverty. Shifting cultivation practised by them is low yielding and also
results in natural resource degradation. Local small markets do not offer remunerative prices for their
produce. Poor banking outreach and services limit opportunities for mobilising safe savings. Low
education levels limits their employment opportunities and they often work as casual wage labour.
Migration to distant towns and cities is limited. Their access to basic services such as health,
education, cleans drinking water and sanitation, housing and nutritious foods are limited. High
incidence of vector borne diseases like malaria and alcoholism are major drains on the household
income. Thus the combination of the above factors contributes to high incidence of poverty among the
target groups.
5. Gender Issues in Target Groups
22. Position of women: PTGs and other tribal are patriarchal society; however tribal women and
girls do not experience the gender discrimination as seen among many other communities in India.
The sex ratio of PTGs is favourable for women - more than 1000 female per 1000 male. However, 5
tribes have less than 1000 sex ratio, the least being 943. There are gender disparities in terms of
literacy, access to health Services and other human development indicators. Women’s work is critical
to the survival of the tribal household both in terms of provisioning food, income and as well as
management of resources. Of late with the mainstreaming of tribal communities some of the gender
discrimination practices such as preference for boys, focus on education of boys over girls, polygamy
etc., are seeping into the tribal community as well.
23. Livelihoods: The PTG women play a crucial role in the households’ economy. Both men and
women are involved in collection and sale of minor forest produce. There is gender division of labour
in the agricultural activities. Clearing of podu land for shifting cultivation and ploughing of low land is
done by men. Women are either solely or jointly involved in other operations. Small livestock rearing
is largely by women and in some PTGs men decide on when and where to market the livestock. More
women than men participate in the casual labour work. The mobility of PTG women is restricted by
tradition and women largely work in the villages and adjacent forests. In most PTGs women manage
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 2: Poverty, targeting and gender
51
the cash of the family. Work load on women is high since they carry out both productive and
reproductive functions. Child care is that of the women. Women have the responsibility for fetching
fuel, fodder and water for household purposes.
24. Education: Overall the literacy rate is low and the female literacy is even lower due to their
involvement in the labour force and household chores including cooking and looking after siblings.
Girls after puberty are dropping out due to lack of basic facilities in schools as well as lack of safe
means of travel if the secondary schools are far away. Illiteracy is affecting the women’s ability to
recognize the importance of health care and know how to seek it for themselves and their children.
Women do not have knowledge on their rights or confidence to claim them due to illiteracy.
25. Early marriage: Often among tribal communities girls are married off at the young age of 14 to
16. Early marriage deprives girls of their education, health and realising their potential. Early marriage
exposes the girls to the risks of too-early pregnancy, child bearing, and motherhood before they are
physically and psychologically ready. Young motherhood and child bearing contributes to the poor
health condition of both mother and children.
26. Health and nutrition: As per the Economic Survey of Odisha, 2012-13, prevalence of severe
malnutrition among children, mothers, old and indigent people is a matter of serious concern in the
State. National Family Health Survey (NFHS-3), 2005-06, Orissa, based on sample survey found that
51% of ST women had the body mass index of <18.5 indicating a high prevalence of nutritional
deficiency. 73% of ST women suffered from anaemia.
Table 2 – Body Mass Index and Anaemia among the different groups
Community BMI of less than <18.5% Anaemia <12 grams/dl
Women Men Women Men
ST 51 39 73 53
SC 50 45 64 35
OBC 39 34 58 25
other 32 29 53 23
27. The health indicators of the tribal women are the worst among the different castes. The gender
differentials in these indicators are also very sharp and portray the poor health of the women.
Institutional delivery is more common now as compared to home deliveries primarily due to the Janani
Suraksha Yojana50 (JSY) which incentivises institutional delivery. Mamata is a Odisha Government’s
initiative that offers conditional cash transfer for women51 to compensate for some wage loss, get
adequate rest and nutrition and influence positive health seeking behaviour. As per the socio
economic survey studies, Post Partum Haemorrhage (PPH), Toxaemia and Prolonged labour are
problems affecting pregnant mothers. Routine Immunization of children are done in the ICDS centres
by ANM; Through ICDS, both pregnant and lactating mothers are to receive fortified food supplements
and rations; this system is not functioning well in the villages distant from the Gram Panchayat and
even where they are given only half quantity of the eligible supplements delivered.
28. Anganwadi centres where children of age 3 to 5 get basic education and also free food are
operational only in revenue villages. Since the habitats are far away from the revenue village, children
may not walk down; in some places the anganwadi centres are not functioning well.
29. Often women eat last in the household, which further limits their in take of vegetables, pulses
and meat. Maternal buffering is reportedly common. This is the practice of a mother deliberately
limiting her own intake in order to ensure children get sufficient food. The living conditions affect the
50
Janani Suraksha Yojana is a safe motherhood intervention under the National Rural Health Mission (NHM). It is being
implemented with the objective of reducing maternal and neonatal mortality by promoting institutional delivery among poor
pregnant women. The mother belonging to BPL, STSC, will receive Rs.1400 for institutional delivery 51
Cash incentive of INR 5,000 is provided in four instalments. The first three instalments and amounts have been worked out
such that the beneficiary gets a reasonable amount every three months after the second trimester of pregnancy up to nine
months after delivery.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 2: Poverty, targeting and gender
52
health of the women; cooking with firewood in traditional stoves in poorly ventilated one room house
cum kitchen and the incomplete combustion and release of small particles affects their respiratory
system and health.
30. Land, forests and property right: Tribal women’s traditional ownership over land and housing is
limited. Although women shoulder heavy economic responsibilities as compared to men, the
customary laws deny them equal property rights and men normally inherit the property. Land for
cultivation and homestead land settled under FRA is registered in the names of husband, wife and
dependants. However, on being widowed, the woman loses control over the land which passes on to
the surviving males of the husband. This makes her position very vulnerable.
31. Violence against women: Violence against women is increasing due to alcoholism. Uncontrolled
drinking by men has led to physically beating, verbal and emotional abuse of the women. Rape in
work place and also trafficking as seen in other parts of the state are not common in the programme
area since the girls and women largely work in the villages; in southern districts PTG women do not
usually travel beyond their village.
32. Access to financial services: Women’s access to financial services has been largely through
self help groups in Odisha is the case in rest of India. Women have been formed into SHGs even in
the inaccessible villages. With little capacity building inputs on the concept and functioning, these
groups are not functioning well. Women’s savings are locked up in the defunct groups. There is very
limited internal lending even in well functioning groups.
33. Participation in Village Institutions: Participation of women in Pallisabha is limited though in
some PTGs the women participate in these sabhas. However, their effectiveness in their participation,
articulation of their demands and ensuring action is questionable.
34. In focus group discussions, women articulated their priority issues to be addressed in order to
improve their conditions, (i) drinking water, (ii) roads, electricity, solar lamps, irrigation (iii) effective
working of anganwadi, iv) bathing ghats, v) reduce alcoholism among men, vi) drudgery reducing
agricultural equipments, vii) training and skills for small animal rearing, viii) safe place to save money,
ix) savings to be returned from the defunct groups. Some of single women were requesting for
housing.
6. Poverty targeting for OPELIP
(a). Programme Area and Target Groups
35. Geographic targeting: Programme interventions will be implemented in all 17 Micro-project
areas located in twelve districts of Odisha namely Malkanagiri, Rayagada, Angul, Deogarh, Ganjam,
Nuapada, Keojhar, Sundergarh, Gajapati, Kandhamal, Kalhandi and Mayurbhanj covering 13 PTGs
living in some 542 villages within the MPA areas and an another 477 villages outside the MPA but
within the 84 MPA GPs as shown in Table-3 below.
Table-3: Target Group Description (Number of households)
Description # of
villages
PTGs Other
ST
SC Others Total
Households within MPA villages 542 20,514 5,138 2,259 3,576 31,487
Additional households outside
MPA villages but within MPA GPs
477 11,577 8,827 3,227 7,238 30,869
Total households 1,019 32,091 13,965 5,486 10,814 62,356
Total population - 133,479 63,074 24,409 46,186 261,148
1/ Source: As per 2011 Census Data.
36. Villages without road connectivity: These villages being without road connectivity are cut off
from other developmental services as well. Food security is an issue and markets are limited.
Programme will target these villages and form the community institutions for facilitating and initiating
the infrastructure development as a priority.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 2: Poverty, targeting and gender
53
(b). Targeting mechanism
37. The programme will adopt an inclusive approach targeting all households living in the
participating GP. The programme will seek to develop mechanism to ensure that special attention is
paid to marginalised groups, namely women, children, unemployed youth, hill cultivators, the landless
among the PTGs and other Tribal people.
38. While following an inclusive approach, the target households will also be classified based on
their vulnerability at the time of VDP preparation.
Table 4 – targeting as per vulnerability
Better off Traders and money lenders and families with a member in government job
Disadvantaged Households with access and title low land with or without shifting cultivation land.
Vulnerable Households with homestead title. No access or ownership of low land. Have
access to only shifting cultivation land with or without title.
Highly
vulnerable
Women headed households.
Households residing in villages that are not accessible by road.
Households with a physically/mentally challenged adult/child.
Households without title for homestead and revenue/forest land.
39. Since the very vulnerable households normally do not come forward to take up any programme
activities, special efforts will be made to identify them and include them in the programme efforts. The
programme will target highly vulnerable and vulnerable households for inclusion in community
institutions, SHGs and livelihood groups. While community infrastructure activity of the programme will
benefit all households in the villages, the activities aimed at individual households will be largely
targeted at highly vulnerable and vulnerable households.
(c). Target group description
40. Households without title for homestead: These households do not have any title to their
homestead. Many of them have access to some podu land (which may be considered as encroached)
but the land may not be registered in their names. These households are largely dependent on causal
labour and forest produce and hence suffer food insecurity. Livelihood security is also threatened due
to the depleting forest resources. Such households will be identified during the village mapping
exercise to be carried out for VDP preparation and will receive priority attention for land allocation
both homestead and agricultural land for ensuring that minimum 1 standard acre revenue/forest land
is the household. They will be targeted for inclusion in SHGs and in livelihood initiatives as well.
41. These households carry out rain-fed cultivation on undulating land and hill slopes without any
land development works, leading to progressive soil erosion and land degradation. Farming practices
are rudimentary with very low productivity. The farm tools are of poor quality and there is acute
shortage of draft power. Springs and streams present in many villages are not being used for irrigation
and rainwater is not being harnessed. These households though have some food security often have
to do casual labour and are dependent on casual labour and forest produce to provide food security.
Such households will be identified during the village mapping exercise to be carried out for VDP
preparation and will be the primary target group for land development and irrigation works and also for
ensuring that minimum 1 standard acre revenue/forest land to each household. They will be targeted
for inclusion in SHGs and in livelihood initiatives as well.
42. Households with settled land: These households also largely carry out rain fed cultivation
mostly paddy with rudimentary technology and implements. The productivity and yield is low.
However, comparatively they have better food security. These households will be involved in farmer
filed schools and other livelihood related training; they will be the least priority group.
43. Women: Women are the priority target group of the programme. Though women play a pivotal
role in the well-being of their families and household economy, they are disadvantaged due to limited
access to basic development services. Women are often malnourished. Their traditional livelihoods
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 2: Poverty, targeting and gender
54
need to be strengthened and expanded with appropriate extension support and technical know-how.
They will need appropriate housing and sanitation conditions, drudgery reduction support, training on
reproductive health care, importance of nutrition for young children and also training to understand
their entitlements and rights and voice their issues. Pregnant and lactating mothers will need special
attention. Since women are the change agents, they will be included in all the village institutions.
44. Women headed households which form nearly 18% of the households, will be pro actively
included in the programme activities since they do not enjoy land rights, have limited livelihood
opportunities, live in poor housing and living conditions, have limited access to health and other
extension services and isolated.
45. Youth: Many youth in the age groups of 15 to 25 are mostly school dropouts and are engaged
in casual unskilled wage labour. Even school passed male youth are unable to find employment since
they lack basic skills required by most employers. Many youth are reluctant to take up agriculture or
forest based collections. High risk of male youth becoming involved in illegal activities and alcoholism
exist. Both boys and girls marry young and often live separately from their parents. Early marriage
and motherhood has a toll on the young girls’ health apart from affecting the health of the children.
46. Adolescent boys and girls in schools: The boys and girls under the age of 14 and those who are
studying in schools are largely the first generation school goers and learners. While they should learn
about their culture and heritage, it is also equally important that they receive basic knowledge and life
skills on health, hygiene, benefits of marriage after 18, evils of alcoholism etc., They are at an age
when behaviour and attitude changes can be easily brought about. Some of the very poor youth do
not continue their studies beyond school because the family’s financial situation does not permit them
to pay the entrance fees required and the scholarship is received later. They require short term
education loans at the least interest rates.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 2: Poverty, targeting and gender
55
Annex-1: Targeting strategy by Programme Component
Component/sub
component
Thrust activities Primary Target groups Likely outreach
Community Empowerment:
Community
institutions
VDP formation for village
development and livelihood
planning
Training on reproductive health
Training on nutrition and health,
effect of alcoholism, benefits of
marriage after 18
All households
Women and adolescent girls
Women, adolescent boys and
girls
100%
70% of the households
SHG and Rural
Finance
SHG formation and strengthening
Dal banks
Training on financial literacy,
gender issues including legal
rights.
Access to savings and credit
Women from vulnerable and
highly vulnerable interested in
income generation activity.
Women headed households.
70% of households
NRM and livelihoods improvement
NRM Reducing landlessness No home stead or agricultural
land;
20%
Land and water resource
management
First priority Households with
podu land,
There after Households with
settled land
70%
Village infrastructure all
Livelihoods
Home stead based livelihoods Women headed households as
part of functional SHGs.
Other SHG women.
At least 50; coverage
of all households
through one activity or
other
Value addition and NTFP based Largely women 14%
Market Access and haat bazaars All
Improvement of crops At least 50 % women 70% of the households
Vocational training Youth 1% of the households
Community Infrastructure:
Housing and habitat improvement Women headed households,
Other highly vulnerable and
vulnerable households
6%
Road, electricity, Drinking water
and solar lighting and other
infrastructure
Villages without these will be
the top priority
100%
Drudgery reduction Women headed households
Highly vulnerable and
vulnerable households
50 to 100% of
households for
different initiatives
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 3: Country performance and lessons learned
57
Appendix 3: Country performance and lessons learned
1. Overall Lessons
1. In 2009 the independent IFAD Office of Evaluation (IOE) carried out the first country programme evaluation (CPE) since IFAD began operations in India in 1978. The CPE team affirmed the value of IFAD’s role in addressing rural poverty and highlighted IFAD’s particular contributions to promoting pro-poor innovation and serving as a demonstrator of the design, implementation, supervision and M&E of pro-poor and rural development projects. The CPE rated the overall performance of the India portfolio as satisfactory, but called for increased operational efficiency, and a more strategic and systematic approach to the replication and scaling up of pro-poor innovations. The evaluation recommended that, while continuing to focus on rural women and tribal communities, more attention should be devoted to smallholder farming households. It recommended discontinuing the practice of two projects funded by one loan and supported by one supervision budget. The CPE suggested enhanced engagement with the private sector, in line with corporate social responsibility, to enable and facilitate provision of services and development of inclusive market/value chains.
2. Some of the key lessons learned by the overall IFAD programme in India include:
Poverty can be effectively reduced through an empowerment process, which in turn requires investment in people’s institutions and in intangible assets. Each intervention should have an adequate implementation period, allowing sufficient time to establish and strengthen strong and sustainable grass-roots institutions.
The selection of qualified resource NGOs and facilitating NGOs is critical. The process of selection needs to be completed promptly and without political interference. IFAD has been asked to participate as an observer in the selection process to ensure its fairness.
Developing livelihood opportunities for smallholder farmers and tribal communities in rainfed and areas marginal to agricultural development requires broader partnerships that combine the competencies and resources of government, civil society and people’s organizations, and the corporate private sector.
India allocates very large resources to agriculture and rural development through state and centrally sponsored schemes. Ensuring convergence with such efforts would multiply the impact of project interventions.
Undertaking fewer, focused projects with larger average loan size can contribute to lowering transaction and administrative costs for both the Government and IFAD and would permit greater attention to implementation support, learning and impact achievement.
2. Lessons from IFAD-supported JTDP, CTDP and OTELP
3. Some of the key lessons learned by tribal development projects India include:
Empowerment of Tribal community a prerequisite for poverty alleviation: Historically, tribal communities have been living in relative isolation and were thus away from the mainstream economy, society and cultural and political system. A distinct cause of vulnerability and powerlessness among STs in comparison to other poor communities is their inability to negotiate and cope with the consequences of their forced integration with the mainstream.52 This was effectively addressed through an empowerment process, which required investment in people’s institutions as intangible social assets so that tribal people gained experience through guided practice of managing new systems and technologies and effectively negotiating with the mainstream society and institutions of the diku
53 (outsiders). Each intervention needed long
implementation period, allowing sufficient time to establish and nurture strong and sustainable grass-roots institutions.
52
The setting up of Scheduled Areas by the makers of the Indian Constitution and the later enactment of PESA as a separate
law for local self-governance in these areas as different from those applicable to other parts of the country is an
acknowledgement of this. 53
Diku is a term used by tribal communities in Jharkhand to denote non-tribal persons.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 3: Country performance and lessons learned
58
Need for implementation in contiguous villages and Panchayats. JTDP has covered all the villages in an identified watershed but the coverage of villages within a Panchayat/block remained low. As a result, implementing agencies were not able to deploy quality staff, management and supervision costs were high, the linkages with statutory Panchayats (e.g. for MGNREGA) level schemes could not be established and there were able to develop livelihood interventions effectively. This needs to be addressed by ensuring coverage of all villages in a selected Gram Panchayat and also selection of contiguous Panchayats for effective implementation.
Need for focus on Livelihoods Improvement: Promotion of livelihood activities is best done by mobilising the community into Common Interest Groups for shared services and aggregation along specific sector-activities, building adequate capability to manage production, quality and marketing, and establishing necessary service and logistical linkages.
Smooth counterpart funds flow needed: JTDS received funds from the State Welfare Department as a Treasury Advance based on the budget approved by the State Assembly. As a result, the programme had to provide all vouchers for verification to settle the advance before the next instalments were released. This led to substantial delay in release of funds, hampering programme implementation. It is necessary that the Government releases funds as grant-in-aid and agree for settlement of accounts based on utilisation certificates.
Need for capacitating NGOs: JTDP engaged between 5 and 7 NGOs in each district, each working in clusters of 10 villages. Many of them with the exception of a few large NGOs could not employ competent staff due to limited budgets (large NGOs either subsidised staff costs or were working in nearby villages outside JTDP and OTELP clusters), had little ability to develop context-specific solutions. Dealing with a large number of partner NGOs also increased the workload of the District PMUs. It is necessary that there should be adequate budgets for engaging the services of NGOs and also to engage resource NGOs or Technical Support Agency at higher level for mentoring. As there is a very high level of variations in capacities of NGOs, it is necessary to have a common strategy for training the NGOs.
Limited PTG interventions and need for special focus on PTGs: JTDP, CTDP and OTELP were designed to test and demonstrate a workable model for tribal development, the PTGs remained away as they required much longer mentoring and nurturing to realize the advantage of development programmes.
Building alliances of Gram Sabhas and Panchayats to make tribal laws work: JTDP had limited facilitation in enabling the Gram Sabhas and individual tribal beneficiaries to take advantage from various laws (such as FRA) enacted for the welfare and development of tribal communities. Since Panchayat elections have been held, efforts should be in building strong alliances of Panchayats and Gram Sabhas so as to take best advantages from existing laws for the benefit of tribal communities.
Need for fulltime Project Director and committed staff support: Both JTDP and CTDP did not get adequate strategic direction and could not establish strong partnerships with various government departments for convergence due to the absence of a fulltime Project Director. In addition, there was high staff turnover, in part due to a lack of clear organisational vision and also because of absence of supportive HR policies. In this respect, OTELP’s performance has been better due to strong management and policy support.
In addition to above key lessons, specific lessons learned from OTELP and incorporated in the design of OPELIP are summarised in Annex-1, Appendix-3
3. Impact of OTELP
4. The impact of OTELP identified by an impact assessment study commissioned by OPTELP in
2009 indicated substantial improvement in the overall well being of the participating households.
These include:
Increase in the average household income by 15 percent over the baseline and approximately 18 percent of households had moved out of poverty;
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 3: Country performance and lessons learned
59
A significant contributor to the increased household income is increase in income from agriculture, with 25 percent of these households, indicating > 30 percent increase in income from agriculture. Regression analysis shows that the increase in agriculture income is attributed to accessing agricultural information, getting agricultural support services and undertaking soil and moisture conservation activities on their farms.
The food security scenario has improved significantly during the last few years. Almost half of the households both in BPL and APL categories indicated availability of enough food throughout the year. There has been a gradual reduction of migration of the poor as well as very poor households in the project area (VP-17.8% to 4.3%, Poor-5% to 1.7%).
There has been a significant reduction in the population which was dependent on moneylenders as the primary source of credit. As of now only 15 percent (37% Pre Project) show propensity towards moneylenders. This reduction can be attributed to availability of credit from other sources viz banks, SHGs etc. The credit seeking behaviour in control areas is similar to the project as the access to institutions viz. bank has been historically better in the control areas.
Malnutrition status across 12-23 month aged children becomes central to the reduction of
malnutrition among children. Findings showed a significant difference in the below -3SD and -
2SD figures of NFHS-III and Project areas: {(-3SD 26% NFHS, and 23% Project) (-2SD 54%
NFHS, 53% Project)}. There was a significant difference of around 10 percentage point in 12-
23 month age groups on the measure of stunting.
The gender empowerment index was developed to assess the overall well being of women. The overall empowerment index, arrived by assessing the weighted average of individual indices viz. Involvement in livelihood activities Index, Access to information index, Access to institutions index, household level decision making index, for project comes to 34 (out of 100), while the same for control group is 23. The difference in empowerment index can be primarily attributed to better access to information and better involvement in livelihood activities of women in the project areas.
Collective marketing is one of the key market-based interventions that targets enhanced
returns to the primary producers/ collectors. These however, are of a very limited scale as
well as being sporadic. These need to be consolidated in terms of scale and shaped as
supply-chain interventions rather than collective marketing interventions.
5. Impact assessment of land and water management54
interventions in phase 1 areas of OTELP
was carried out in 2011 and the following were the general observations and conclusions of the study:
The OTELP interventions influenced different aspects like agricultural production systems,
environment and socio-economic conditions of the Tribal. OTELP gave greater emphasis to
construction of diversion weirs and check dams and leading the water to the crop fields
through water courses. This resulted in the increase in area irrigated: from about 18 ha/VDC
before the project to about 47.54 ha/VDC (162% increase) by end of the project.
The water harvesting structures were created by the VDCs with technical support from ITDA
and FNGOs. Local materials were mostly used for construction of these structures and in
addition the beneficiaries also provided free-labour, which was possible due to peoples’
cooperation.
The land and water management interventions have supported sustainable production of
food, fodder, fuel wood and meaningfully addressed the social, economical and cultural
issues of the Tribal community. The interventions have led to increased agricultural
54
Impact Assessment of Land and Water Management of Phase-I area of OTELP by the Overseas Project and
Services Ltd, Bhubaneswar, published in 2012.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 3: Country performance and lessons learned
60
production, promotion of fishery and livestock, afforestation, horticultural plantation, income
and employment generation at large.
The stone terraces constructed across the slope have reduced soil erosion and runoff flow
and the WHS have retained runoff water for a longer duration, which has been used for
lifesaving irrigation. In most cases double cropping has become possible. Cash crops like
vegetables, banana, lemon grass, groundnut and sunflower have been introduced in many
villages.
The very concept of watershed “village soil in village and village water in village” has become
true in programme areas barring few exceptions.
The changes in cropping patterns have taken place both in additional area brought under well
irrigation from the fallow lands and in area under rain-fed cultivation. The area under paddy
and vegetables has substantially increased. The gross cropped area of 163 ha/VDC has
increased to 198 ha/VDC (21.55% increase).
Details Area in ha
During 2005-06 During 2010-11 % change
Irrigated area 18.12 47.54 162
Cropped area 163.13 198.29 22
Area planted with fruits 2.63 7.70 193
The study showed that the cropping intensity has increased 12% over baseline. Productivity
of rainfed paddy increased by 79%, maize and ragi by 40% and pulses by 46% and irrigated
paddy by 93%.
Crops Yield in Kg/ha
During 2005-06 During 2010-11 % change
Paddy, rainfed 1670 2994 79
Maize, rainfed 1250 1750 40
Ragi, rainfed 930 1300 40
Pulses, rainfed 375 550 46
Paddy, irrigated 1833 3546 93
Raagi, irrigated 1050 1450 38
The OTELP interventions helped the rural farm and non-farm households to enhance their
incomes. The average household income increased to INR 43790. This was possible due to
increased agricultural production and enhanced earning from wage employment. This had
significant bearing on the reduction in out-migration.
The study indicated that water levels in wells increased, leading to expansion in irrigated area
and increased availability of water to domestic use and livestock but no quantified data are
available.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 3: Country performance and lessons learned
61
Annex-1: Lessons Learnt from OTELP and adopted in OPELIP Design
Key lessons learnt from OTELP
Lessons adopted in OPELIP design
OTELP created 358 registered VDC and empowered them
with training and capacity building. Community empowerment
and capacity building55 was the key to improving the
livelihoods of the tribal communities.
This lesson has been adopted in OPELIP design
OTELP organised 4,27356 SHGs and provided them strong
hand-holding support; of them 95% are fully functional with
savings and credit; and their internal lending reduced money-
lenders activities significantly. These SHGs are grouped in to
241 federations.
This approach has been included in the OPELIP design by
associating partner NGOs for capacity building and hand-
holding support.
Approach that yielded positive results included awareness
creation of 944 village communities, grass-roots planning by
involving them, targeting complete village for inclusive
development, partnering with 14 FNGOs and ensuring
smooth flow of funds.
This is the core aspect of OPELIP design
Formation and strengthening of SHGs should also be
accompanied by livelihoods planning. Some 4,320 solar
lamps built by women’s group were supplied to SC&ST
Department Schools.
This approach is adopted in OPELIP design
The VDCs should work in close association with Gram / Palli
Panchayats for convergence.
One third of the members of VDCs will be from Palli
Panchayats.
OTELP adopted ‘micro-watershed approach’ for NRM and in
the process, several villages and their households were left
out as they fell outside the micro-watershed.
Under OPELIP Gram or Palli Panchayats will be taken as a
unit area for planning and thus all households within a GP will
be covered. Further these plans will be subject to ‘Climate
Vulnerability Assessment’ either with the support of
participating NGO or District Soil Conservation Offices.
Where needed staff capacity in climate vulnerability
assessment will be enhanced through exposure cum training
OTELP covered all the villages in a micro-watershed but the
coverage of villages in a Gram Panchayat was low. As a
result, FNGOs were unable to deploy quality staff for
implementation supervision.
OPELIP will cover all villages within a Gram Sabha and this
will encourage NGOs to deploy better and quality staff for
implementation support and supervision.
In the absence of decentralised powers for approval, most of
the ‘Gram Sabha resource management plans’ did not get the
full funding support.
Under OPELIP respective MPA has powers for sanction and
approval of micro-project based resource management plans;
and these plans will also get convergence support at district
level as District Collector is the chairman of the Micro-project
Society
As villagers were scattered securing the services of
competent FNGOs was always a constraint; FNGOs were not
offered longer term contracts resulting in implementation
delays.
Under OPELIP villages form a contiguous area and therefore
securing the services of competent NGO will be possible and
they will also be offered longer term contracts with favourable
terms.
Involving local resource persons enabled faster disposal of
land allotments for 8,610 households under Forest Rights
Act (FRA)57
The OPELIP will use this strategy while handling all FRA
cases.
Enterprises provided to individuals performed better than
enterprises provided to groups.
OPELIP uses this approach in the design and criteria will be
laid out for individual and group enterprises at Appraisal
55
OTELP organised some 578 community mobilisation camps, training programme to 805 SHG leaders in book-keeping,
leadership, management etc, and 1076 training programme for VDC members on leadership and book-keeping. 56
Of 4273 SHGs 2307 are graded A, 1296 graded B, 470 graded C and the remaining 200 are to be graded. Average saving
per SHG is INR 26,530. All groups meet regularly and 95% of them regular in saving. They were able to mobilise some INR 104
million through linkages with banks. Nearly 70% households have access to rural financial services: 35% loans for non-farm
activities, 55% for agricultural and production activities and 11% for consumption expenditures (as on April 2013). 57
On the basis of the success rate, the government has expanded the Land Allocation Programme from 1042 OTELP villages
to about 118 TSP Blocks in the State
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 3: Country performance and lessons learned
62
Performance of SHG-bank linkages has been mostly
unsatisfactory with tribal SHGs.
In OPELIP design, piloting of two women cooperatives
proposed as SHG-bank linkage is even harder to achieve in
PTG areas.
Full time Programme Director for strategic guidance,
competent staff for field level operations, OTELP
management structures and associating NGOs accelerated
programme implementation.
This is emphasised under OPELIP along with better service
conditions for staff and building their capacity.
Training and refresher training of staff at all levels, training
VDC office-bearers, SHG leaders enabled them to perform
better.
These lessons have been built in to OPELIP design.
Additional core staffs have been added to each MPA and
services of NGO have been also provided on continuing
basis.
The OTELP field implementation units are embedded within
ITDA, which are also registered, independent body under the
District Collector. This enabled convergence with other
programmes
The MPAs are registered independent entities, of which the
District Collector is the chairman. Aggregated micro-project
convergence plans of OPELIP will be discussed and
approved at this level.
For want of favourable terms and adequate remunerations for
the FNGO field staff, progress in some areas lagged.
This is emphasised under OPELIP and appropriate TOR for
engaging the services of NGOs will be proposed at appraisal.
OTELP adopted participatory approach in planning and
implementation; and used locally available masons and
technicians and it was thus not affected by local left-wing
extremists.
The OPELIP will adopt the similar approach at the time of its
implementation
Villages with access to markets and other support facilities
performed better than those villages lacking these facilities.
Community infrastructure for connecting to schools, markets,
health care centres, child care centres etc is included as one
of the programme components under OPELIP.
Drudgery reducing interventions enabled women to take part
more effectively in other livelihoods activities58
These are area specific: access to water, nutritional food
security, access to fuel wood, use of smokeless stoves,
access to health services and child care etc to quote a few.
These and other facilities are part of OPELIP design.
The Palli Sabha/ Gram Sabha needed intensive training and
capacity building and hand-holding support of FNGOs in
order to ensure that these grassroots entities performed well
This lesson is built in to OPELIP design and for each micro-
project; the services of NGO will be provided. The NGOs will
be responsible for capacity building, organising SHGs and
strengthening them and providing hand-holding support on
continuing basis, facilitating in the preparation of village
development plan including the convergence plans, book-
keeping, community participation in procurement etc
Village Social and Financial Audit Sub-committee of the Palli
Sabha/ Gram Sabha was responsible for oversight and the
members of the committee were provided training facilitated
by FNGOs.
This lesson has been built in to OPELIP design and similar
such committees have been proposed.
58
Piloting Flexi-biogas unit, compressed earth block units, demo of smokeless stoves, xylem Treadle pumps are some of new
initiatives undertaken under OTELP. Source: OTELP Annual Report 2013.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 3: Country performance and lessons learned
63
Annex-2: India Country Programme – Key Statistics and Achievements
i). Active Country Programme as of 1 February 2014
Project Name and brief description Approval
Date
Total
Project
Cost
USD’000
Effective
Date
IFAD
Loan & Grant
Amount
USD’000
% Disbursed
Orissa Tribal Empowerment and Livelihoods
Programme
23 Apr 2002 91,154 15 Jul 2003 19,996
98%
Tejaswini Rural Women’s Empowerment
Programme
13 Dec 2005 208,687 23 Jul 2007 39,448 62%
Post-Tsunami Sustainable Livelihoods
Programme for the Coastal Communities of
Tamil Nadu
19 Apr 2005 68,591 09 Jul 2007 14,958 93%
Women’s Empowerment and Livelihoods
Programme in the Mid-Gangetic Plains
14 Dec 2006 52,472 04 Dec
2009
30,169 13%
Mitigating Poverty in Western Rajasthan Project 24 Apr 2008 62,335 11 Dec
2008
30,361 22%
Convergence of Agricultural Interventions in
Maharashtra’s Distressed Districts Programme
30 Apr 2009 118,645 04 Dec
2009
40,101 17%
North-Eastern Region Community –
Phase II
17 Dec 2009 38,200 12 Jul 2010 20,000 53%
Integrated Livelihoods Support Project 13 Dec 2011 258,789 01 Feb
2012
89,910 2%
Jharkhand Tribal Empowerment and Livelihoods
Project
21 Sept 2012 115,500 51,000 nil
Livelihoods and Market Access Project,
Meghalaya
ii). IFAD Loan Disbursement in India 2006-2013 (SDR) as at end of December 2013
Project 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013
SDR SDR SDR SDR SDR SDR SDR SDR
JCTDP 506 1 351 518 808 401 3 452 493 2 098 143 861 841 3 528 204
NMF 538 9 999 347 550 654
OTELP 585 515 417 1 559 658 719 566 955 811 4 068 951 3 161 918 4 019 292
OTELP 585 DFID Grant (GBP converted in SDR)
2 910 828 2 029 815 1 910 149 436 165 383 000
LIPH 624 1 346 811 1 374 973 2 349 016 2 330 714 4 130 016 4 390 664 3 381 260 2 049 239
PT Tamil 662 651 670 63 754 346 842 744 048 2 583 601 1 075 537 3 765 092
PT Tamil 691
Tejaswini 682 1 936 876 1 407 825 2 443 289 3 349 371 4 508 708 3 640 521
WELP 710 1 267 283 179 973 576 574 585 241
C-AIM 779 1 359 545 314 407 338 077 2 512 269
MPOWER 748 1 260 160 149 725 794 023 741 526 1 172 970
NER 794 1 559 452 2 558 211 2 472 618
ILSP 1 316 032
JTELP
India Total 13 213 093 9 242 404 9 165 297 10 309 642 10 955 748 21 204 811 16 341 811 21 916 274
iii) Key Country Programme Achievements
Evaluation: The India Country Programme was rated 5 by the 2011 CPE; in 2012 one IOE Evaluation took place (for the National Microfinance Project), and it was rated 5.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 3: Country performance and lessons learned
64
Replenishment: India continues to be the largest List C contributor (USD 30 million for IFAD 9);
IFAD 9 targets: India continues to be one of the largest contributors to the IFAD 9 outreach target (current number of active beneficiaries in India is 8.2 million);
Problem projects: Portfolio performance has improved dramatically. In 2010 there were 5 problem projects. In 2013 there were only 2 problem projects.
IFAD visibility: COM undertook a reputation analysis of selected countries in 2012. India achieved the highest score of all countries surveyed (74% of 1200 persons surveyed were familiar with IFAD, and 81% trusted IFAD);
Scaling-up: Scaling-up is happening across the programme. For example in the north-east, the World Bank is scaling-up IFAD’s NERCORMP. In Orissa, the State Government is scaling-up IFAD’s OTELP. In Uttarakhand and Jharkhand, the State Governments are scaling up IFAD projects.
Knowledge Management: IFAD has a high profile KM strategy in India with regular 6 monthly newsletters, flag ship publications, and internet based platforms. In recognition of IFAD’s achievements, the Ministry of Finance requested IFAD to set up a Government KM/innovation website;
Policy support: IFAD is being requested to assist Government in a number of policy initiatives. For example, the Ministry of Tribal Affairs has asked IFAD for technical assistance in the design and implementation of the national Tribal Sub Plan.
Innovation: IFAD continues to finance innovations in India, and currently has 8 agricultural research grants, and two new grants under development (both focusing on innovation). IFAD financed a national innovation workshop in September 2013 to support scaling-up of promising technology at the State level. The workshop had strong support from the Ministry of Agriculture in Delhi, and strong representation from State Governments.
iv). Selected Country Programme Results for 2013
Project actual hhs
reached 2013 Number of
SHGs Active SHG members
Active Borrowers Active Savers
Value of Savings INR
NERCORMP 20 826 1 504 20 578 20010 20 578
OTELP 126 180 4 273 49 902 36630 46 409 113 360 000
ULIPH 47 000 3 560 36 856 14554 36 856 90 300 000
MLIPH 44 429 2 387 25 256 8889 25 256 19 100 000
Tejeswini MH 867 936 66 304 867 936 867 936 1 986 000 000
Tejeswini MP 165 148 12 446 165 148 14038 165 148 160 366 710
PTSLP 129 723 5 310 81 145 16821 81 145 493 000 000
WELP MGP 92 500 7 727 92 500
MPOWER 46 975 4 547 46 677 46 677 47 900 000
CAIM 100 000 7 968 79 680 79 680
1 640 717 116 026 1 465 678 110 942 1 369 685 2 910 026 710
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 4: Detailed Programme Description
65
Appendix 4: Detailed Programme Description
1. Components and location Map
OPELIP has four components and these are: (i) Community Empowerment; (ii) Natural Resources
Management and Livelihoods improvement; (iii) Community Infrastructure and Drudgery reduction;
and (iv) Programme Management. Scattered locations of the 17 Micro-project areas are shown in the
map below. Outreach of OPELIP including households reached are summarised in Annex-1 and
linkages between components and sub-components are presented in Annex-2.
2. Component 1- Community Empowerment
1. Rationale: PTGs remain mostly dependent on forest-based livelihoods and hence their
interaction with the mainstream communities remains limited. Though several government
programmes have been initiated in the past, their impact on the livelihoods of the tribal communities
has not been proportionate to the investments made. The main reason being inadequate investment
in building capacity of the tribal communities to engage effectively with the non-tribal world on fair
terms and demand their entitlements. The rationale for the Community empowerment component
emanates from the pre-eminence of empowerment as the basic building block for development of
rural communities in general and tribal communities in particular. High transaction costs to access
banks and also tendency to enter to exploitative relationships remain the main issues to be
addressed. There is no alternative but to enhance the financial literacy and savings habits through
SHG mobilization.
2. Expected outcomes, output and outreach: The expected outcomes from this component
include: (i) At least 75% of SHG with active internal saving and lending; (ii) about 90% of SHG
members borrow at least four times from the SHG; (iii) VDC decisions accepted by Gram Sabhas; (iv)
MICRO-PROJECT AREAS
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 4: Detailed programme description
66
nealy 84 GS sub-committees formed and tap govt schemes; (v) 50% decline in rural indebtedness;
and (vi) 75% of VDAs implement 80% of plan allocations. OPELIP will organise 1,019 VDAs and
equal number of VDCs, prepare and implement 1019 VDPs, mobilise 3,800 women SHGs and
organise 84 GPLFs. The programme will engage 17 NGOs and 360 CRPs. This component will reach
all 62,356 households targeted by the programme.
3. The Community Empowerment Component has two sub-components: (i) Community
Institutions; and (ii) Promotion of SHGs and Rural finance.
(a) Sub-component: Community Institutions
4. Leaders of functional SHG and the CRPs will form the core group for effective mobilization of
the community. The community mobilization will start with frequent field visits and night halts. As a part
of this mobilization process, thematic cultural programmes will be organized focussing on alcoholism
and associated exploitation and poverty, and chronic malnutrition and its impact on future generation.
The programme will implement several entry point activities in order to gain the confidence of the
community. The programme will allocate INR 175,000 per natural village for undertaking entry point
activities.
5. A Village Development Association (VDA) will be established at each natural village level. In
case a village has less than 30 households, a VDA will be formed for two villages. Traditional leaders
as well as the leaders of the PRIs will be involved in decision making. VDA will have the membership
of all adult male and female members. VDA will select/elect a four member (men and women in equal
numbers) management committee which will be called the Village Development Committee (VDC).
Three out of four members will have to be from the PTGs.
6. VDC will be responsible for implementation of village level development activities. Mobilization
of community, exposure visits and capacity building activities will be the building blocks. Entry Point
activities will be implemented by the MPA/NGO. These preparatory activities are expected to lead to
preparation of a Village Development Plan (VDP); a village perspective plan for five years. VDP will be
a comprehensive resource development and usage plan for the entire landscape of the village,
focusing simultaneously on enhancing resource productivity, conserving the resource base and
setting in motion resource regeneration processes. VDP will cover land and water resource
development, productivity enhancement including crop diversification and irrigation related activities,
livelihood activities and rural infrastructure, VDP after approval by the VDA will be submitted to the
concerned MPA for approval. Based on the approved VDP, the VDC with support from NGO will
prepare AWPB each year. Funding for implementation of these plans will be released to the bank
account of VDCs or in some large contracts directly by the MPA to the suppliers and contractors.
7. Two committees already exist in these villages and they are: (i) Forest Rights and Conservation
Committee (FRCC); and (ii) Village Health and Education Committee (HEC). In addition, a Social and
Financial Audit Committee (SFAC) will be established. FRCC undertakes activities related to land
allocation and conservation. SFAC and HEC will be managed by only women preferably from
functional SHGs. SFAC will be responsible for conducting social audit and also for facilitating financial
audit of the VDC by the Chartered Accountants. HEC will also coordinate activities related to health,
nutrition and education related activities of the programme apart from monitoring the activities of
Anganwadi and ASHA workers and will also undertake social and nutrition focussed entry point
activities.
8. At the grass-roots, the programme will be implemented by NGOs engaged for the purpose. The
programme households are dominantly the PTG who remain isolated on account of language and
distance barriers but now are making slow transition into settled agriculture. On account this
programme will ensure intensive engagement of NGOs with two levels of human resource for
intensive handholding of the PTGs: each CRP covering 2-3 villages at the grassroots level and a team
of NGO professionals at the MPA level. The programme will also ensure adequate training of the staff
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 4: Detailed Programme Description
67
of NGO and MPA including exposure visits (Details are presented Para 40 of Working paper 4 –
Community Institutions Development.
(b) Sub-component: Promotion of Self Help Groups (SHG) and Rural Finance
9. The programme will invest in the capacity building through exposure visits and training of the
programme implementation staff of PMU, MPAs and NGOs including CRPs on the good practices in
formation and nurturing of grassroots institutions. A GPLF will be established in each GP with three
women leaders from each village – out of the members of Village financial and social audit committee
and Village health and education committee forming governing body. A CRP per GPLF will be
employed by the NGO in the initial years and the leaders along with the CRP will carry out mapping of
existing SHGs, revive/dissolve defunct SHGs, and mobilise women to join self help groups. The broad
functions of the GPLF will include: (i) form and nurture SHGs apart from providing training, book
keeping services; (ii) promote savings in different forms – Dal Poshak Bank (lentil/pulse Bank),
facilitation for Business Correspondent to reach out to the programme villages; individual household
savings will be with any of the scheduled banks which have deposit insurance covered,(iii)
management of vulnerability reduction fund and Community investment funds; (iv) awareness raising
and training on adoption of better nutrition, sanitation and hygiene practices, addressing alcoholism
and drudgery reduction; and (v) grooming members to effectively participate in various institutions like
VDA, Palli Sabha and Gram Panchayat.
10. Formation and strengthening of Self Help Groups: The SHG led savings and credit activities
will be implemented in compliance with NRLM requirements and in this respect the MPAs will be
responsible for the implementation NRLM in the programme area (Details in Para 50 of Working paper
3 – Self Help groups and Rural Financial Services). NGOs with the help of CRPs will carry out a
detailed mapping and assessment of the status of the self help groups in the villages. SHGs accounts
will be audited and bank loan details will be reconciled. New group formation will focus on activity
based groups to pursue individual income generation activity. Rotation savings and credit groups
(ROSCAs) will be formed in inaccessible villages with limited book keeping capacity. After 2 years of
functioning, these ROSCAs will be encouraged to function as SHGs if they so desired. Given the lack
of focus on good practices in the current set of SHGs, the mobilisation efforts will be process oriented.
Given the low literacy levels, the programme will adopt appropriate learning techniques to build
capacity of SHGs. SHGs will be facilitated to establish Dal Poshak Banks which will work on the
principles of grain banks to improve protein intake of the households. The group meetings will devote
adequate attention to the social, gender issues faced in the households and community. Need based
credit linkages will be promoted with banks.
11. Community Funds: Compliant with NRLM processes, the programme will set up three different
funds: (i) Pro-poor Inclusion Fund (PIF) of up to INR 15,000 to each SHG will be provided between 3
and 6 months of formation to enable its members to take up small activity since their savings are very
small to take credit for any meaningful activity; (ii) Vulnerability Reduction Fund (VRF) of up to INR
250,000 per GPLF will be provided which will be used as longer term low-interest loans for debt
redemption, health, education of children, loss of livelihood assets etc; (the maximum loan size will be
INR 10,000 and maximum loan term will be 2 years)and (iii) The Community investment fund (CIF) of
up to INR 1,150,000 per GPLF (or at the rate of INR 2,200 per member) will be provided on the basis
of simple household assessment to support for initiating or expansion of individual income generation
activity of SHG members; collective activity of SHGs or GPLF will also be supported but these will be
exceptions. Need-based bank linkages will also be promoted for groups with higher credit demand.
The fund infusion will be slower and more process oriented than the normal NRLM procedures to
ensure proper utilisation and management of these funds. Performance benchmarks to receive these
funds in Annex 3, Annex 4 and Annex 5 of the Working Paper 3 – Self Help Groups and Rural
Financial Services.
12. Promotion of Cooperatives, and Financial Services: There is a strong case for formation of
a local cooperative since the banks are located far away from the PTG villages and habitats and
operating costs of dealing with banks are high. A feasibility study for setting up community-owned
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 4: Detailed programme description
68
cluster level co operative will be taken up during the third year of the programme. Based on the
results, two co operatives are likely to be piloted for promotion of savings after thorough due diligence.
The savings and credit aspects of the programme will be NRLM compliant and MPAs will be
empowered through appropriate Government Orders for implementing NRLM in their service area to
avoid duplication of efforts between the NRLM Society and MPAs. MIS of the programme related to
SHG mobilization will be NRLM compliant with required information sharing. The programme will
facilitate opening of savings bank account of SHGs. Systems for safe savings will be put in place in
remote areas where high transaction costs are incurred for accessing banks. Programme will facilitate
the operations of Business Correspondents of banks for the programme area and focus on credit will
be need based.
13. Gender participation: The programme will achieve required gender balance in community-
based institutions such as VDAs VDCs and other such grass-roots bodies, which will have of equal
number of men and women. The SFACs, HECs, GPLFs and SHGs will be “only women” focussed
community institutions. This will enable addressing gender issues in general and women issues in
particular. The programme intends to strengthen the GPLF and HEC which will undertake
interventions relating to nutrition. It will address nutrition education and raise awareness of mothers on
causes, impact and remedial measures related to child malnutrition.
3. Component 2 – Natural Resources Management and Livelihoods Support
14. Rationale: Forest resources and land and water have been the main sources of livelihoods for
the PTGs; seasonal migration to nearby plains and to far off cities in a few cases is of relatively recent
vintage. Unlike other ST groups, the PTGs are relatively new to farming—which indeed is a key
rationale for putting them into a distinct category among the ST by the government. Yet most have
taken to agriculture, settled as well as shifting, and rearing of small stock. The level of education
among PTGs, even among the youth and children is very low and the limited education a few do
possess is of poor quality, making them least likely candidates for modern urban sector jobs.
Therefore, securing PTGs’ access and rights to natural resources and improving the management of
these resources remains the key to enhance PTG livelihood in the medium term. Introduction of
poultry and goat interventions have not met with success in tribal villages mainly on account of lack of
focus and investment into support services to address issues of predation, diseases and feeding.
These homestead based livelihood activities of PTGs will have to be strengthened with training,
support services, demonstrations and production support. NTFP being another most important
livelihood, efforts for aggregation, value addition and marketing need support.
15. Expected outcomes, output and outreach: The programme is expected to result in allocation
of homestead sites to all PTGs without title for homestead sites and title for revenue/forest land for at
least 70% of the PTG households. It is estimated that 12,500 households will have land title for
homestead sites and 43,500 households will have at least one standard acre59
of cultivable land. The
land development activities will benefit approximately 43,500 households (20,000 ha); approximately
30% households (19,000 households) will benefit from irrigation and 50% (31,000) households from
crop demonstrations. Approximately 40% (18,800) PTG households will benefit from agri-horticulture
plantations on podu land. The programme will support 32,000 (51%) for kitchen garden, 5000 (8%)
households in backyard poultry, 4000 households (6%) in goat rearing, 8500 households through
producer collectives and 500 youth through vocational training. The programme will also establish 34
NTFP collection centres within the haat bazaars that will be upgraded. This component has three sub-
components: (i) Natural Resources Management; (ii) Food and Nutrition security, and (iii) Livelihoods
improvement.
(a) Sub-component: Natural Resources Management
59
As per the Orissa Land Reforms Act, 1960, ‘standard acre’ is a measure of land equivalent to one acre of Class I land, 1.5
acres of Class II land, 3 acres of Class III land or 4.5 acres of Class IV land. Class I land is irrigated land in which two or more
crops can be grown in a year, Class II land is irrigated land in which only one crop can be grown in a year, Class III land is un-
irrigated land in which paddy can be grown once in a year and Class IV land is all other land.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 4: Detailed Programme Description
69
16. Under this subcomponent, the programme will implement activities related to land allocation
and recording of land rights, land and water resource development, productivity enhancement and
nutrition-sensitive agriculture, and agri-horticulture, podu stabilization and community forestry.
17. Land Allocation and Recording of Land Rights: PTGs households undertake shifting cultivation
on both Revenue and Forest land but do not have title documents for these lands. Under Forest
Rights Act and other relevant acts of the state government, provision has been made to allocate title
for land under cultivation by tribal households including PTGs. Implementation of this these acts have
been slow and this programme will make special efforts by engaging a specialized agency to ensure
allocation of title in the name of both husband and wife availability for the land under cultivation by the
PTGs (Details in para 51, 55 and 96 of the Working Paper 5 – Natural Resources Management and
Para 17 of the Working Paper 6 – Livelihoods Support).
18. The activities will include: (i) Preparation of detailed village maps for all households and maps
of forest land under use/occupation by ST households; (ii) Allocation of 0.10 acre of Revenue Land
and titles for homestead to households that do not have homestead land or title to the homestead
land occupied by them; (ii) Allocation of eligible Revenue Land for agriculture to every household that
does not have agriculture land or legal title to land currently being cultivated by it so that every
household has agriculture land equivalent to at least one standard acre; (iii) Recording of Rights for all
ST households up to 4 ha per household of forest land occupied by them under FRA including land
under podu cultivation, settled cultivation, horticulture or homestead; and (iv) Recording of Rights for
the village under section 3(1)(i) of FRA on forest traditionally management by the community. The
services of LANDESA, a NGO that has developed this unique domain knowledge and a methodology
of working through local village youth trained by them as CRPs and local Revenue Officials will be
used for this purpose.
19. Land and Water Resource Development: The programme will facilitate the development of land
and water resources available to the target households. Activities would include, (i) in-situ
management of rainwater through mechanical measures such as land levelling, bund making,
terracing, contour trenching, etc., biological measures such as plantations and protecting farmland by
constructing diversion bunds for safe disposal of excess rainwater run-off where necessary; and (ii)
micro and small-scale irrigation development, including harnessing water from springs and streams,
diverting run-off to provide protective irrigation to paddy crop, provision of irrigation to homestead
gardens and harvesting rainwater where perennial surface water is not available and suitable sites are
present. The programme will facilitate prepare of a sub-plan for natural resource management
activities as part of the Village Development Plan (VDP) preparation with technical guidance of the
NGO facilitators. Specific treatment and development activities for each patch will be identified in
consultation with the households owning the patch and demarcated on the map. It will include
potential sites for harvesting rainwater by constructing check dams and measures to minimise the
harmful effects of run-off and building of irrigation and run-off management systems.
20. Irrigation and rainwater run-off management. This will focus on making use of available
water resources from springs and streams near villages and to moderate or divert the rainwater run-
off from areas upstream of the village so that farm land is not damaged and to harvest and store
rainwater where suitable sites are present. Irrigation will support improved crop production, cultivation
of vegetables in homesteads/backyards, protection of paddy crop in the course of erratic monsoon
rains and enable cultivation of winter crops, leading to higher farming intensity, higher yields and
increased availability of food, including vegetables. Following activities would be taken up:
(a) Diversion-based irrigation: Potential sites demarcated during the planning process would be developed for diversion based irrigation. These will tap perennial or semi-perennial sources of water from springs and streams upstream of the village. Where necessary, a weir would be constructed to divert the water into buried PVC pipes via a stilling basin to transport water to the agricultural fields. PVC pipes are preferred as these are much cheaper than masonry channels, are easy to install, can be installed in much shorter time, have long life and are free of maintenance. This has been demonstrated in OTELP areas where the switch was made five years ago from masonry to PVC on the
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 4: Detailed programme description
70
recommendation of a Supervision Mission. Where it is not feasible to dig ditches to bury pipes due to a rocky terrain masonry channels may be used. Where the flow is not adequate a storage tank may be constructed upstream of the irrigated area to store water at night when irrigation is typically not done.
(b) Lift irrigation or pump irrigation: While most villages are likely to have perennial streams or springs upstream,
60 in some cases the water sources, such as streams or
ponds, may be only downstream from the agricultural land. In such cases, lift irrigation comprising of a pump of suitable capacity, buried PVC pipes for transporting water to the fields and a safe pump house will be taken up. Where grid electricity is available, electric pumps will be used with the cost of extending electric connection to the pump from the grid included in project cost; else diesel pumps may be installed.
(c) Protective irrigation through diversion channels: Paddy during the rainy season is typically cultivated as a rain-fed crop in these parts due to the high rainfall. The crop is vulnerable to water stress if there are long breaks in the monsoon rains even as water may be available in nearby seasonal streams that swell up during the monsoons. Where suitable sites are present, protective irrigation will be provided to save paddy crop during breaks in the monsoon rains by diverting rainwater run-off from nearby streams and catchments to paddy fields during the rainy season. These typically are earthen channels along contours and do not require masonry works.
(d) Rainwater harvesting structures: While in-situ rainwater harvesting will be done where suitable sites are available as described above, ex-situ rainwater harvesting and storage structures may be constructed to store rainwater for use in irrigation downstream, drinking by cattle in villages where perennial sources of water are not available nearby to enable diversion or lift based water supply for drinking and irrigation. The need for such structures is likely to be limited in the project villages due to the presence of springs and streams in the MPA areas as transporting water from such sources would be more reliable and cost effective.
As far as possible, irrigation will also be provided to homesteads for cultivation of vegetables.
Irrigation may also be provided to podu sites where agri-horticulture is planned to irrigate the saplings
during the initial years of establishment. Small ponds as sources of drinking water for cattle may be
integrated with diversion based irrigation as no energy is required to transport water. Sites selected for
irrigation should be such that the total cost does not exceed INR 100,000/ha, including the cost of weir
where needed and a pump house.
21. Support to Productivity Enhancement: The activities to be taken up by the programme are (i)
crop productivity enhancement through better farming practices such as seed selection and treatment
to sift out immature seeds, sowing germinated seed, seed replacement, selection of crops suited to
prevailing agro-ecological conditions, crop planning and rotation, timely sowing, proper seed rate, line
sowing, weeding, system of root intensification (SRI) and water management; (ii) promoting winter
crops where irrigation is introduced or land development activities have enhanced soil moisture to
grow oil seeds, pulses and vegetables by setting up demonstration plots; (iii) soil fertility enhancement
by promoting compost, use of Rhizobia with pulse crops, cultivation of green manure crops and
Gliricidia hedges; (iv) homestead development as nutrition gardens by fencing, setting up trellises and
providing micro-irrigation using a drum based drip irrigation system to cultivate leafy vegetables fruit
trees such as drumstick and papaya; (v) providing power tillers and other farm equipment to alleviate
the draft power constraint; (vi) promotion of farmer field schools; and (vii) research support as a pilot
to identify and develop through selection and farmer field trials more productive varieties of various
nutrition dense and climate resilient crops traditionally cultivated by the PTGs, such as millets, pulses,
beans, oilseeds and tubers cultivated by PTGs and promote production of seeds of promising
varieties to supply to the village seed banks.
22. Agri-horticulture and podu stabilisation: The programme will take up agri-horticulture on land
presently used for podu cultivation or other land on steep slopes after settlement of titles under FRA in
60
This was the experience during field visits by the Mission Teams.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 4: Detailed Programme Description
71
the nature of alley cropping where fruit trees are planted at wide enough spacing to facilitate
cultivation of food crops, vegetables and spices. Land suited for settled cultivation, including sloping
land that can be developed for farming through land development activities will not be used for agri-
horticulture. Only of part of the land under shifting cultivation will be used for agri-horticulture. Agri-
horticulture would include cultivation of fruit trees, such as mango, litchi, citrus, guava, etc. depending
on the agro-climatic conditions in rows far enough apart so that seasonal crops, including cereals,
oilseeds, vegetables, pulses and spices can be cultivated between rows of fruit trees in the manner of
alley farming. The purpose is to bring a change in land use and promote sustainable use of land with
steep slopes prone to rapid erosion by combining fruit tree cultivation with alley cropping rather than
taking up block plantations of fruit trees (Details in Para 74 and 75 of the Working Paper 5 – Natural
Resources Management.
23. Development of denuded forest areas under Community Forest Rights: On a pilot basis, the
programme will facilitate granting of community rights under section 3(1)(i) of FRA and facilitate and
finance soil and water conservation measures on such lands, followed by planting of various forage,
firewood and other trees and grasses of use to PTGs. This would reduce women’s drudgery in
firewood collection and improve water availability by recharging springs. Two pilots will be taken-up in
each MPA area.
(b) Sub-component: Food and Nutrition Security
24. Food and Nutrition security: The programme will promote: (i) food security and productivity
enhancement by identifying local varieties that add value to nutritional basket and also identify new
crops suitable locally, develop seed banks, train farmers and CRPs, undertake demonstrations of
more productive farming systems, provide improved farm tools, including power tillers, establish
vegetable and fruit tree nurseries and introduce new and innovative farming techniques such as
system of root intensification (SRI); (ii) diversification of the faming system of PTGs to include fruits
and vegetables as well as traditional cereals, such as sorghum or millets, or bio-fortified crops that
have been bred for higher nutrient values; (iii) provision of technical advice and education on
processing and storage and on health and nutrition (including food safety, home preservation and
preparation); and (iv) milling and hulling activities as one of their IGA specifically with regard to
traditional crops that are being neglected to facilitate use of fortification to combat malnutrition and
also value-addition.
25. Farmer Field Schools: For disseminating information and technology among the farmers and
improving agricultural extension services, farmers would be organised in to farmer field schools (FFS)
with about 15 to 20 members with each such group. The CSPs, trained by the facilities provided by
the programme, will be the anchors of the FFS. At least one or two FFSs in each village will be
organised and provided support under the programme. The programme in collaboration with Orissa
University of Agriculture and Technology (OUAT) will take up the development of better agronomic and
management practices, identification and development of better varieties through selection and trials
for millets, pulses, beans, oilseeds and tubers cultivated by PTGs. The focus of these efforts will be to
enhance food and nutrition security of the PTGs.
26. Integrating nutrition aspects under other Components: A community nutrition assessment will
be part of the planning process to identify needs in the areas of food, health, water and sanitation, and
care. All activities proposed under the programme will be investigated through a nutrition lens to
ensure that crops and activities promoted result in household nutrition security improvement. The
programme has mainstreamed nutrition concerns into other components of the programme. It has
incorporated four important features to achieve this and these are: (i) training of children in residential
schools and SHG members on reasons for high levels of malnutrition among Tribal, impact of chronic
malnutrition, locally available nutritious foods, preparation of nutritious food using local materials,
sanitation and its impact on health and malnutrition and effects of alcoholism on the household’s
financial health and happiness; (ii) focus on cultivating locally available traditional food crops and
introduction of labour savings food processing technologies to promote use of traditional crops; (iii)
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 4: Detailed programme description
72
focus on promoting kitchen gardens and other nutrition-sensitive crops such as pulses, millets and oil
seeds to address malnutrition; (iv) focus on nutrition-dense interventions such as backyard poultry
and goat rearing that not only provide access to protein rich food to PTG households but also
increase their incomes; and (v) promotion of convergence to address gaps in the areas of food
availability, health, water and sanitation.
(c) Sub-component: Livelihoods Improvement
27. Under this sub-component, the programme will support: (i) CSP training and support; (ii)
household production support – kitchen garden, backyard poultry, goat rearing and income generating
activities; (iii) support for producer collectives - aggregation, value addition and market linkage; (iv)
Support for NTFP Marketing; and (iv) Vocational training. The activities related to livelihood
improvement including kitchen gardening, backyard poultry, goat rearing, other income generating
activities, NTFP aggregation, value addition and marketing and vocational training largely self select
households that undertake shifting cultivation on small extent of forest land. Support for these
activities will be directed to households based on interest of households and also inclusion in the
livelihoods improvement sub-plan of the VDA. CSPs will be focal point for training households and
handholding them to implement livelihood related activities.
28. CSP training and support: Introduction of Poultry and Goat rearing in the tribal villages has not
met with success on account of lack of support services. The programme will identify a Community
Service Provider (CSP) to cover about 5 villages. CSP-Poultry person will be trained in all aspects
related to poultry. A demonstration unit comprising a mother unit and a backyard poultry unit will be
provides to these CSPs. CSP-Goat rearing will be trained in goat rearing techniques. These CSPs will
be provided with a goat rearing unit. These CSPs will be supported by a Veterinarian appointed by the
MPA/NGO. Regular animal health camps will be organized and ensure universal vaccination of all
goats and poultry birds to reduce the mortality of these animals and castration of local bucks to
improve breed quality. The training programme will be conducted in specialized livestock training
institutes.
29. Household production support: The programme will promote kitchen garden and micro-irrigation
using a drum based drip irrigation system similar to that used in SCAMPIS will be promoted. The
programme will provide a kit comprising seed, water storage tank and hose and other materials.
(Details in Para 63 and 64 of Working Paper 5 – Natural Resources Management) The programme
will support expansion of backyard poultry and goat rearing activities. The programme will implement
goat rearing and/or poultry packages to interested households from functional SHGs. This will include
training, materials for sheds, goats (5 does and 1 buck), and poultry (10 birds) and feed. The
programme will also focus on housing for poultry and goats, mitigation of mortality from diseases
through universal vaccination and first aid using programme trained CSPs facilitated by the Livestock
Inspectors and Veterinarians, feeding using locally available materials and breed improvement
measures through castration. The CSPs will be linked to reliable suppliers of vet products and a
system of paying for their services the community will be put in place to ensure sustainability. The
programme will not introduce any exotic breeds and the focus will be on breeds that have performed
well in the programme area (Details in Para 18, 19, 31, 32, 34, 35, 52 60, 66(a), 66(c), 66(d), 66 (e)
and 67 (b) of Working paper 6 – Livelihoods Support).
30. Rural ST households typically supplement farm incomes through various small scale artisanal
production activities such as vegetable cultivation, honey collection and bee-keeping and NTFP
collection and trade. In addition, several opportunities in the service sector also emerge. IGAs will be
identified as part of the VDP preparation. The beneficiaries will be identified by the VDCs with the
facilitation of NGOs. They will be chosen from among the poorest households, such as women
headed households, old people without family support systems and PTGs. Finances for IGAs will be
routed through the GPLF/VDCs.
31. Support for Producer Collectives: The programme will provide support for aggregation, value
addition and market linkage in respect of both agricultural and horticultural products. However, the
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 4: Detailed Programme Description
73
major focus will be on NTFP (also called minor forest produce) which comprise medicinal plants, sal
and siali leaves, mushrooms, fruits, resins, bark, roots and tubers, leaves, flowers, seeds, honey, etc.
Aggregation and collective marketing allows farmers to realize profits that are higher by 10-15%, than
the former individual selling approach. A 60% increase in household annual incomes under the
collective marketing initiative has been reported in the OTELP programme areas.61
Value addition
also offers high potential for increasing farm gate prices.
32. There exists potential for aggregation, value addition and marketing in some of the agricultural
and horticultural products and largely in case of NTFP. TDCC will implement this activity and the
handholding support will be provided by the Livelihood Resource Agencies (LRAs) to be engaged by
TDCC. LRAs will initially support aggregation of NTFP and other agricultural produce. This activity will
be linked up with implementation of minimum support price by TDCC. LRAs will mobilize the
community, promote producer collective and train the community members in benefits of aggregation
and joint marketing. LRAs will also facilitate the community to identify new markets, reduce layers of
market intermediaries and also explore new markets. Once the community gathers enough
experience in aggregation and marketing, facilitation will be provided for value addition and marketing.
Potential activities for value addition and marketing include: (i) Siali and sal leaf plate making and
marketing; (ii) apiculture, wild honey collection, processing and marketing; (iii) Sabai rope making with
introduction of sabai grass cultivation and diversification into value added products and marketing; (iv)
bamboo products – both traditional and contemporary craft – value addition and marketing; (v)
turmeric and ginger cultivation and village level processing and marketing; (vi) Mulberry cultivation
and silk worm rearing; (vii) Tasar cocoon collection; and (viii) making of hill broom. The programme
will support one producer collective in each MPA. LRAs will train the members of producer collectives
in value addition, procure equipments for value addition and help in establishing a business plan for
implementation by the collective (Details in Para 70 to 75 and Annex 2 of the Working paper 6-
Livelihoods Support).
33. Support for NTFP Marketing: Haat Bazars (temporary weekly markets) are the most important
market places frequented by the tribal and PTG households. Barter system without weighing,
manipulations in weighing, inability to store at the haat bazaars, inability to stay at the haat bazaar
due to lack of basic facilities result in exploitation of tribal sellers. Tribal Development Cooperative
Corporation (TDCC) is required to implement the minimum support price order of the government for
10 NTFPs and procure NTFPs from the tribal. The programme will provide required infrastructural
support to improve haat bazaars and to implement minimum support price.
34. Vocational training: The education system in India is largely designed to produce white-collar
workers. GoI has initiated efforts to emphasise on vocational training. Drop-out rate is high amongst
tribal children in general and PTGs in particular before passing secondary school. Often these
children lack the interest to assimilate into agriculture based livelihoods. MPAs will use the training
providers already shortlisted by STSCFDC for providing vocational training to tribal youth. STSCFDC
has already shortlisted 50 training providers. The criteria for selection of participants under the
programme will include: (i) member of a PTG; (ii) should have passed at least 7th grade; and (iii) has
interest and aptitude for taking up identified vocation as determined by a counselling team. The
programme will support skill development in masonry and plumbing, maintenance of anti-drudgery
interventions, electrician, computer training, mobile telephone repair and any other vocation of interest
to youth. In order ensure that the PTG youth shun away from vocational training due to financial
problems, the programme will not only allocate funds for training, board and lodge but also
compensate for loss of wages during the training period (Details in para 86-90 and 100 to 102 of
Working Paper 6 – Livelihoods Support)
35. Strengthening PTG culture and their traditions: Values, social organisation, knowledge and
resource management aspects of the PTG communities would be understood before embarking upon
any form of change. PTGs have wealth of traditional knowledge in water harvesting, masonry,
conserving agro-biodiversity for food, traditonal medicine, use planning, etc. The traditional
61
Case study 19, India, Orissa Tribal Empowerment and Livelihoods Programme (OTELP)
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 4: Detailed programme description
74
knowledge will be documented and where possible efforts will be made to register intellectual
propoerty rights. Their languages and knowledge need to documented and preserved i.e., kept alive
through use and adaptation. The programme will conduct knowledge sharing workshops amongst the
PTGs after carrying gout detailed documentation traditional knowledge to ensure that tribal people
themselves understand their value and resources and build their confidence on improving on their
skills and treasuring their unique knowledge.
36. Gender mainstreaming: Production interventions are more effective when they are sensitive
to gender roles and combined with nutrition education and therefore improvements in traditional
supply chains can help reduce losses and increase diversity of choices for the PTG households. The
livelihood activities proposed are mostly self selecting. Homestead-based activities with low level of
investment generally self select vulnerable households and also the control over resources generated
from these investments remains with women. As the programme focuses on PTGs with inclusive
approach to saturate the geography with PTGs, poverty targeting will be sharp.
37. OPELIP has integrated gender concerns at all levels of programme design and these include:
(i) women centric SHG and GPLF mobilization; (ii) equal representation for men and women in VDAs
and their committees making women equal stakeholders in the development process; (iii) focus on
drudgery reduction interventions to reduce the work load of women; (iv) focus on agri-horticulture and
agro-forestry on a part of podu land to reduce work load of women in podu cultivation; (v) focus on
small stock that provide control over resources to women; and (vi) preference to women in
appointment subject to other things being equal and also stress of implementation of GoO rules on
quota for women while appointing staff for programme positions.
4. Component 3 – Community Infrastructure and Drudgery reduction
38. Rationale: Many PTG communities in the programme areas are deprived these basic services
and infrastructure, leading to a poor quality of life and contributing to low levels of human
development. Drudgery of tribal women has increased with increased time and efforts to fetch drinking
water and fuel wood. Drudgery and health hazards related to inhaling of smoke from open cooking,
lack of toilets and safe drinking water remain major issues in tribal households. Lack of appropriate
implements also increases drudgery in agricultural activities. This component intends to address
these issues.
39. Expected outcomes, output and outreach: The programme intends to provide access to
water supplies to all households. The programme will provide housing facilities to 4000 households,
construct 84 market yards and 500 km of access roads. The programme will also establish 34 food
and NTFP processing units. The programme will benefit all 62,356 households through community
infrastructure. Drudgery reduction activities such as smokeless Chula (cooking stove), milling units
and fuel wood reserves will benefit about 56% (35,000), 100% (62,356) and 51% (31,500) households
respectively.
(a) Sub-component: Community Infrastructure
40. PTG villages are characterised by poor housing, limited or no access to potable water round the
year, absence of sanitation facilities, limited or no access to electricity, limited or no road connectivity,
dilapidated school building and lack of drinking water and sanitation facilities in the schools. Though
NTFPs constitute a major livelihood source for PTGs, there are no platforms for drying and sorting
these and for storage to facilitate collective marketing. In order to address these issue. the
programme will support: (i) some 300 drinking water schemes, some 50 primary school buildings and
542 school toilets and 542 community halls, (ii) 4,000 housing units 30,000 toilets for individual
households, (iii) 100 km of road connectivity, 50 units of village CC roads, 100 km inter-village
cemented tracks, 50 km grid electrification and 200 solar lighting systems, (iv) infrastructure for 542
drying yards, 84 market yards, 250 aggregation centres, 250 SHG work-sheds, (v) supply 84 power-
tiller units and 10,000 seed storage bins, and (vi) setting up of 17 water purification pilots one in each
MPA area.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 4: Detailed Programme Description
75
41. Every household will be provided access to drinking water and toilet facilities. Villages will be
linked with cement concrete (CC) roads along with drainage facilities. Programme villages will be
provided all weather road connectivity. Where possible villages will be connected to an electric grid.
Solar lighting will be provided at household level and for street lighting where there is no access to the
electric grid. The programme will provide community centres, toilets in village schools. The
programme will construct a drying yard in each PTG village to facilitate drying and cleaning of NTFP
and also provide weighing scales. Market yards will be constructed in village clusters to facilitate
buyer-seller meets. Other interventions would also include mills and expellers to be managed by
SHGs/community, community buildings, tractor-trolley, power tillers, etc.
42. Availability of perennial supply of water per se is not a constraint as far as provisioning drinking
water is concerned as most villages have perennial streams or springs nearby. Therefore, harvesting
of run-off from infrastructure to be built under the programme (roofs, roads, borrow pits, etc.) is not
being considered as an option. However, rainwater harvesting as part of land and water resource
development is included in the programme (Details in Para 16 and 35 of Working Paper 7 –
Community Infrastructure and Drudgery Reduction).
43. The programme will establish a committee for O&M within the VDA and volunteers will be
identified and trained as community mechanics. Maintenance costs for other infrastructure will be
sourced from the respective Gram Panchayat or the respective lien department. (Details in Para 38,
44 and 51 of Working Paper 7 – Community Infrastructure and Drudgery Reduction).
(b) Sub-component: Drudgery Reduction
44. The programme will support drudgery reduction activities. Women have to walk long distances
to collect fuel wood, fodder and water, inhale smoke in case of cooking and also sit or stand in a
certain posture for long hours while working in the field or in the house. The programme support will
include 35,000 smokeless stoves, 20,000 solar lanterns, establishment of fuel 2,200 ha of community
wood reserves, drinking water supply, and 84 milling units. The programme will involve the community
in designing and testing smokeless stoves and other anti-drudgery measures. In addition to this, the
programme will allocate funds for preserving tribal culture. This will include support for cultural
festivals, youth dormitories and improvements to the sacred sites and places of worship within the
village. The programme will also support studies and survey and establish a legal defence fund.
45. Community infrastructure is a gender and target neutral. All households in the programme area
will benefit from this component. However, drudgery reduction interventions will be focussed more in
favour of women with a view to reducing their work burden in collecting water, fuel-wood, milling
grains etc.
5. Component 4 - Project Management
46. The programme will strengthen existing delivery institutions rather than creating parallel ones,
where possible. The limitations in engaging qualified and experienced staff due to remoteness of MPA
areas will be addressed by providing hardship allowances. The teams at PMU and MPA level will be a
mix of staff on secondment and contractual staff from the market. The Programme Management
component will have three sub-components, namely (i) Programme Management arrangement at the
state level; (ii) management structure at MPA and field level and (iii) Programme Monitoring and
Evaluation and knowledge Management.
(a) Sub-Component: Programme management unit (PMU)
47. For the overall management of the programme, a PMU will be established in Bhubaneswar
under the STSCDD, This will be notified through the issuance of a Government Order. The PMU will
be headed by a full time Programme Director (PD) from the government (preferably from the Indian
Forest Service as the programme has a strong component on activities related to Forest Rights Act)
who will report to the Commissioner and Secretary, STSCDD and work closely with the Additional
Secretary, STSCDD and Director Tribal Research Institute. The PD will be responsible for the
management of the programme and fostering support/ convergence with key departments such as
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 4: Detailed programme description
76
Rural Development, Forest, Agriculture, Women and Child Development etc. The PD will be assisted
in his/her functions by a full time Deputy Programme Director (DPD), preferably from the market who
will, in addition to his/her core programme related functions be responsible for Planning, HR issues
and Procurement.
48. The team at the PMU will consist of a mix of technical experts for co-ordinating and providing
guidance to the field-based teams and a set of administrative, management and finance support staff.
These would include a Manager (Livelihoods, NRM and Convergence); a Manager (Rural finance and
Community Institutions); a Manager (Planning, MIS, M&E and KM); a Manager (Communications and
KM); a Manager (Nutrition and Gender), a Senior Engineer, a Manager (Finance) and an
Administrative Officer. Other support staff will include two Accounts Assistants, one M&E and MIS
Assistant, two Executive Assistants, a Data Entry Operators and support staff. The Programme will
provide office equipment such as computers and printers, photo-copying machine, internet facilities,
office furniture, office rent, training support for the staff, staff salaries and allowances, office-running
costs, vehicles and vehicle hiring facilities and running costs etc. STSCDD will provide necessary
office space.
(b) Sub-component: Programme Management at MPA and field level
49. OPELIP will be implemented in the field through the existing MPAs with the respective Special
Officer being overall in charge of the management of the programme. Recognising the need for
strengthening their capacity, a Government Order (GO) has been issued in May 2013 for restructuring
the MPA by adding 3 new positions, abolishing 3 existing positions and redefining the tasks of the two
other cadre staff. Following this GO each MPA will a Special Officer, who is a regular Government
Officer; a Project Manager (on contractual basis); a Junior Engineer (to be filled through either on
secondment or on contract); a Junior Agriculture Officer; an Accountant, a senior or junior Clerk cum
Accountant; a Social Mobiliser (on contractual basis); one Data Entry Operator and one peon.
Uniform staffing pattern for all MPAs may not be appropriate as the area coverage under OPELIP
varies from 13 to about 150 villages.
50. Many MPAs have limited or no connectivity by internet, phone or even roads which limits their
effectiveness. In this context, the OPELIP will strengthen the capacity of these MPAs in three ways: (i)
strengthening the MPA with additional staff support; (ii) building their capacity of existing and new staff
through training, exposure, handholding etc. The Accountant will build capacity of senior or the junior
Clerk to handle accounts; and (ii) improving overall working environments.
(c) Sub-component: Programme M&E and Knowledge management
51. The programme will make provisions for conducting baseline surveys, annual outcome surveys,
midterm surveys, special studies, etc. Monitoring and Evaluation and knowledge management
functions will be handled by the M&E team within the PMU under the guidance of the APD.
52. Support for policy initiatives: GoO has taken several steps to address a number of key policy
issues relating to the development of the Tribal. Through the policy initiatives sub-component, the
programme will support the operationalizing these initiatives by: (i) providing a legal defence fund to
assist tribal in particular the PTGs and NGOs in pursuit of land alienation or restoration cases; (ii)
establishing mobile squads for detection of cases and enforcement of land restoration; and (iii)
funding land surveying. Programme will also provide funding for studies on key policy issues,
dissemination of the findings and engage in dialogue with the GoO on other unresolved policy areas.
6. Programme Implementation (detailed description in Appendix-5)
53. The approach to programme implementation will include (i) promoting processes of awareness
generation, creating facilities for legal literacy, undertaking social analysis and mobilisation of
communities for self-selecting group formation among disadvantaged women and marginalised
groups; (ii) creating facilities and resources for grassroots planning and implementation; (iii) ensuring
flow of resources directly to the PTG communities through their institutions; and (iv) involving and
associating NGOs in capacity building and awareness creation and also for the delivery of services as
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 4: Detailed Programme Description
77
key service providers. The programme will adopt a flexible, non-prescriptive, process-oriented
approach to enable the primary stakeholders to determine the scope of programme activities, and
their timing, pace and sequencing. The programme will mobilize and nurture capacity of community
based organizations in each of the programme village to prepare and implement a VDP. A gradual
and phased approach will be adopted to ensure capacity building of the PTGs to take over
implementation of activities including fund management with intensive support from NGOs.
54. PMU established within the STSCDD, GoO at the state level will be the Lead Programme
Agency responsible for the functions related to planning, funds flow, monitoring and evaluation,
gender mainstreaming and knowledge management. A Programme Steering Committee (PSC) will be
established under the chairmanship of the Chief Secretary (or alternate), GoO will the key
coordination mechanism for policy guidance and a Programme Management Committee (PMC) with
the Commissioner cum Secretary, STSCDD as the Chairperson will coordinate programme
management. The MPAs, supported by NGOs are responsible for the project implementation at MPA
level. A District Programme Implementation Committee will be established at each MPA under the
Chairmanship of the District Collector to guide programme implementation and also to facilitate
convergence. A Village Development Association (VDA) will be established in all MPA villages and
each such VDA will have about 30 to 60 households with one male and one female representative
from each household as member of the VDA. In some cases 2-3 small villages have to form a VDA in
the event these villages have fewer or inadequate number of households to organise themselves in to
a VDA. VDAs will establish a VDC and these VDCs will be responsible for implementation of natural
resource management and livelihood related activities. Detailed Implementation arrangements are
provided in Appendix 5- Institutional aspects and Implementation arrangements.
7. Programme Investments (detailed cost enstimates in Appendix 9 & WP 9)
55. The total programme cost over an 8 year period has been estimated at INR 7,955.77 million
(USD 130.42 million). IFAD will contribute about INR 3,141 million (USD 51.5 million).62
The rest will
have to come from GoO in the form of (i) resources allocated under Article 275 (1), (ii) SCA to TSP;
(iii) Conservation-cum-development (CCD) and other funds from convergence. The beneficiaries are
expected to contribute INR 183 million (USD 3.0 million) mainly as contribution to land and water
management sub-component and livelihood sub-plan implementation. Details are presented in
Appendix-9 and more in WP-9.
56. A graphic representation indicating cumulative investment by year under major activities and
also yearly investments by the programme are provided in Annex 3 and Annex 4 respectively. Annual
investment pattern indicates that the programme will reach maximum investment during 3rd
and 4th
year and start declining from 5th year.
62
Exchange rate of USD 1 =INR 61
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 4: Detailed programme description
78
Annex 1: OPELIP Outreach
Component/ Interventions Coverage
# of households targeted
Percentage to Total
Community Empowerment
-Number of VDA organised 1019 100%
-Number of VDA membership, 2 per households 124,712
-Total number of households 62,356 100%
-Villages covered by VDA organisation 1,019 100%
-Number of SHG mobilised 3,800 70%
-PTG SHGs 2,246
-Non-PTG ST SHGs 752
-Other SHGs 505
-Coverage of population 70%
NRM Component: Households benefiting from
-homestead land titles 12,500 20%
-cultivable land titles 43,500 70%
-land treatment 43,500 70%
-irrigation facilities 19,000 30%
-cereal crops development 31,000 50%
-oilseeds, pulses and tuber crops development 31,000 50%
-income generating activities 12,500 20%
-Kitchen garden 32,000 51%
-backyard poultry in clusters 5,000 8%
-Goat-rearing in clusters 4,000 6%
-Producers collectives 8,500 14%
-vocational training 500 1%
Community infrastructure & drudgery reduction Component:
-households benefiting from infrastructure 62,356 100%
-housing facilities 4,000 6%
-smokeless stoves 35,000 56%
-solar lanterns 20,000 32%
-fuel wood reserves 31,500 51%
-milling, hauling units 62,356 100%
-domestic water supplies 100%
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 4: Detailed Programme Description
79
Annex-2: OPELIP: Programme Components and linkages to outcomes and Goal
SUB COMPONENT 1.1: Community institutions Act 1.1.1: 1020 VDA/VDC organised and capacitated Act 1.1.2: 1020 village development plans prepared SUB COMPONENT 1.2: SHG and Rural financial services Act 1.2.1: 3800 SHGs organised and capacitated Act 1.2.2: 84 GPCF formed and capacitated Act 1.2.3: PIP, VRF & CIF funds set up and supported
Development Objective: Improved food and nutrition security and livelihoods opportunities adapted to Tribal communities
Outcome 1: 1.1: Empowered community institutions access their entitlements 1.2: Strengthened women SHGs access financial services
Outcome 3 : 3.1 Improved access to social and economic infrastructure 3.2: Reduced drudgery to women
Component 1: Community Empowerment
Sub-component 1.1 village development associations
Sub-component 1.2 SHGs and rural financial services
CAPACITY BUILDING & HANDHOLDING
Component 3: Community Infrastructure and drudgery reduction
Sub-component 3.1 Community infrastructure
Sub-component 3.2 Drudgery reducing interventions
INFRASTRUCTURE AND DRUDGERY REDUCTION
SUB COMPONENT 3.1: Community infrastructure Act 3.1.1: 300 water supply schemes, 500 km of rural roads, 542 drying yards, 84 village markets, 250 aggregation centres provided SUB COMPONENT 3.2: Drudgery reductions interventions Act 3.2.1: 35,000 smokeless stoves, 84 milling unit provided Act 3.2.2: fuel wood reserves in 540 villages and kitchen gardens to 32,00 households :
Component 4: Programme Management
- 4.1. Project Management Unit in Bhubaneswar - 4.2: MPA Project Management Units in 17 MPA areas
- 4.3: Monitoring and evaluation and knowledge management
Strategic goal: Improved living conditions and reduced poverty of the Tribal communities
Outcome 2: 2.1: Secured access to land and improved land productivity 2.2: Improved access to inputs and services and increased productivity 2.3: Improved access to livelihoods opportunities and markets
SUB COMPONENT 2.1: Natural resource management Act 2.1.1: 45,000 households provided with land titles Act 2.1.2: 20,000 ha land developed; fruit crops & spices planted SUB COMPONENT 2.2: Food and nutrition security Act 2.2.1: 62,000 households provided facilities for crop development Act 2.2.2: several demonstrations set up SUB COMPONENT 2.3: Livelihoods enhancement Act 2.3.1: 2,000 households provided IGA Act 2.3.2: 84 CSP models set up
Component 2: NRM and Livelihoods Enhancement
Sub-component 2.1 NRM and food and nutrition security
Sub-component: 2.2 Livelihoods improvement
LIVELIHOODS ENHANCEMENT
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 4: Detailed programme description
80
Annex-4: Total Project Costs by year
-
5,000
10,000
15,000
20,000
25,000
30,000
35,000
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Year
Am
ou
nt
(US
D 0
00
)
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 5: Institutional aspects and implementation arrangements
81
Appendix 5: Institutional aspects and implementation arrangements
1. Introduction
1. This appendix describes the entities responsible for programme implementation; programme
management and coordination arrangements with organization charts and a proposed approach to
capacity building.
2. The approach to programme implementation will include: (i) promoting processes of awareness
generation, creating facilities for legal literacy, undertaking social analysis and mobilisation of
communities for self-selecting group formation among disadvantaged women and marginalised
groups; (ii) creating facilities and resources for grassroots planning and implementation; (iii) ensuring
flow of resources directly to the PTG communities through their institutions; and (iv) involving and
associating NGOs in capacity building and awareness creation and also for the delivery of services as
key service providers. The implementation will be on the basis of inclusive approach and this would
mean that all communities and households residing within selected villages will form the target groups
but special emphasis will be given to the development of PTGs, in particular when implementing
household level activities.
3. The programme will adopt a flexible, non-prescriptive, process-oriented approach to enable the
primary stakeholders to determine the scope of programme activities, and their timing, pace and
sequencing. The programme will mobilize and nurture capacity of community based organizations in
each of the programme village to prepare and implement a VDP. A gradual and phased approach will
be adopted to ensure capacity building of the PTGs to take over implementation of activities including
fund management. Necessary systems and processes will be built to allow for handholding, intensive
supervision and evaluation of performance.
2. Institutional arrangement for implementation
4. At the central level the Department of Economic Affairs will be the nodal agency for this
programme and the Ministry of Tribal Affairs will be involved for overall policy guidance. At the state
level, the ST and SC Development Department (STSCDD) will be the Lead Programme Agency
responsible for the functions related to planning, funds flow, monitoring and evaluation, gender
mainstreaming and knowledge management. A Programme Management Unit (PMU) will be set up
within the STSCDD for this purpose. Detailed programme management structure is provided in
Chart 1.
5. Programme management unit (PMU) at the state level: For the overall management of the
programme a PMU will be established in Bhubaneswar under the STSCDD. The establishment of the
PMU will be notified through the issuance of a Government Order. The PMU will be headed by a full
time Programme Director (PD) from the government (preferably from the Indian Forest Service as the
programme has a strong component on land rights and Forest Rights Act) who will report to the
Commissioner and Secretary, STSCDD and work closely with the Additional Secretary, STSCDD and
Director Tribal Research Institute. The PD will be overall responsible for the management of the
programme and fostering support/ convergence with key departments such as Rural Development,
Forest, Agriculture, Women and Child Development etc. The PD will be assisted in his/her functions
by a full time Deputy Programme Director (DPD), preferably from the market who will, in addition to
his/her core programme related functions be responsible for Planning, Knowledge Management and
HR issues. The organizational chart of PMU is provided in Chart 2.
6. The team at the PMU will consist of a mix of technical experts for co-ordinating and providing
guidance to the field-based teams and a set of administrative, management and finance support staff.
These would include a Manager (NRM), a Manager (Livelihoods and Convergence); a Manager
(Rural finance and Community Institutions); a Manager (Planning, MIS and M&E ); a Manager
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 5: Institutional aspects and implementation arrangements
82
(Nutrition and Gender), a Senior Engineer, a Manager (Finance), a Manager (GIS), a Systems
Analyst, a Manager (Communications and KM) and an Administrative Officer. Other support staff will
include two Accounts Assistants, one M&E and MIS Assistant, two Executive Assistants, two support
staff and two drivers. One Revenue Officer in the grade of Deputy Secretary will be also a part of the
PMU team in Bhubaneswar. The Programme will provide necessary office equipment such as
computers and printers, photo-copying machine, internet facilities, office furniture, office rent, training
support for the staff, staff salaries and allowances, office-running costs, vehicles and vehicle hiring
facilities and running costs etc. STSCDD will provide necessary office space.
7. Micro Project Implementation Team (MPIT) at MPA level: There are in all 17 MPAs covering 13
PTGs. OPELIP will be implemented in the field through the existing MPAs with the respective Special
Officer being overall in charge of the management of the programme activities in the area. The MPAs
are registered as Societies and the District Collector of the respective district is the Chairperson.
Society model is important for ensuring flexibility in programme management that include speedy local
level clearances and also non-lapsable budget allocation to MPAs.
8. Recognising the need for strengthening their capacity the GoO issued orders in May 2013 for
restructuring the MPAs by adding 3 new positions, abolishing 3 existing positions and redefining the
tasks of the two other cadre staff. Following this GO each MPA is expected to have a Special Officer;
a Junior Engineer; a Junior Agriculture Officer; a senior or Junior Clerk; Field Assistants/Social
Mobilizers (on contractual basis in MPAs without Field Assistants); a Project Manager (contract
basis), a MIS Asst -Data Entry Operator (contract basis) and a peon. In addition, the programme will
engage an Accountant (on contract basis) and also provide competitive salary structure to the Project
Manager as against INR 20,000 proposed in the GO. The programme will allocate funds for engaging
Assistant Engineers on a task based contract and necessary administrative clearances will be
provided to authorize these Assistant Engineers to provide technical sanction and approve check
measurement. The proposed organizational chart of MPA is provided in Chart 3. It is recommended to
continue with staff already in position and that the new positions be filled up closer to the start of
OPELIP so that the staff skills could match the needs of the programme. Their role and
responsibilities will be detailed in the Programme Implementation Manual. Uniform staffing pattern for
all MPAs may not be appropriate as the area coverage under OPELIP by each MPA varies from 13 to
about 150 villages.
9. Many MPAs have limited or no connectivity by internet, phone or even roads which limits their
effectiveness. The staff members in these MPAs face many hardships. The combined effect is that is
hard to fill many positions. It has been very hard for the MPAs to get Junior Engineers in position.
Inability to attract qualified professionals has adversely impacted the programme effectiveness. In
this context, the OPELIP will strengthen the capacity of these MPAs in three ways: (i) strengthening
the MPAs with additional staff support; (ii) building the capacity of existing and new staff through
training, exposure, handholding etc. (e. g. the Accountant will build capacity of senior or the junior
Clerk to handle accounts); and (iii) improving overall working environment to keep the staff motivated
and enhance effectiveness (e. g. by improving infrastructure, connectivity, providing hardship
allowances, etc.).
10. Village level structure: A Village Development Association (VDA) will be established in all MPA
villages and each such VDA will have about 30 to 60 households with one male and one female
representative from each household as member of the VDA. In some cases 2-3 small villages have to
form a VDA in the event these villages have fewer or inadequate number of households to organise
themselves in to a VDA. VDAs will establish a VDC and these VDCs will be responsible for
implementation of natural resource management and livelihood related activities. In each village or
habitation, there will be one VDC secretary supported by a Community Resource Person who will be
selected from within the PTG communities. CRP will cover 2-3 villages. The programme will identify
NGO partners to work closely with the MPAs in implementing activities at the grass-roots level.
Provisions will be made for the NGOs to bring on board technical experts to work in the field in
particular for microfinance, agriculture, etc.)
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 5: Institutional aspects and implementation arrangements
83
11. NGOs: The programme will engage a NGO for each MPA which are capable of implementing
the programme interventions in the area. The selected NGO will engage a multidisciplinary technical
team to support field level implementation. The role and responsibilities of the facilitating NGO will be
spelled out in a memorandum of understanding (MOU) to be entered into between the PMU and the
NGO, in a form and substance approved by the GoO and IFAD. The proposed organizational chart of
NGOs for programme implementation is provided in Chart 4. The programme will also engage the
services of NGOs with proven capacity who have experience of working in Odisha in the Tribal and/or
PTG areas, such as REACH India (for capacity building across all MPAs) and “LANDESA ” for land
allocation related activities. NGOs that have been engaged by OTELP and have performed well will
be given preference.
12. PTGs grow a wide range of crops but their farming practices remain rudimentary. They have
limited interaction with other communities. As a result, introduction of new technologies and farming
practices will be time-consuming. Isolation in terms of distance and language barriers also add to the
difficulties relating to delivery of programme services. In view of this, the programme has established
two tier implementation structures comprising professionals at the level of MPAs and also
professionals at the level of NGOs. The NGO structure will be intensive with CRPs at the village level
and each CRP covering 2-3 natural villages, Village Agriculture Worker and Livestock Inspectors at
20-25 villages and each NGO covering 50-60 villages. NGOs will be engaged for the full duration of
the programme except the last year to ensure intensive handholding of the community.
13. Livelihood Resource Agencies (LRAs): The programme will engage LRAs to mobilise
households into Producer Groups and Livelihood Collectives. LRAs with competence to handle
activities related to aggregation, value addition and marketing in respect of various sub-sectors will be
recruited by the programme.
14. Other Government departments: OPELIP will work closely with a number of GoO departments
and agencies such as agriculture, health, women and child development, forestry, rural development
etc. The programme will facilitate convergence of the programmes/ activities of various departments
through the MPA. In view of the importance of nutrition issues, the Department of Women and Child
Development will post a staff to work under the SO, responsible for co-ordinating/ implementing
nutrition related activities.
15. The programme implementation will be the joint effort of PMU, MPAs, NGOs, VDAs, TDCC,
Livelihood Resource Agencies and the LANDESA. The functions, capacity and training requirements
of these agencies are provided in below:
Delivery
Agency
Functions Capacity Training requirement
PMU Overall Planning, coordination and
management.
Fund flow and financial
management.
Supervision of MPAs.
Monitoring and Evaluation
Knowledge management.
New establishment and
competent human resource
will be recruited
Training in project concepts and
orientation.
Procurement and financial
management training.
Exposure visits
MPAs Field level planning, coordination
and management.
Funds flow and financial
management at the field level.
Supervision and technical support to
NGOs.
Coordination for convergence with
other government departments.
Monitoring and knowledge
management.
Weak management
capacity and addressed
through staff restructuring
and engagement of
competent staff.
Field level presence and
experience dealing with
PTG.
Training in project concepts and
orientation.
Training on SHG mobilization
and financial inclusion.
Training on VDP preparation.
Training on natural resource
management.
Procurement and financial
management training.
Exposure visits.
LANDESA Survey of land ownership of PTGs
and facilitation for land allocation.
Well experienced in land
allocation activities under
OTELP
Training of CRPs for survey and
identification of land under
occupation/cultivation by PTGs.
NGO Field level implementation Availability of NGOs with Training in project concepts and
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 5: Institutional aspects and implementation arrangements
84
SHG and GPLF mobilization and
establishing savings and credit
systems.
VDA/VDC formation, VDP
preparation and facilitating VDCs to
implement VDPs.
capacity to implement
NRM, savings and credit
and rural infrastructure
activities.
orientation.
Training on SHG mobilization
and financial inclusion.
Training on VDP preparation.
Training on natural resource
management.
VDA/VDC Preparation of village plans and
their implementation
Homogeneity within the
community
Training in VDP preparation and
VDP implementation
CRP and CSP training
TDCC Support for aggregation, value
addition and marketing including
promotion of producer collectives.
Support for haat bazaar
rimprovement and implementation
of minimum support price.
Authorized to implement
minimum support price.
Experience in promoting
producer collectives.
Training and exposure visits
related to promotion of producer
collectives.
Livelihood
resource
Agency
Facilitate the PTG and handhold
promotion of producer collectives
Agencies with experience
available in the programme
area
Agencies with core strength in
producer collective promotion
will be engaged.
3. Programme Management and staffing
16. Overall approach: Two broad principles will govern the management and co-ordination structure
for OPELIP: (i) Strengthen capacity of existing systems, especially the Micro Project Agencies, rather
than create alternative systems; and (ii) Recognise that extreme remoteness has a bearing on the
availability of staff with requisite qualifications and experience and, therefore, adopt a flexible
approach in staffing. Alignment to the existing structures will be manifested most notably in the context
of the MPAs/ MPITs. The Special officer currently in charge of the Micro projects will be in charge of
the OPELIP implementation at the MPA level covering all populations being targeted under the
programme.
17. Staffing: The programme management has been designed based on lessons from OTELP and
other IFAD-supported projects in India. The programme will strengthen existing systems rather than
creating parallel ones, where possible. It is also recognized that there could be limitations in procuring
qualified staff due to remoteness of MPA areas - an issue that will be addressed by providing
allowances to attract good candidates and adjusting ToRs if necessary. The teams at state and MPA
level will be a mix of government staff on secondment and contractual staff from the market. The
ongoing IFAD-supported OTELP will provide assistance (technical, administrative, organisational) in
the establishment of the PMU and strengthening of MPAs in the beginning.
18. It must be noted that in view of the proposed increase in the flow of funds (under CCD, SCA to
TSP and Article 275 (1)) and based on the review of existing staff the GoO decided in May 2013 to
restructure the MPAs. As per the Government order the proposed new staffing structure will be as
follows:
Existing positions Positions after
restructuring
Existing
strength
Strength after
restructuring
Remarks
Special officer Special officer 17 17 Regular cadre staff
Jr. Agriculture officer Jr. Agriculture Officer 19 17 Contractual
Junior Engineer Junior Engineer 8 17 New position
Welfare Extension
Officer
Post abolished 12 0 Those in position will be deployed against vacant
positions to Blocks
Sr. Clerk Sr. Clerk cum
Accountant
13 6 Overall each MPA will have one Clerk cum Accountant
(Senior or Junior)
Jr. Clerk Jr. Clerk cum
Accountant
13 11
Field Assistant Field Assistant 12 0 They will be assigned the work of Social Mobilisers
Driver Driver 16 9 MPA will hire taxis depending on availability.
Amin Post abolished 8 0 Only one Amin currently in position. Will be repatriated
to RDD
Chainman Post abolished 7 0 3 chainman currently in position will be repatriated to
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 5: Institutional aspects and implementation arrangements
85
RDD
Peon Peon 29 23
Project Manager 0 17 New position. Contractual staff; to be filled through
advertisement
Social Mobiliser 0 17 8 new posts while 9 existing Field Assistants will be
deployed as Social Mobilisers. New posts to be filled
through advertisement. Must be PTG.
Data Entry Operator 0 17 New post. Contractual staff. Position to be filled
throughout sourcing agency
19. In addition, nine MPAs had used a part of their social mobilisation funds for hiring Multi-purpose
workers (MPWs) on a nominal honorarium of INR 2,000-3,000. They have effectively worked as the
link between the PTGs and the MPAs. Currently there are approximately 80 MPWs with some MPA
having 3 MPWs and others having 16 MPWs. However, as they were not hired under any sanctioned
position they do not have an assured position and for the past few months their services have been
discontinued and they have not received any honorarium. Given their rich experience of working with
the communities the programme will absorb them, where possible, as Community Resource Persons
(CRPs) to be hired through the NGOs working at each MPA level. Hiring of staff will be in a phased
manner, starting with those who are essential for setting up the programme and subsequently bringing
in technical staff as the implementation rolls out.
20. To ensure sustained attention to nutrition, staffing would be at three levels: community workers,
primarily drawing on available government functionaries such as the ICDS teacher, ASHA didi, or
residential school cook or warden; a home extension agent (who will coordinate closely with
agricultural extension support) or social mobiliser to oversee community activities at MPA; and a
nutrition and gender specialist as part of the PMU team.
21. Staff recruitment: The staff for the programme both at PMU and MPA level will be a mix of
government functionaries on deputation and contractual staff hired by the respective agencies or
PMU. While recruiting staff, especially at the MPA level, the programme will take into consideration
lessons learned under OTELP as well as the challenges posed by the remoteness and difficult
working conditions in several MPAs. Lessons from OTELP suggest that it is impractical to aim very
high in terms of experience and qualification. Therefore, while the programme should initially advertise
the agreed ToRs, there should be ample flexibility to revise this should the response be unsatisfactory.
Emphasis should be laid on the attitude of the individuals being hired as they would need to work in
very remote areas. As such effort should be made to hire from nearby geographic areas. In most
cases written exams should not be undertaken while recruiting as this will create constraints in getting
good, local, skilled persons with the right attitude. The emphasis should be on interviews. Interview
panels should not only include government functionaries such as the Special Officer or the PD but
also external subject matter experts. The programme and NGO staff will be preferably tribal;
preference will be given to female candidates with similar qualification and experience. Government of
Odisha has quota of 22.5% of Tribal people and 33% women in the employment of staff and the
programme will follow the government rules. In the event suitable candidates are not available under
these categories, PMU will be permitted to engage other candidates in view of the time bound nature
of programme implementation.
22. Reporting: The PD will report to the Secretary STSCDD whereas the staff of the PMU will report
to the PD. The Special Officer at MPA level will have a dual line of reporting- s/he will report to the
District Collector (who is the Chairperson of their PMC) for planning and facilitating implementation,
and to the PD OPELIP for administrative purposes and for overall guidance.
23. Programme Review: OPELIP will be reviewed at the highest level by the PSC once a year and
the PMC at the state level twice a year and the MPA level PMC twice a year. In addition, programme
progress and outcomes will be reviewed during biannual Tripartite Project Review Meetings, which
are organized by DEA and IFAD and attended by Project/Programme Directors of all IFAD-supported
projects/programmes in India. IFAD will organise at least one Supervision Mission every year to
assess progress and provide support to enhance performance.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 5: Institutional aspects and implementation arrangements
86
4. Programme coordination and convergence
24. The Ministry of Tribal Affairs (MoTA) at the national level is the nodal agency and the STSCDD,
GoO at the state level will be the Lead Programme Agency responsible for the functions related to
planning, funds flow, monitoring and evaluation, gender mainstreaming and knowledge management.
A Programme Steering Committee (PSC) will be established under the chairmanship of the Chief
Secretary (or alternate), GoO with representations from key line departments, District Collectors of
programme districts, independent development experts, a representative from a reputed Bank, with
the Commissioner cum Secretary of STSCDD as the member secretary, for effective governance and
to provide overall policy guidance to the programme. Coordination at the highest level will also be the
responsibility of the PSC. This will review the progress of the programme and ensure that its activities
are coordinated with other development efforts in the state, especially with the key line departments
(Forest, Women and Child Development, Rural Development, Agriculture, etc.). In addition, all the
Supervision Missions that are to be fielded by IFAD will hold wrap up meetings with the Chief
Secretary or alternate.
25. In addition, at the State level, the programme will establish a Programme Management
Committee (PMC) with the Commissioner cum Secretary, STSCDD as the Chairperson and PD of
OPELIP as the Member Secretary. The members will include Secretaries (or their nominees) of the
Departments of Revenue, Finance, Forest, Panchayati Raj, Rural Development, Women and Child
Development and Planning and Co-ordination along with Additional Secretary, STSCDD and
Director, TRI. This committee will meet quarterly and make required management decisions for
effective programme implementation, including approving the Annual Work Plan and Budget.
26. At the MPA level a Programme Implementation Committee (PIC) will be set up under the
Chairmanship of the District Collector with representation from ITDA, Forestry Department and NGO
with the Special Officer of MPA as the member Secretary to approve AWPB, review implementation
progress and facilitate coordination with other line departments. The PIC will facilitate convergence
and co-ordination with relevant
departments and schemes of the
government. A Government Order will be
issued notifying that the Special Officer,
MPA will be overall in charge for the
implementation of OPELIP at the Micro
Project level covering all villages within the
GPs being serviced using an inclusive
approach. The implementation sequencing
is provided in the Figure below and the
implementation steps are provided in Chart
5. A graphic presentation of implementation
arrangements is provided in Chart 6,
responsibility matrix in Chart 7 and the
implementation phasing in Chart 8.
27. Mechanisms for delivery and interagency coordination will need to be well thought-out.
Lessons have been learned from OTELP and can also be drawn from public and private sector efforts
to work multi-sectorally and with multiple actors. Although time-consuming, a process involving a
series of in-depth meetings and encounters (not just one-off sessions) to get everyone to understand
the programme, its importance, and their roles and responsibilities has proved successful in other
contexts.
OPELIP Implementation Sequence
Setting up of PMU by STSCDD
Staff Recruitment for MPA by STSCDD
NGOs recruitment Land survey & allotment
Capacity building by NGOs
VDPs Preparation
Implementation of Entry point activities
Organising SHGs, GPCLFs
Formation of VDAs and VDCs
Implementation of community
infrastructure
Drudgery reducing interventions
Implementation of NRM L&W
Implementation of NRM Crops
Implementation of livelihoods activities
Maintenance by Target group, community & MPAs
Training community institutions
MPA staff strengthening
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 5: Institutional aspects and implementation arrangements
87
5. Capacity building
28. Lessons regarding training and capacity building from the experience from IFAD projects in
India and elsewhere in Asia63
include:
Results of mass training programmes, covering many thousands of rural people, has been
generally disappointing. Reaching ambitious numerical targets requires a huge effort and
becomes the focus of programme management, and quality is sacrificed.
Post-training follow-up is a key factor in adoption of technologies and skills learned in training
courses.
Top quality training is well worth the extra cost - this may involve hands-on practical learning,
good trainers (including farmers who have done what they are now teaching), and training
from top institutions.
Capacity building and skill development can take place through a number of routes, and does
not always need to involve formal training courses. .
29. Approach to capacity building: Special Officer, MPA will be overall in charge for the
implementation of OPELIP at the Micro Project level covering all villages within the GPs being
serviced using an inclusive approach. Mechanisms for delivery and interagency coordination will need
to be well thought-out. Lessons have been learned from OTELP and can also be drawn from public
and private sector.
30. An important conclusion to be drawn from these lessons is the need for flexibility in capacity
building plans. Too often programme management thinks that by following a detailed cost table line-
by-line, they will achieve the objectives of the programme and training courses are provided because
they are in the cost table, not because they are really needed.
31. Capacity will be built for community members in the following ways:
Day-to-day contact with programme staff, FNGO staff, technical service providers as and when
they come in.
Day-to-day contact and mentoring by CRPs and Social Mobilisers of MPIT.
Contact with other government service providers (ICDS, health, etc.).
Viewing of videos produced for knowledge sharing
Participation in knowledge sharing and review meetings at the village and district levels
Utilisation of mobile-phone based information systems
32. Additional capacity building will be provided for programme staff via:
Contact with other staff, especially technical experts at PMU.
Contact with other agencies, especially GoO line departments
Contact with agencies in other states and countries - this may be partly facilitated by IFAD, and
include contact with IFAD supported projects/programmes in other states as well as other
good practice models.
Technical manuals and other materials.
63
in particular see Bangladesh: Evaluation of Training Provided by Projects, E Mallorie and N Sarder, IFAD Case Study, 2011
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 5: Institutional aspects and implementation arrangements
88
Chart-1:OPELIP Programme Management Structure
Programme Steering
CommitteeProgramme Steering
Committee
Programme ManagementCommittee
Programme ManagementCommittee
STSC Development
DepartmentSTSC Development
Department
Programme Management
UnitProgramme Management
Unit
Micro-project AgenciesMicro-project Agencies
NGOsNGOs
VDA, VDCVDA, VDC
GP Cluster ForumsGP Cluster Forums
Producers’ CollectivesProducers’ Collectives
SHGsSHGs
Farmers Field SchoolsFarmers Field Schools
District Programme Implementation
CommitteesDistrict Programme Implementation
Committees
Participating HouseholdsParticipating Households
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 5: Institutional aspects and implementation arrangements
89
* Assisted by Assistants
Chart-2: OPELIP Programme Management Unit, Bhubaneswar
Programme DirectorProgramme Director
Admin OfficerAdmin Officer
Deputy Programme
DirectorDeputy Programme
Director
Executive AssistantsExecutive Assistants
Deputy Programme
DirectorDeputy Programme
Director
Senior EngineerSenior Engineer
Manager NRMManager NRM
Manager, GISManager, GIS
Manager FinanceManager Finance
System AnalystSystem Analyst
Manager,
Livelihoods & ConvergenceManager,
Livelihoods & Convergence
Accounts AssistantsAccounts Assistants
Manager, MIS & KM *Manager, MIS & KM *
Manager, Community
Institutions & Rural FinanceManager, Community
Institutions & Rural Finance
Manager, Gender & NutritionManager, Gender & Nutrition
Manager, Communications & KM Programme Coordinator (Land Allocations)
Programme DirectorProgramme Director
Admin OfficerAdmin Officer
Deputy Programme
DirectorDeputy Programme
Director
Executive AssistantsExecutive Assistants
Deputy Programme
DirectorDeputy Programme
Director
Senior EngineerSenior Engineer
Manager NRMManager NRM
Manager, GISManager, GIS
Manager FinanceManager Finance
System AnalystSystem Analyst
Manager,
Livelihoods & ConvergenceManager,
Livelihoods & Convergence
Accounts AssistantsAccounts Assistants
Manager, MIS & KM *Manager, MIS & KM *
Manager, Community
Institutions & Rural FinanceManager, Community
Institutions & Rural Finance
Manager, Gender & NutritionManager, Gender & Nutrition
Manager, Communications & KM Programme Coordinator (Land Allocations)
Micro-project AgenciesMicro-project Agencies
Chart-3: OPELIP Micro-project Agency level Structure
Chairman MPA
(District Collector)Chairman MPA
(District Collector)
Special OfficerSpecial Officer
Project ManagerProject Manager
Asst/ Junior
EngineerAsst/ Junior
Engineer
Junior
Agricultural
Officer
Junior
Agricultural
Officer
AccountantAccountant
Community
Mobiliser
(Field Assistants)
Community
Mobiliser
(Field Assistants)
Nutrition
Focal PointNutrition
Focal Point
NGONGO
ClerkClerk
MIS Data Entry
OperatorMIS Data Entry
Operator
Chairman MPA
(District Collector)Chairman MPA
(District Collector)
Special OfficerSpecial Officer
Project ManagerProject Manager
Asst/ Junior
EngineerAsst/ Junior
Engineer
Junior
Agricultural
Officer
Junior
Agricultural
Officer
AccountantAccountant
Community
Mobiliser
(Field Assistants)
Community
Mobiliser
(Field Assistants)
Nutrition
Focal PointNutrition
Focal Point
NGONGO
ClerkClerk
MIS Data Entry
OperatorMIS Data Entry
Operator
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 5: Institutional aspects and implementation arrangements
90
Chart-4: OPELIP: NGO Structure at MPA Level
NGO Coordinator,
Team Leader (Agriculture)
Junior
Engineer
Community
Institutions/
Nutrition Officer
Livelihoods
Rural Finance
Officer
Community Resource
Persons (CRPs)
Producers Groups VDCs SHG, GPLF
Accounts
Assistant
Village Agriculture
Worker *
Livestock
Inspector *
* CSPs are under VAW & LI
NGO Coordinator,
Team Leader (Agriculture)
Junior
Engineer
Community
Institutions/
Nutrition Officer
Livelihoods
Rural Finance
Officer
Community Resource
Persons (CRPs)
Producers Groups VDCs SHG, GPLF
Accounts
Assistant
Village Agriculture
Worker *
Livestock
Inspector *
* CSPs are under VAW & LI
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Final Design Report
Appendix 5: Institutional aspects and implementation arrangements
91
Chart-5: OPELIP Implementation Steps
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 5: Institutional aspects and implementation arrangements
92
Chart-6: OPELIP Implementation Arrangements
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Final Design Report
Appendix 5: Institutional aspects and implementation arrangements
93
Chart-7: Responsibility Matrix
Sub-Component Major activities Implementing Agency
Facilitating Agency
Supervisory Agency
Community Institutions
NGO Recruitment PMU PMU
Recruitment of Capacity building agencies PMU PMU
Training of Trainers Service provider MPA PMU
NGO mobilization MPA PMU
PRA and Data Collection NGO MPA PMU
CRP selection and training NGO MPA PMU
VDA, VDC formation NGO MPA PMU
Identification and implementation of Entry Point Activities
VDA/VDC NGO MPA
Social Audits VDA/SFAC NGO MPA
SHG and Rural Finance
CRP selection and training NGO MPA PMU
Establishing, training, handholding of GPLF NGO MPA PMU
Mobilization of new SHGs and revitalization of existing SHGs NGO MPA PMU
Capacity building of SHGs NGO MPA PMU
Provision of seed capital to SHGs, PIF, CIF and VRF to GPLF MPA NGOs PMU
Building savings and credit systems of SHGs NGO MPA PMU
Establishing pulse banks SHGs NGOs MPA
Training on Gender related aspects NGO MPA PMU
Piloting Cooperatives Specialized Agency
TDCC PMU
Community Infrastructure -Gravity based Piped Drinking Water Systems (PDWS)
Formation of O&M Committees VDA, VDC NGO MPA
Selection of water supply mechanics VDA, VDC NGO MPA
Training of Water Supply mechanics RWSS MPA PMU
Identification of site and alignment VDC NGO MPA
Design, cost estimation and proposal preparation NGO MPA
Approval of plans for PDWS MPA PMU
Implementation of activities VDC NGO MPA
Community Infrastructure - Hand Pumps for Drinking Water
Identification of villages & preparation of proposals
VDA, VDC NGO MPA
Installation of Hand pumps RWSS NGO MPA
Training water supply mechanics RWSS NGO MPA
Community Infrastructure -Water purification pilots
Identification of villages & preparation of proposals
NGO MPA PMU
Design, cost estimation and proposal preparation NGO MPA PMU
Implementation of activities NGO MPA PMU
Training of Water Supply mechanics Service Provider NGO MPA
Community Infrastructure - Primary School Buildings
Identification of villages NGO with VDCs MPA
Preparation of proposals MPA PMU
Construction of buildings Education Department
MPA PMU
Community Infrastructure - Connecting Roads
Identification of need NGO with VDCs MPA
Preparation of proposals MPA PMU
Construction of roads Rural Roads Department MPA, BDO PMU
Community Infrastructure – Toilets
Identification of projects VDA, VDC NGO MPA
Preparation of proposals NGO MPA
Construction RRD NGO MPA
Community Infrastructure - Market Yards
Identification of need NGO with VDCs MPA
Preparation of designs and proposals Line Dept MPA PMU
Construction MPA MPA PMU
Community Infrastructure - Community buildings, drying platforms, intra village CC roads
Identification of projects VDA, VDC NGO MPA
Preparation of proposals NGO MPA
Construction VDC, RRD NGO MPA
Community Infrastructure -Drudgery Reduction
Preparation of activities for drudgery reduction VDA, VDC NGO MPA
Approval of plans for drudgery reduction MPA PMU
Implementation of activities VDA, VDC NGO MPA
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 5: Institutional aspects and implementation arrangements
94
NRM-Land allocation
Recruitment of LANDESSA PMU PMU
Identification of CRPs and training LANDESA MPA PMU
Survey and preparation of Maps LANDESA MPA PMU
Demarcation of plots LANDESA MPA PMU
Issuance of title documents LANDESA MPA PMU
NRM and Food and Nutrition
VDP preparation VDA/VDC NGO MPA
VDP approval and release of funds MPA PMU
Implementation of simple interventions VDA, VDC NGO MPA
Implementation of complex interventions NGO, MPA MPA PMU
Implementation of Crop intensification activities NGO MPA PMU
Implementation of agri-horticulture activities NGO MPA PMU
Implementation of farmer field schools NGO MPA PMU
Livelihoods enhancement
Identification and training of CSPs-Poultry NGO MPA PMU
Identification and training of CSPs-goat rearing NGO MPA PMU
Establishment of demonstrations with CSPs NGO MPA PMU
Establishment of preventive vet care for poultry and goats using CSPs NGO MPA PMU
Identification of beneficiaries for goat and poultry interventions NGO MPA PMU
Provision of support for goat and poultry interventions NGO MPA PMU
Identification and improvement to Haat bazars TDCC MPA PMU
Implementation of MSP for NTFPs TDCC MPA PMU
Recruitment of Specialized agency for promoting Livelihood collectives TDCC PMU
Mobilization of livelihood collectives Specialized NGO MPA PMU
Support for aggregation and value addition by livelihood collectives
Specialized NGO MPA PMU
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Final Design Report
Appendix 5: Institutional aspects and implementation arrangements
95
Chart - 8: Implementation sequencing by sub-component
Major activities Start up
Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Year 7 Year 8
HY1 HY2 HY1 HY2 HY1 HY2 HY1 HY2 HY1 HY2 HY1 HY2 HY1 HY2 HY1 HY2
Start up Activities
PMU Establishment
Staff recruitment
MPA audit
Baseline survey
Community Institutions
NGO Recruitment
Recruitment of Capacity building agencies
Training of Trainers
NGO mobilization
PRA and Data Collection
CRP selection and training
VDA/VDC formation
Identification and implementation of Entry Point Activities
Social Audits
SHG and Rural Finance
CRP - GPLF selection and training
Establishing GPLF and training/handholding the GPLF, SHG mapping
Mobilization of new SHGs and revitalization of existing SHGs
Capacity building of SHGs
Provision of seed capital to SHGs, CIF and VRF to GPLF
Building savings and credit systems of SHGs
Establishing pulse banks
Training on Gender related aspects
Piloting Cooperatives
Community Infrastructure - Gravity based piped drinking water systems
Formation of O&M Committee
Selection of water supply mechanics
Training of Water Supply mechanics
Identification of site and alignment
Design, cost estimation and proposal preparation
Approval of plans for PDWS
Implementation of activities
Community Infrastructure-Hand pumps ofr Drinking water
Identification of villages & preparation of proposals
Installation of Hand-pumps
Training water supply mechanics
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 5: Institutional aspects and implementation arrangements
96
Implementation of activities
Community Infrastructure - Water purification pilots
Identification of villages & preparation of proposals
Design, cost estimation and proposal preparation
Implementation of activities
Training of Water Supply mechanics
Community Infrastructure - Primary school buildings
Identification of villages
Preparation of proposals
Construction of buildings
Community Infrastructure - Connecting roads
Identification of need
Preparation of proposals
Construction of roads
Community Infrastructure- Toilets
Identification of projects
Preparation of proposals
Construction
Community Infrastructure-Market yards
Identification of need
Preparation of designs and proposals
Construction
Community Infrastructure - other infra
Identification of projects
Preparation of proposals
Construction
Community Infrastructure - Drudgery reduction
Preparation of activities for drudgery reduction
Approval of plans for drudgery reduction
Implementation
NRM-Land allocation
Recruitment of LANDESSA
Identification of CRPs and training
Survey and preparation of Maps
Demarcation of plots
Issuance of title documents
NRM-Food and nutrition
VDP preparation and approval
AWPB approval and implemnetation of simple interventions
AWPB approval and implementation of complex interventions
Implementation of Crop intensification activities
Implementation of agri-horticulture activities
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Final Design Report
Appendix 5: Institutional aspects and implementation arrangements
97
Livelihood enhancement
Implementation of farmer field schools
Identification and training of CSPs-Poultry
Identification and training of CSPs-goat rearing
Establishment of demonstrations with CSPs
Establishment of preventive vet care for poultry and goats using CSPs
Identification of beneficiaries for goat and poultry interventions
Provision of support for goat and poultry interventions
Identification and improvement to Haat bazaars
Implementation of MSP for NTFPs
Recruitment of Specialized agency for promoting Livelihood collectives
Mobilization of livelihood collectives
Support for aggregation and value addition by livelihood collectives
Vocation training
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 5: Institutional aspects and implementation arrangements
98
Chart – 9: FNGO Services: Cost estimates by year (Amount in 000 INR)
Quantities Amount in INR
No Unit 15/16 16/17 17/18 18/19 19/20 20/21 21/22 Total
Unit cost INR 15/16 16/17 17/18 18/19 19/20 20/21 21/22 Total
A Equipment
1 Bicycles-CRPs No. 30 30 3,000 90,000 0 0 0 0 0 0 90,000
2 Laptop computers /a No 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 25,000 125,000 0 0 0 0 0 0 125,000
3 Printers /b No 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 7,500 15,000 0 0 0 0 0 0 15,000
4 Other equipment-NGO office Set 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 15,000 15,000 0 0 0 0 0 0 15,000
5 Furniture-NGO office Set 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 25,000 25,000 0 0 0 0 0 0 25,000
B FNGO operational costs
6 User charges - Motorbikes per_month 24 48 48 48 48 48 6 264 2,000 48,000 96,000 96,000 96,000 96,000 96,000 12,000 540,000
7 NGO travel and O&M costs per_month 24 48 48 48 48 48 6 264 20,000 480,000 960,000 960,000 960,000 960,000 960,000 120,000 5,400,000
8 CRP allowances per_month 180 360 360 360 360 360 1980 1,000 180,000 360,000 360,000 360,000 360,000 360,000 0 1,980,000
9 Management costs per_month 6 12 12 12 12 12 3 66 25,000 150,000 300,000 300,000 300,000 300,000 300,000 75,000 1,725,000
C Salary
10 Agriculture Officer pers_month 6 12 12 12 12 12 6 72 35,000 210,000 420,000 420,000 420,000 420,000 420,000 210,000 2,520,000
11 Junior engineer pers_month 6 12 12 12 6 0 0 66 35,000 210,000 420,000 420,000 420,000 210,000 0 0 1,680,000 12 Community Institution and nutrition officer pers_month 6 12 12 12 12 0 0 66 35,000 210,000 420,000 420,000 420,000 420,000 0 0 1,890,000 13 Livelihoods and Rural finance officer pers_month 6 12 12 12 12 12 0 66 35,000 210,000 420,000 420,000 420,000 420,000 420,000 0 2,310,000 14 Additional salary for the NGO Coordinator \1 pers_month 6 12 12 12 12 12 0 66 5,000 30,000 60,000 60,000 60,000 60,000 60,000 0 330,000
15 Village Agriculture Worker\2 pers_month 36 48 48 48 48 48 0 276 12,000 432,000 576,000 576,000 576,000 576,000 576,000 0 3,312,000
16 Livestock Inspector\2 pers_month 24 36 36 36 36 36 0 204 12,000 288,000 432,000 432,000 432,000 432,000 432,000 0 2,448,000
17 Project Assistant- Accounts pers_month 6 12 12 12 12 12 6 72 15,000 90,000 180,000 180,000 180,000 180,000 180,000 0 990,000
18 CRP\3 pers_month 90 360 360 360 360 360 90 1890 4,500 405,000 1,620,000 1,620,000 1,620,000 1,620,000 1,620,000 405,000 8,910,000
Sub-Total 3,213,000 6,264,000 6,264,000 6,264,000 6,054,000 5,424,000 822,000 34,305,000
Service Tax @ 12.5% 401,625 783,000 783,000 783,000 756,750 678,000 102,750 4,288,125
Total 3,614,625 7,047,000 7,047,000 7,047,000 6,810,750 6,102,000 924,750 38,593,125
\1 One of the profesionals will be the Coordinator and will receive additional salary
\2 One Village Agriculture Worker and One Livestock assistant for 1200 households
\3 One CRP to cover 120-150 households in 2-3 villages
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 6: Monitoring and Evaluation and Knowledge Management
99
Appendix 6: Planning, M&E and learning and knowledge management
1. Introduction
1. M&E is important management function to track project progress and support the decision-
making processes at all level. In IFAD-funded projects, all projects have M&E activities to gather
information to assess progress against implementation plan (which is monitoring) and all projects
gather information to assess the outcomes and impact the project has achieved (which is evaluation).
Good performing project collect accurate information and produce timely quality reports. Great
projects collect accurate information and not only produce good reports but also use the information
to make decisions that improve efficiencies and enhance project impacts. The key purpose of good
M&E is to obtain accurate information that will be used by decision makers in the project to improve
and ensure proper use of resources as well as to maximize the results and benefits achieved from
these resources. The M&E system in IFAD-funded projects are expected to perform and achieve four
essential objectives: (a) to monitor and manage project progress; (b) asses project outcomes and
impact; (c) capture and disseminate lessons learned and good practices; and (d) build local capacities
for M&E.
2. M&E in OPELIP
2. The spectrum of M&E contour in any IFAD project, as also in OPELIP, encompasses planning,
monitoring and evaluation. The M&E Unit of OPELIP has the overarching responsibility for all these
entities to be carried out in a timely manner.
(a). Planning process in OPELIP
3. Planning at the Village Level: The planning process will be initiated with the community at the
village (or habitat, also referred to as Palli) with the support of FNGO and respective Micro Project
Agency (MPA). Following the community mobilisation and institution building (Village Development
Committee or VDC and Village Development Association or VDA) and their adequate capacity
building, and using participatory assessment methodology, the VDC will make the Village
Development Plan (VDP). Each VDP would be for five years period divided into early implementation
plan. Preparation of VDP will follow on-going OTELP’s existing methodology of preparing Village
Development and Livelihoods Plan (VDLP). The VDP will have plan for livelihoods, community
resource management, community infrastructures, IGAs, etc. as per the project component64
. The
VDP after review at the Palli Sabha or general meeting of VDA will be sent to Micro Project Agency for
approval. The preparation of VDP may be ideally concluded within six months of formation of
VDA/VDC. On the basis of the perspective plan or VDP, the village-level AWPB will be prepared each
year by October-November by each VDC and sent to respective MPA (model Planning template at
VDC level is given PIM).
4. Planning at the MPA level: The planning process at MPA level will be to consolidate the
AWPBs from all the VDCs under its jurisdiction as MPAs AWPB and forwarding thereafter to PMU
after approval by the District Level Programme Implementation Committee (PIC) headed by the
District Magistrate and Collector. This exercise should ideally be completed by second half of
December every year (model AWPB at MPA level is given in PIM.
5. Planning at the PMU level: The PMU will consolidate the AWPBs from all the 17 Micro Project
Agencies (MPA) preferably by December of each year. PMU will add other project management cost
including budget for M&E and KM related activities. PMU will request SCST Welfare Department,
64
Detail model of VDP preparation is given elsewhere in the PIM.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 6: Monitoring and Evaluation and Knowledge Management
100
GoO to make budgetary provisions for the project based on the estimates. PMU will send the AWPB
to IFAD along with the procurement plan for review/no objection by end of January each year. Based
on the observations made by IFAD, PMU will finalise the AWPB for approval by the State Level
Programme Management Committee (SLPMC) chaired by the Secretary, SCST Welfare Department,
Government of Odisha. The approved AWPB would be used for reviewing performance and progress
of the project. Subsequently, the M&E Unit of PMU will also plan for undertaking other M&E related
activities which are outlined in relevant section below. These include planning for conducting M&E
trainings, Result Impact Management System (RIMS), Annual Outcome Survey (AOS), Exit cum Post-
Project Sustainability, Knowledge Management Strategy and Action Plan (model AWPB template at
PMU level is given in the PIM.
(b). M&E Framework in OPELIP
6. The Monitoring and Evaluation system of the OPELIP will collect data and information to
measure performance and progress towards objectives, and be a learning tool to provide information
for critical reflection on project strategies and operations for development impacts. It will support
decision-making at various levels and be a basis for results-based management. It will enable the
project to report to Government and IFAD on its progress, results and impacts.
7. The participatory M&E system of project progress will begin at VDC/VDA/village level,
project data being collected by FNGO through the CRP/VDC Secretary on a monthly basis. The
FNGO will collate data from all villages and forward it to MPA or MPIT (Micro Project Implementation
Team), which in turn will forward to the PMU. The project will develop a learning system by organising
monthly/quarterly internal review meetings at the village/habitation, MPA/MPIT and at the PMU. It will
develop an automated Management Information System (MIS) for analysis of data collected at the
village/habitation/Palli Sabhas on a monthly basis to produce monthly/quarterly/half-yearly and annual
reports on physical and financial progress based on annual and total project targets as reflected in the
project AWPB. The M&E unit established at the PMU will take overall responsibility in discharging the
M&E functions of OPELIP. The half-yearly and annual reports will also contain sections on analysis,
interpretation and recommendations from process monitoring, lessons learnt and best practices.
8. In PME, the primary stakeholders – including the project target communities – are active
participants in all stages of project cycle, not just sources of information. PME focuses on building the
capacity of the local communities to analyse, reflect and take decisions and actions. PME attempts to
provide opportunities for joint learning of various stakeholders at various levels of the project cycle.
PME facilitates greater stakeholder commitment and ownership on the project activities, in turn
empowering them to take corrective actions to help themselves. In the field implementation,
participatory M&E is a kind of social process; it generally involves intense negotiations between
different target communities having different needs, expectations and worldviews. In a way PME is
also a kind of political process which addresses issues of equity, power and social transformation.
Above all, PME could be a highly flexible process, continuously evolving and adapting to the
programme specific circumstances and needs. PME is but the building block for successful M&E
system in all IFAD projects and the project staffs need to be oriented and sensitized on the need for
sharing of project information and knowledge on regular basis with all stakeholders including the
project target communities with open mind and transparent attitudes.
9. The PMU will undertake process monitoring along with FNGOs through quarterly field visits
in randomly selected villages/habitations in micro project areas to assess process of implementation,
constraints in implementation and assess targeting and distribution of immediate benefits from project
activities to different target groups. The M&E unit in the PMU will support this output and activity
monitoring. In addition it will implement a programme of outcome and impact monitoring, as well as
producing consolidated reports on project progress and results, and coordinating overall learning and
knowledge management.
10. The M&E would be guided by an M&E framework and indicators as outlined in Annex 1. The
M&E unit at PMU will also undertake or support an M&E agency in monitoring of programme outcome
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 6: Monitoring and Evaluation and Knowledge Management
101
and impacts including undertaking Annual Outcome Survey (AOS) and Results Impact Management
System (RIMS) as per IFAD’s guidelines. The PMU will produce consolidated annual/half-yearly
reports on project progress and results, and coordinate overall learning and knowledge management.
11. The basic M&E framework is a system for systematic collection, analysis and reporting of
information/data at three different levels of project implementation: (i) outputs; (ii) outcomes; and
(iii) impact. In effect, M&E framework encompasses result-chain approach that also monitors inputs
and activities.
13. Output monitoring will measure the
progress of activities and achievement of
outputs against annual targets in the annual
work plan & budget (AWPP) for each project
component. AWPB outlines the inputs and
activities to be undertaken and at the end of
each each month/quarter/year would be
measured as outputs. Information on the
progress of the annual work plan will be
measured against indicators in the plan, such
as number of VDC formed/supported, number
of VDP prepared, numbers of people trained,
numbers of SHGs formed, and number of members in each group, length of irrigation canal
constructed, area of land irrigation, and so on. This can be linked to the financial expenditure on the
concerned activities, and data will be stored and report via a computerised Management Information
System (MIS). The type of output data to be collected and monitored will be carefully dovetailed with
the project logical framework indicators. The computerised MIS will also record village profiles for
each village where the project is working, which will be drawn up before work starts to collect basic
human, economic and natural resource information against which progress can be measured.
Physical and financial progress data and reports for each component/sub-component in each village
will be recorded in the computerised MIS. Data would be collected by field implementation agencies
such as Field NGOs, MPWs, MPAs and service providers, and other implementation units, including
information from the registers and accounts kept by VDCs/community organisations supported by
OPELIP. Wherever necessary, data will be collected disaggregated by gender and social groups
(STs, PTGs, SCs), particularly those related to training and access to services (refer to RIMS 1st level
results reporting requirement).
14. Although outcome monitoring would appear to be a straightforward process, the experience of
recent IFAD in India and elsewhere have highlighted the need to pay desired attention to the details of
how data is collected (formats used, frequency of data collection, etc) and reported. It is not unknown
for different project offices or reporting entities (such as district project offices or NGOs) using different
standards for reporting - for example some may report activities in terms of villages covered and
others report in terms of numbers of farmers or even households. Overlapping components can
mean households participate in more than one activity with the risk of double counting when
calculating the number of households reached by project services. These problems can be
overcome by training of staff responsible for progress reporting (from PMUs, MPAs and NGOs) to use
a common reporting format and carefully defining how participating households will be counted. The
M&E Unit at PMU will take the lead in harmonizing all the different formats for data collection and
reporting (A few suggested formats are given at the end of this write-up based on on-going OTELP
experiences of data collection particularly at the village level).
15. Outcome monitoring measures the immediate changes coming about as a result of project
interventions. The outcome indicators to be monitored are outlined in the project logical framework.
However, since outcome monitoring are not always easy for M&E staff in the project to collect
information (such as number of HHs reporting reduced soil erosion, adoption of improved methods or
Inputs: the financial, human and material resources
necessary to produce the intended outputs of a project.
Activities: action taken or work performed in a project to
produce a specific output by using inputs such as funds,
technical assistance and other types of resources.
Outputs: tangible immediate results that are produced
through the implementation of activities.
Outcomes: short-term and medium-term effects of an
intervention’s outputs.
Impacts: long term positive and negative effects
produced by a development intervention.
(Source: RIMS Handbook 2014)
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 6: Monitoring and Evaluation and Knowledge Management
102
increases in sales of commercial crops, etc.), the project will conduct Annual Outcome Surveys (AOS)
as per IFAD’s guidelines, interviewing a sample of 200 to 400 farmers/households to gather data on
indicators such as those listed above (more details in the project logframe). An AOS may also be
carried out on a thematic basis in order to focus on a specific area of project intervention, such as
NTFP-based enterprises created as a result of project intervention and facilitation.
16. Related to outcome monitoring is process monitoring, which involves monitoring the
processes leading to outputs and outcomes. Specific areas where progress monitoring will be useful
in OPELIP include effectiveness of SHG savings and lending, provision of technical and other support
services, and the functioning of community organisations. Information on these may be gathered via
Participatory M&E or PME (see section on PME and below on knowledge management and learning),
as well as from the records of community organisations. In OPELIP, where high percentage of project
participants are illiterate, audio-visuals would be one of the most effective process monitoring tools;
videos could be made describing in local dialects/vernacular on project processes and results in a
particular project village that can be shown in other villages to disseminate key information and
messages. In addition, the Project will undertake specific studies related to women’s empowerment,
community natural resource management and benefit of project services for disadvantaged groups
such as landless households. Information on the effectiveness of training will be assessed via KAP
(Knowledge, Attitude and Practice) surveys carried out each year65
.
17. Impact evaluation is the process which will assess the contribution of OPELIP in achieving
the overall goal of the project. It will consist of baseline, mid-term66
and end-of-project surveys. This
survey will be coordinated by the PMU M&E unit and contracted to an external agency, with specific
expertise in such assessments. Information to be collected will include the impact level indicators of
IFAD’s Results and Impact Monitoring System (RIMS). These include mandatory ‘anchor indicators’
relating to household assets, food security and child malnutrition (anthropometric data of children
under five years of age). Other indicators of poverty will also be used, such as quality of housing and
sanitation, drinking water availability, cultivation, asset ownership, etc. Data will also be collected to
relate changes in all these indicators following participation in project activities and delivery of project
outputs.
3. Other M&E related tasks to be performed by PMU M&E Unit
(a). Results and Impact Monitoring System (RIMS)
18. Results and Impacts Management System (RIMS)67
is a framework adopted by IFAD for
measuring and reporting results and impacts achieved by the project. RIMS report is to be prepared
by each project each year. RIMS looks at three levels of results:
19. First Level Results: First level results correspond to the project activities and outputs; the
results measure financial and physical progress, mostly quantitative and reported on an annual
basis68
. Many of these activities or outputs results will also correspond to the project logical
framework. Project outputs are measured through simple quantitative indicators (example, “number of
people trained in livestock production”, usually reported by sex-disaggregated data). However, this
output indicator does not provide information on whether the training succeeded well or useful, such
as whether the training has improved in the livestock production technology, or whether livestock
mortality has reduced by improved livestock management practices following the training, or how
many more number of people has taken up livestock activity following the training. Such outcomes are
reported in the second level results.
65
KAP survey is being attempted based on experiences gained from JTELP project in Jharkhand. 66
Mid-term survey is no longer a requirement. Project may make its own judgment. 67
For details see “RIMS First and Second Level Results Handbook, IFAD, April 2014”. 68
IFAD projects in India prepare Annual RIMS Report for a calendar year, i.e. 1st January to 31
st December. In effect, the data
is collation from the first 3 quarter results of current FY and last quarter of previous FY. Annual RIMS Report is to be submitted
to IFAD by 31st March. Thus, OPELIP’s Annual RIMS Report 2014 would mean data from 1
st January 2014 to 31
st December
2014 (assuming at least completion of one year implementation period), which will be reported by 31st March 2015.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 6: Monitoring and Evaluation and Knowledge Management
103
20. Second Level Results: RIMS second level results correspond to the project outcomes, which
measure improved functionality or behavioural change, are more qualitative and normally take longer
to realize. This level corresponds to either the output or objective level of the project logframe.
Measuring outcomes means analysing changes in the behaviours and performance of households,
individuals, groups or institutions. The second level results in RIMS are in the form of assessment,
looking at the extent to which a given project activity has been successful in reaching specific
outcome, which is the assessment of effectiveness; it also looks at the extent to which the benefits
are likely to be sustained after the end of the project support, which is the assessment of
sustainability. Various methods (such as studies, participatory approaches, questionnaire-based
surveys, focus group discussions, etc) can be employed for measuring the changes from outputs to
outcomes.
21. Third-level results: Third-level results correspond to project impact, which is measuring
combined effects of the first and second level results, are quantitative (eg. Households reporting
increased assets) and are measured usually at three points during project life (baseline or
benchmark, mid-term69
and completion or endline). These refer to the goal and objective level of the
project logframe. The third level RIMS results are the anchor indicators and relate to household
assets, food security and child malnutrition (anthropometric data of children under five years of age).
OPELIP will undertake baseline (at Project Year One or PY 1), mid-term (PY 4) and end-line (Last
year of Project Year or PY 8) study. An annex is provided showing the RIMS indicators to be
considered during the baseline, mid-term and end-line study Annex 2.
22. Measuring and Reporting First and Second Level Results: The RIMS first and second level
results have been groups in the following categories:
- Natural resources (land and water) - Agricultural technologies and production - Rural financial services - Markets - Rural enterprise development and employment - Policy and community programming - Social infrastructure - Total outreach
23. RIMS Handbook70
provides clear guidelines on whole range of conducting, measuring and
reporting RIMS results. The selection of first level indicators and second level indicators will be done
on the basis of specific project characteristics or relevance to OPELIP. However, it is best that the
M&E staffs of OPELIP undergo a brief training on RIMS, which would be provided at the time of
project start-up workshop or can be provided separately as part of the implementation support to the
project. All indicators would be reported on sex-disaggregated basis and to the extent relevant
differentiation between indigenous/tribal people and non-tribal peoples would also be reported.
(b). Annual Outcome Survey (AOS)
24. The AOS is a household survey that is undertaken annually by project staff and will cover a
small sample of 200 households selected randomly in project areas (project beneficiaries) and 200
households selected randomly in non-project areas (non-beneficiaries, to be used as a comparison
group). IFAD has developed a standard methodology called RIMS, primarily intended to document
end-of-project impact. As such, it does not provide regular or timely information about results that can
be used to take corrective action during project implementation. The Annual Outcome Survey (AOS)
is a tool to monitor how well a project is doing through a systematic process of learning by doing.
More specially, the AOS is intended to set out to identify positive and negative changes taking place
at the household level, provide early evidence of project success or failure, provide time performance
information so that corrective actions may be taken as required, and also assess targeting efficiency.
That is why samples are taken both from project villages and non-project villages for comparisons.
69
Mid-term survey is now optional. 70
See RIMS First and Second Level Results Handbook, April 2014, IFAD.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 6: Monitoring and Evaluation and Knowledge Management
104
25. How and when to conduct the AOS: Annual Outcome Survey is conducted annually starting
from the 2nd
year of project implementation. The Technical Guide for Conducting Annual Outcome
Survey71
has been developed by IFAD, which would be provided to OPELIP at the time of start-up or
as part of the PIM. For OPELIP, the AOS will be conducted from PY 2 using simple household (HH)
survey that project staff can easily conduct with a small but representative sample of project
communities. Like all other projects in India, OPELIP will conduct the AOS in the first quarter of the
calendar year (January to March) or last quarter of the financial year. This period in most part of India,
as also in OPELIP, coincides with the relatively off-season when farmers have more time to
participate in the surveys. The HH survey will focus on quantitative data (e.g., the number of women
participating in training, the % of HH that have adopted new farming technology, the % of female-
headed HH that have increased profit, the number of HH taking loan to improve farming practices and
so on). These findings from HH survey are complemented by qualitative data that provide more in-
depth explanations of why and how some outcomes were better achieved or not achieved. Such
qualitative data are generated through focused group discussion, key informant interviews, etc. One
of the key areas of attention in AOS is in developing questionnaires as appropriate to the project. On
the basis of IFAD’s technical guidelines for AOS, most questionnaires for OPELIP AOS would be
developed around key thematic areas. As reporting Annual Outcome Survey is important, IFAD’s
technical guideline for conducting AOS will be given in PIM.
26. Additionally, it is important that gender dimensions are appropriately reflected in the AOS.
While trying to focus on activities and outputs, it is important that gender-specific information should
be collected such as women participating in or indirectly benefiting from project activities. A practical
approach is to review project logframe having gender-sensitive indicators, gender issues being
adequately reflected in the M&E plan, updating the HH survey tool to align with the revised log-frame
and providing skills to enumerators and project staff in quantitative and qualitative data collection
methodologies especially to cover issues that matter differently to women and men.
(c). Special studies
27. The OPELIP M&E and KM unit may carry out, or commission, a number of special studies.
Some of these studies could include topics such as: (i) health and nutrition among the PTGs including
housing and settlement patterns; (ii) production and productivity (cropping system studies in
agriculture and horticulture crops); (iii) environment and NRM (impact of soil and water conservation
measures, flow monitoring and flood discharge in micro-watersheds); (iv) forest/NTFP based
livelihoods; (v) migration dynamics; (vi) indebtedness among PTGs; and (vii) Forest Rights Acts and
the PTGs including Community Forest Resources. Cost effectiveness studies will be also undertaken
to assess delivery systems and implementation methodology/approaches adopted by OPELIP and
other agencies implementing similar activities. All the studies must be carried out through gender
lens.
4. Gender in M&E
28. Integrating gender dimension in M&E is imperative in all IFAD projects. Integrating gender into
M&E system helps to measure the extent to which a project has addressed the different needs of
women and men, and has made an impact on their lives and overall social and economic well-being.
It also facilitates to improve project performance during implementation, allows for mid-term course
correction, and makes it possible to derive lessons for future projects.
29. OPELIP will clearly identify the extent to which the project has reached women and the degree
to which they have benefited from project activities and outputs. This involves gender disaggregation
of data on project activities and outputs to see if women have fully participated in group membership,
group leadership, training, livelihoods activities, SHGs credit activities and enterprise support.
Further gender disaggregation is needed to see if women have benefited in terms of outcomes - such
as increasing production - or impacts - increased income and assets. As some indicators are better
measured on a household basis, these need to be disaggregated by gender of the household head.
71
See the Technical Guidelines: Conducting an Annual Outcome Survey, IFAD.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 6: Monitoring and Evaluation and Knowledge Management
105
Special studies may also be undertaken on measures to reduce women's drudgery (especially
provision of domestic water and fuel-wood supply) and on other issues regarding women's welfare
and empowerment (for example access to health services, and household decision making). Further
details on gender-related monitoring are in Working Paper on Poverty, Gender and Targeting. Some
ideas of gender-sensitive monitoring indicators72
in OPELIP AOS could be developed using the
following table:
Particulars Questionnaire / issues to identify gender-sensitive indicators
Gender division of labour - What is the gender division of labour or work burden at the household level? In other words, who is more responsible for working in the household, women or men?
- When the project got started, has the mam/male started sharing household work with the woman/female, or woman has to work more?
Gender differences in
access and control over
resources (e.g. income,
employment, land, social
services
- Who controls income in the household? Do the man and woman equally contribute in decision making on expenditure relating to household income?
- Who participated in the project training more, female or male? What have been the outcomes of training in applying the knowledge to household economics?
- In whose name is the land under the household control? Do both man and woman equally contribute in deciding the types of crops to be grown in the household land?
- What different kinds of social services do the man and woman receive or enjoy? What influences do these services have into the woman’s health and ability to access information?
Gender differences in
information and
knowledge
- Are there gender difference in accessing the same information (about amount of information and how to access)?
- Are there any differences in economic opportunities between man and woman due to different amount of information accessed?
Decision making patterns
in the household and
community
- Who in the household has the decision power? (compare with the contribution of man and woman in the total household income; whether person contributing the most in total income has the decision power).
- The participation of female and male in activities of community (the voice and respectfulness opinions in community activities).
Women and men’s
attitude and self-
confidence
- The difference between female and male about self-confidence in all different project and community activities (on participation and responsibility).
Gender differences in
vulnerability and coping
strategy
- Differences in dealing problems and in adjusting to external shock.
5. Indigenous/Tribal People in M&E
30. In line with IFAD’s policy on engagement with indigenous and tribal people, OPELIP will develop
an M&E system that would capture indicators specific to tribal development issues. Wherever
applicable the data would be sex-disaggregated. Examples to be captured in M&E would be the
followings:
- Area (in acre) of land devoted to tribal traditional crops (eg. Millets); - Number of tribal HHs or people adopting traditional techniques; - Number of tribal HHs or people blending traditional system with new technologies; - Number of seed banks established for keeping/storing traditional tribal seeds varieties; - Number of tribal HHs or people served by the seed banks that keep tribal seed varieties; - Number of tribal HHs or people rearing local varieties of poultry birds; - Number of tribal HHs or people dependent on forest NTFPs; - Number of tribal HHs or people dependent on forests foods; etc. - Number of Lanjia Soura HHs or people practicing Idtal Art. - Number of Kandh HHs or people practicing/dependent on Dokhra Craft.
72
Modified from M&E Manual Guide for IFAD funded Projects in Vietnam.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 6: Monitoring and Evaluation and Knowledge Management
106
- Number of Dangaria Kandh HHs or people practicing traditional “ Dangaria Shawl” making. - Number of Bonda HHs or people practicing in traditional “Bonda Ringa” jewellery making.
6. Implementation Responsibilities of M&E
31. M&E Staff: OPELIP will establish a single unit for combined tasks of M&E and KM activities
at the PMU (on KM activities see below additional information under Learning and Knowledge
Management). The PMU will have the overall responsibility for the implementation and coordination
of M&E activities as well as the KM activities under the charge of Senior Manager (M&E, MIS & KM).
The Project Manager (PM) at the MPA with Data Entry Operator and Team Leader/Coordinator at the
NGOs would be the counterparts on all issues and responsibilities relating to M&E and KM at the
respective MPA level. The Social Mobilizer at the MPA and Community Resource Person (CRP) at
the NGO in coordination with VDCs could also have M&E functions and responsibilities as required.
32. In the first year of the project, the M&E staff will focus on establishing a functional M&E
system for the project. This would include reviewing the results framework and indictors with
management to ensure that they are relevant, refining the M&E plan, M&E matrix, assessing staff
training needs on M&E, organising M&E trainings at all level (PMU, MPA and village), coordinating
the baseline survey, designing the various reporting formats, developing databases, setting up the
MIS, preparing the AWPB, initiation of VDPs and training of the VDCs, etc. From the second year,
the M&E staff will focus on timely conduct of Annual Progress Report, RIMS and AOS (more details
under step by step implementation arrangements).
(a). M&E staff in the PMU
33. The M&E and KM unit at PMU will have a small team comprising a Manager (Planning, M&E,
MIS), a Manager Communications and Project Assistant MIS. The Manager (Planning, M&E and
MIS) would report to the Deputy Project Director (DPD) and would be responsible for coordinating
project planning - such as consolidation of the AWPB; conducting, preparation and submission of
project reports (such as Annual/Half Yearly Progress Report, RIMS and AOS); consolidating project
knowledge management particularly learning and communication. The manager will be responsible
for supervision of timely data collection and entry, data analysis and report writing, as also for issues
relating to project documentation, preparation/consolidation of learning and preparation/dissemination
of communication/learning materials. The MIS Assistant will undertake the computer data entry,
preliminary data analysis and also support activities relating to knowledge management. OPELIP
would encourage/explore use of tablet computers or data-enabled mobile phones for field data
collection that could eliminate the need for data entry, as data will be entered directly into
tablets/phones rather than using a paper questionnaire and uploaded directly into a survey database.
(b). M&E in the MPA level and Village or Community level
34. The Project Manager (PM) at the MPA office would be overall responsible for M&E and KM at
the SDA level. The PM would be assisted by MIS Assistant/Data Entry Operator these staff will be
responsible for managing and coordinating monitoring of activities and outputs, and for working with
field NGOs and service providers on reporting of their activities. The Social Mobilizers at the MPAs
and CRPs at the NGOs will be responsible for most field data collection at village level. The VDCs are
also to maintain some basic activities data with financial expenditure (based on the VDP and AWPB).
At all level, the data ought to be sex-disaggregated (for example, the number of male and female
attending a training on livestock management in addition to the total number of people attending the
training).
(c). Technical agency for M&E
35. OPELIP will source the services of a technical agency through standard procurement system.
The technical assistance from an M&E support agency will build capacity of the unit, provide support
for data interpretation, and enable the M&E unit to carry out high quality work. Capacity building in
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 6: Monitoring and Evaluation and Knowledge Management
107
M&E for project staff will be undertaken through structured orientation training programme, refresher
training, and information sharing. In addition IFAD will facilitate linkages with other agencies and
support the use of the IFAD M&E tool kit. The on-going OTELP has used the services of
organisations like Sambodhi for impact studies; KITT School of Rural Management (KSRM) and
Institute of Social Welfare & Research (ISWAR), both located at Bhubaneswar for Annual Outcome
Surveys.
(d). Key M&E tasks and implementation arrangements
36. During the design (formulation and appraisal) processes, several aspects of M&E tasks are
addressed, identified and outlined. Some of these include establishing the scope and purpose of the
M&E system, indicate key performance questions and indicators along with associated monitoring
mechanism, outline the organisational arrangements for M&E, develop terms of reference for M&E
tasks, establish indicative M&E budget along with M&E timeframe including M&E planning and M&E
matrix. Overall key M&E tasks and implementation steps are summarised in Table below:
Key stages of
project cycle
Key M&E tasks73
Project initiation
(loan
effectiveness) to
project start-up
workshop (usually
the PY 1)
Recruitment of all M&E staffs;
Review the project design/detail project report in relation to M&E with key stakeholders;
Review the PIM in relation to the section on M&E and KM in particular;
Develop a detailed M&E plan and system including appreciation of project M&E culture and practices that would emerged or required to be developed taking into consideration the various project results chain;
Review and development various M&E formats (data collection and reporting formats);
Undertake and complete the baseline surveys;
Develop project MIS (outsource the task);
Prepare the knowledge management strategy and link it up with
Put in place necessary conditions and capacities for M&E to be implemented.
Main
implementation
period
Ensure all data and information needs for management and key stakeholders are regularly met;
Coordinate information gathering and analysis, as also data storage and data management;
Facilitate and support regular review meetings and processes with all implementers and stakeholders;
Prepare for and facilitate the project reviews/review meetings (monthly/quarterly/half-yearly/yearly or annual);
Coordinate/prepare for supervision missions; implementation support missions, etc.
Conduct focused studies on emerging questions including documentation of good practices;
Disseminate / communicate project results with various stakeholders;
Prepare/undertake and ensure timely submissions of various reports as per IFAD’s norms and requirements including documentation of success case studies, half-yearly/annual progress report, Annual Outcome Survey, Annual RIMS Report, and so on.
Prepare the KM strategy and action plan; integrate M&E and KM.
Prepare the draft Exit Strategy cum Post Project Sustainability.
Consolidate the various types of supervision mission and implementation support mission feedback.
Mid-term Collate information for the mid-term review (MTR);
Coordinate for conduct of the MTR;
Facilitate internal review processes to prepare the external review processes.
Adjust the M&E system as required.
Revise the draft exit strategy and post-project sustainability.
Organise project workshop to review, share and disseminate changes proposed at MTR with all project staffs and partners.
73
Should be read along with the overall KM tasks (as Manager M&E/MIS is also responsible for KM in OPELIP
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 6: Monitoring and Evaluation and Knowledge Management
108
Phasing-out and
completion
Assess what the implementers and communities can do to sustain project interventions, impacts and M&E/KM activities could be sustained after closing down; implement these specific ideas; revise and update the project exit strategy and post-project sustainability document.
Undertake end-line surveys.
Organise workshops to review the key elements of project exit and post-project sustainability strategy.
Organise workshops and field studies with key stakeholders to assess project impacts; identify lessons learned for next phase of the project and/or other projects to be designed in future.
Prepare the Project Completion Report (PCR) as per IFAD’s guidelines.
Facilitate and coordinate IFAD’s PCR validation mission.
Organise closure workshop to share and disseminate lessons learned with all key stakeholders.
7. Annual M&E Activities Calendar
37. OPELIP will develop its annual M&E activities calendar. The calendar outlines the key M&E
activities and reporting requirements to be performed by the project by which date or month. Based
on this template through a consultative process OPELIP M&E unit will eventually develop a detailed
M&E activities calendar in order to roll out a robust M&E system in the project.
Key activities April May June July Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb March
M& E Activities at the PMU / MPA /NGOs
Annual Progress
Performance
Review & NGO
performance
Review
AWPB preparation
and submission
Annual Progress
Report
Half-yearly
Progress Report
Annual RIMS
Report submission
Annual Outcome
Survey Report
submission
Quarterly Results
Report Preparation
(Outputs/ 1st Level
Results)
Quarterly Review
Meetings at PMU &
MPA
Focus Groups and
Key Informant
Interviews (Theme
or Output based)
Data Collection for
physical and
financial progress
by MPA and NGOs
M& E Activities Specifically at Village/VDC level
VDA/VDC level for
PME meetings
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 6: Monitoring and Evaluation and Knowledge Management
109
SHG meetings and
data recording
Data Recording by
Producer Groups,
VDCs & GPLF
Committees
8. Management Information System (MIS)
38. OPLIP will establish a computerised MIS system in the first year of project implementation. It
will include information on all aspects of project related information and characteristics such as village
profiles, physical and financial progress, impact evaluation analysis and reports, RIMS first and
second level indicator tracking, and other pertinent information. Initially the MIS may be run
manually in MS Excel to create a database of key project information, and automated in the second
year of the project using database software. The MIS would then be able to generate, monthly,
quarterly and annual progress reports on physical and financial progress and on project outcomes.
The objective would be to have an integrated system that would allow data entry and report
generation at the district (i.e. at each Micro Project Level) as well as central level. OPELIP can draw
lessons from the good MIS being used in OTELP. OPELIP would require outsourcing expert external
agency to develop MIS. One of the important aspects would be to validate the data before entry into
the MIS. Who would do this data validation at village /NGO / MPA levels need to be addressed as
part of the project management system. Furthermore, OPELIP will try to build a GIS-linked MIS in the
project. The lessons learnt from the on-going JICA-funded Orissa/Odisha Forestry Sector
Development Project (OFSDP) would be extremely useful. OPELIP can seek assistance from the
OFSDP for this purpose and OPELIP can engage appropriate M&E agency to design the system.
9. Reporting and Communicating Project Results
39. The M&E unit at PMU will develop common reporting formats to be used by all the MPAs and
NGOs for different activities so that there is no discrepancy in the reporting of data on status of
progress of project activities; compilation and analysis of data will be immediate for timely reporting
and communication. All data would be gender disaggregated and the analytical reports are to be used
for taking timely corrective actions and to learn from implementation experiences to further improve
project management effectiveness and efficiency. Monthly, quarterly and annual reports including
reports from studies would be produced by the Project. For IFAD corporate reporting, Half-yearly,
Annual Progress Report and RIMS Annual Reports are required to be prepared.
40. Monthly Progress Reports (MPR) will be prepared from the project MIS developed to generate
information at the Village/VDC/Palli Sabha and MPA levels for reporting to the PMU. Information in
the report will contain component/sub-component wise physical and financial progress against annual
targets. This report will form the basis for monthly progress reviews at all levels.
41. Quarterly Progress Reports (QPR). Besides reporting physical and financial progress this
report will contain information on challenges encountered in implementation and corrective actions
and solutions to address constraints as well as communities response to project initiated activities.
QPR would also be useful for consolidating RIMS Annual Report each year to be carried out for a
calendar year (1st January to 31
st December). For this purpose, the indicators to be monitored,
reported should be harmonized to the extent possible with project logframe and RIMS indicators (1st
level results up to mid-term and 2nd
level results after mid-term).
42. Half yearly and Annual Progress Reports (HR/AR) will be prepared from information compiled
by the PMU on component/sub-component wise physical and financial progress, and loan category
wise financial progress. The information will be generated via the project MIS and could contain
summarised information and data from villages and MPAs, and also findings from PME and annual
outcome surveys, showing progress towards development objectives, usefulness of training
(information from KAP surveys), benefits from component/sub-component interventions, gender
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 6: Monitoring and Evaluation and Knowledge Management
110
issues and knowledge management. The reports could be dovetailed with case studies of successful
interventions. Some sample of reporting formats are included in the draft PIM (Project Implementation
Manual) and OPELIP may well take advantage of OTELP in this regard. The PMU will prepare the
half-yearly progress report by the end of October and the annual progress report by the end of May
every year and send to IFAD India Country Office and other stakeholders.
43. RIMS Annual Report. The key RIMS indicators corresponding to the project components are
included in the project’s Logical Framework and will be reported annually by the end of December. In
the first year the project information on RIMS first level indicators (list of indicators included in RIMS
Handbook) associated with outputs would be reported. After mid-term review the report will include
ratings of effectiveness and sustainability of 2nd
level indicators, validated from the results of annual
outcome surveys. A standard table will be included in the PIM for this report. Additionally, OPELIP will
have the advantage of experiences of OTELP in preparing RIMS Annual Report.
44. Annual Outcome Survey (AOS) Report: Each year the project will undertake AOS between
January to March and report to IFAD by April. The first AOS will be done in the second year of project
implementation after completing a full first year of project implementation. AOS in OPELIP will be for a
calendar year (January to December).
45. Mid-Term Review Report (MTR): IFAD in cooperation with the Government would undertake a
mid-term review by the fourth year of the project lifecycle to review project achievements and
implementation constraints including issues relating to loan administration and financial management.
Any corrective measure would be addressed at MTR. A mutually agreed action plan will be prepared
based on the MTR findings. IFAD may appoint, in consultation with the Government, an external
agency to evaluate the impact of the project if necessary.
46. Project Completion Report (PCR): As the project reaches completion point, the PMU would
prepare a draft Project Completion Report based on IFAD’s Guidelines for Project Completion. IFAD
and the Government will then carry out a Project Completion Review based on the information in the
Project Completion Report and other data. This review is usually done during the intervening period of
project/loan closing date and project/loan ending date.
47. Case studies on project innovations and success stories74
: OPELIP will undertake case studies
of project innovations and success stories on regular basis and report them through Annual Progress
Report and in the India Country Newsletters. The project will also report them and communicate
through its IFADAsia webpage managed by IFAD.
10. Learning and Knowledge Management (KM)
48. Staffing: Learning and knowledge management would be key element of OPELIP. In
OPELIP, the M&E and KM functions are integrated via Manager (Planning, M&E, MIS and KM) under
the overall charge of Additional Project Director. While the KM functions in the project would be cross-
cutting and would be responsibility of every sector head and/or subject matter specialist in PMU, the
PM at MPA and team leader/coordinator of NGO would also be actively engaged to perform KM
activities of the project.
(a). Knowledge Management in OPELIP
49. OPELIP will prepare a Knowledge Management Strategy building on IFAD’s Knowledge
Management Strategy in the first year of project implementation. The staffs responsible for KM
activities would undergo training on KM; an outline of the training module will be provided in the PIM.
50. The project learning system would comprise of various activities relating to M&E and KM
functions. Some of these would include monthly, quarterly and annual review meetings; NGO review
meetings; capturing information on progress, lessons and finding solutions for implementation
74
IFAD’s Communication Division has brought out a guideline for preparing case studies in the field. This will be provided at the
time of start-up workshop.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 6: Monitoring and Evaluation and Knowledge Management
111
constraints. KM and lesson learning would be used as a tool for internal learning by project
stakeholders such as staff of various implementing agencies, participating villagers and farmers, both
women and men. This will involve a series of regular meetings at village/cluster, MPA and state
levels. At these meetings, progress of project activities will be reviewed and reasons for success and
failure identified. Participatory tools such as “most significant change”, “story telling” and
“participatory monitoring and evaluation” (PME) may be used at these meetings.
51. OPELIP will be encouraged to learn from KM culture and practices of OTELP (including use
of technical manuals prepared and tested by OTELP) and also participate in the Digital Green
programme or learn from it for amplification of knowledge through combination of technology and
social organisation for community transformation. Another approach in sharing knowledge are
"Learning Routes" - a continuous process of in-the-field training that seeks to broaden and diversify
the markets of rural technical services, placing special value on the best experiences and knowledge
of institutions, associations, communities and rural families. Each Route is organized thematically
around experiences, case studies and best practices on innovative rural and local development.
(b). Enhancing Use of Knowledge from M&E
52. In all IFAD-funded projects, each monitoring and evaluation activity has a purpose. The
significance of M&E in projects are critical; when done and used correctly, M&E contributes to
strengthening the basis for managing results, foster learning and generate knowledge for all the
stakeholders including IFAD, Government and Communities. Thus, knowledge gained from M&E is at
the core of IFAD-funded projects. IFAD and government will use and apply learning from M&E to
improve the overall performance and quality of results of ongoing and future projects and strategies.
M&E is now oriented to generating knowledge and learning. Projects are now designed with emphasis
not only on the inputs, outputs and processes but on development results as outcome. OPELIP would
use its M&E data and information for improved learning enhancing accountability of the project for
learning, use the knowledge and learning from M&E for project planning, implementation and
improved monitoring, and document innovations and success stories so as to contribute in the overall
local, national and global knowledge pool in development particularly in the areas of tribal
development and poverty eradication.
(c). Knowledge Products, Dissemination and Communication
53. OPELIP will endeavour developing various knowledge products depending on the target
audience and information needs. The knowledge products could be in the forms of publications,
documented case stories, photo documentation, videos, charts, manuals, etc. The M&E unit of
OPELIP will take lead in knowledge products development and dissemination by involving all subject
matter specialists in the project including providing capacity training on knowledge management as
appropriate. However, for meaningful learning and knowledge sharing, knowledge products should be
of quality with clearly identified audience and purpose. The characteristics of good knowledge
products75
have the following elements:
- Based on an assessment of needs and demand for the product among targeted users to ensure relevance, effectiveness, usefulness and value of the knowledge product.
- Designed for a specific audience, taking into consideration functional needs and technical levels.
- Relevant for decision-making needs. - Knowledge products brought out timely. - Written in clear and easily understandable language. - Data is presented in a clear and coherent manner; all data and information being from project
M&E without any bias, both successful and failure cases. - Knowledge products developed through participatory process and validated through quality
assurance processes with relevant stakeholders or peer reviewed appropriately.
75
Adopted from the “Handbook on Planning, Monitoring and Evaluating for Development Results”, UNDP, 2009
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 6: Monitoring and Evaluation and Knowledge Management
112
- The knowledge products should be easily accessible to the target audience through most effective and efficient means, and timely.
- Consistency in presentation of products to enhance visibility and learning.
54. Practical tips for developing knowledge products from project M&E and dissemination of the
products could include the following steps:
- Identify the target audiences and their information needs. - Collect and keep at hand the contact information of all key stakeholders. - Identify and determine the types of knowledge products to be developed (keep in mind the
availability of project resources for this purpose as also the capacity of the project to develop the knowledge products, directly or through outsourced).
- Select and determine types of knowledge products that meet the target audience’s information needs.
- Identify language requirements per product and audience. - Determine most likely efficient forms and dissemination methods for each knowledge product. - Monitor feedback and measure results of dissemination efforts as also quality of knowledge
products.
(c). Knowledge Sharing and Learning Culture
55. OPELIP will continuously endeavour to capture and disseminate lessons learned, successful
case studies and good practices. The project will adopt various knowledge sharing methods and tools
including designing and facilitating knowledge events such as meetings and workshops. Some of the -
practical approaches and strategies to knowledge sharing and learning culture as also methods and
tools would include:
- Building strong network by conducting periodic workshops/seminars/conferences on issues of tribal development and thematic areas of contemporary relevance.
- Conduct monthly/quarterly/half-yearly/yearly review meetings. - Developing skills and competencies of project staffs to improve human resources in the areas
of knowledge management. - Tailoring knowledge management activities closely to the needs of project staff and
stakeholders. - Developing and actively using project website, newsletter, etc. and contributing in the IFADAsia
website. - Adoption of specific knowledge sharing methodologies and tools
76 with capacity building
components, such as: Tools treasure hunt Video storytelling Speed sharing Chat show Jumpstart storytelling World Café Peer Assist
11. Institutional Mechanism and Terms of Reference of key M&E-KM Units
56. The institutional framework for M&E Unit at OPELIP with the responsibility of planning, M&E
and KM will have the following rough structures. While Project Director would have the overall
responsibility, the Additional Project Director would have direct functional responsibility and oversight
on the M&E-KM unit of the project. Learning from the OTELP experiences, the key M&E-KM staffs
would have the following tasks and responsibilities. This section may be read with the Terms of
Reference for Technical Assistance for M&E, RFP for baseline survey and training module for M&E
may be seen in the PIM.
76
Details are available at “Introducing Knowledge Sharing Methods and Tools: A Facilitator’s Guide” by Allison Hewlitt and
Lucie Lamoureux. IDRC-IFAD, 2010
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 6: Monitoring and Evaluation and Knowledge Management
113
Annex 1
OPELIP – M&E Matrix
Results Hierarchy Performance Questions Indicators Data to be collected Data Collection
Method
Respon-
sibility
Goal:
Improved living
conditions and reduced
poverty of the tribal
/PTGs communities
Has the living conditions of
communities improved?
-Stunting of children under 5 years of
age (target: 5% reduction)
-Underweight of children under 5 years
of age (target: 10% reduction)
-Household asset index (Target: 50%
increase after inflation adjustment)
Age, weight & height of children (both
boys and girls) of the age group 0-6
years
RIMS Anthropometric
Survey (Baseline, Mid
Term and End Term)
PMU
Project Development Objective:
Enable improved
livelihoods and food
security for PTG, other
poor tribal and SC
households
Has the livelihoods of
PTGs improved?
-Increase in income (target: 50%
increase after inflation adjustment).
-Improvement in food production by at
least 70% over current levels.
-Reduction in IMR and MMR (target : on
par with state average)
a. Income from all sources - agriculture,
forest, livestock, others
b. Literacy levels
c. IMR and MMR
Baseline survey and
Impact assessment
studies
RIMS Anthropometric
Survey (Baseline, Mid
Term and End Term)
PMU
Outcomes:
1. Strengthening PTG communities and non-PTG communities providing effective support to their members access to rural financial services enhanced
Has effective community
organizations mobilized?
Utilization of VDP allocation (target 75%
of VDCs utilizing 80% allocation)
VDP allocation and VDP utilization be
village
Baseline survey and
Impact assessment
studies
Project MIS
PMU
Has access to financial
services improved?
Improvement in access to financial
services (savings, credit, insurance, and
pension) by the PTG and Non PTG
households (target: 75% of SHGs with
regular savings and internal lending and
repayment rate of 75%)
a. No. of SHG members with regular
savings and internal lending.
b. Loan repayment rate of internal
lending by SHGs
Baseline survey and
Impact assessment
studies
Project MIS
PMU
Has the dependence on
local money lenders/
traders reduced over time?
Reduction in household indebtedness :
( target - 50% decline in indebtedness
from moneylender)
No. of households with loan from
money lenders and quantum of loan
Baseline survey and
Impact assessment
studies
Project MIS
PMU
2. Food and nutrition security situations improved
Has the food security and
nutrition security situation
improved?
-Land allocation to PTGs (target –
100% PTG households with one
standard acre of land).
-Increase in cropping intensity (target
a). No. of PTGs that have received land
title for revenue/forest land and extent
of land.
b). Cropping intensity of farmers in
Baseline survey and
Impact assessment
studies
Project MIS
PMU
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 6: Monitoring and Evaluation and Knowledge Management
114
. 50% increase in cropping intensity by
50% of the farmers)
3) Increase in agri-horticulture (target -
50% of the PTGs adopting agric-
horticulture)
programme villages.
c) No. of PTG households and extent of
land under agro-horticulture.
3. Diversification in sources of income.
Has the source of income
of PTGs diversified.
-Reduction in mortality of goats (target –
10% mortality)
-CSPs continue to be active after 6th
project year (target – 80% of the CSPs)
a. Mortality rate of goats in the
programme area.
b. No. of CSPs operating in the area
and charging service fee.
Baseline survey and
Impact assessment
studies
Project MIS
PMU
4. Community and social infrastructure improved.
Has the community
infrastructure status
improved in PTG villages?
-Village approach road improved
(target- 100% of villages with
connectivity to main road).
-Housing of PTGs with permanent roof
(target- 100% of PTGs with permanent
roof).
-Household with access to safe drinking
water (target- 100% of PTG households
with access to safe drinking water
a. No. of villages with connected to
main road.
b. No. of PTG households with
temporary roofs.
c. No. of PTG households with access
to safe drinking water.
Baseline survey and
Impact assessment
studies
Project MIS
PMU
Output:
1. Community Empowerment
Has the project been able
to develop the community
institutions/ organizations?
Has the project been able
to provide training and
exposures to the
community members and
their institutions?
-Community Organization formed by
type and category (VDC, SHG etc.)
-SHGs and GPLFs formed .
-CIF, DRF and VRF released to the
SHGs/GPRLF.
-Cumulative repayment/NPA of SHGs
and GPRLF
-No. of CRPs- Empowerment and CRP-
SHGs promoted
-No. of training programmes conducted:
(i) empowerment; and (ii) nutrition and
health.
a. No. of SHG, VDC, GPRLF formed. b. Type of ??? activity and amount spent
by village c. No. of members covered under these
institutions (gender disaggregated) d. Repayment rate/NPA of SNG and
GPLF lending. e. No. of recipient SHGs/GPLFs and
quantum of CIF, DRF and VRF released.
f. No. of CRPs (by type) promoted and trained.
g. No. persons trained by type of training.
h. No. of exposure visits and no. of persons.
Project MIS PMU/MPA
2. NRM and Livelihoods Enhancement:
Have the communities
prepared NRM plans and
implementing it?
-Land allocation to PTGs
-VDPs prepared and implemented.
-Cropping intensity and area under
cultivation of rice, pulses, oilseeds,
a. No. of PTG households and extent of land allocated by (i) homestead; (ii) revenue land; (ii) forest
b. Type of entry point activities
Project MIS PMU/MPA
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 6: Monitoring and Evaluation and Knowledge Management
115
Have the communities
increased agriculture and
horticulture production?
Have the communities
started alternative means
for livelihoods with
emphasis on nutrition
dense activities
vegetables and millets.
-Nutrition dense interventions
implemented and amount spent by village.
c. No. of village micro plans, plan outlay and utilization.
d. Area under cultivation and cropping intensity by crop (emphasis on nutrition sensitive crops).
e. New technologies introduced and no. of households practicing new technologies.
f. No. of village micro plans / VDLP implemented.
g. No. of households and extent of land under horticulture.
h. No. of seed banks/ grain banks promoted and functioning
i. No. of CSPs promoted by activity. j. No. of kitchen garden, backyard
poultry and goat units promoted. k. No. of producer collectives promoted. l. No. of NTFP marketing centres
established. m. No. of vocational training conducted. n. No. and type of activity for
strengthening PTG culture and tradition.
3. Community Infrastructure and Drudgery Reduction
Has the community
assessed and planned for
village infrastructure needs
for their village?
Time saved in collection of water
Qty of fire-wood saved
Enhanced income due to market access
Community infrastructure projects
planned and implemented by type
Community infrastructure projects
implemented directly by communities
Community collected contributions
(voluntary labour, etc.) for maintenance
of infrastructure.
a. No. and type of drinking water projects implemented.
b. No. of schools with toilets. c. Total km of CC road and access road. d. No. of people trained in improved HH
food processing /handling e. No. of post-harvest infrastructures
created f. No. of small scale irrigation structures
built g. No. of solar lights provided h. No. of smokeless chulas installed
Project MIS PMU/MPA
INDIA Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihood Improvement Programme Design Completion Report
Appendix 7: Financial management and disbursement arrangements
117
Annex 2: RIMS indicators for baseline, mid-term and end-line survey77
Indicators
Value at
Indicators
Value at
Baseline
(PY 1)
Mid-term
(PY 4)
End-
line
(PY 8)
Baseline
(PY 1)
Mid-
term
(PY 4)
End-
line
(PY 8)
Gender of household head Types of animals owned
Male headed households Households owning pigs
Women headed households Households owning cattle
Child malnutrition Households owning goats
Weight for age of children
under 5
Households owning chickens
Height for age of children
under 5
Sources of drinking water
Weight for height of children
under 5
Total households with safe
source of water
Piped into households
Piped into yard
Public tap
Tube-well
Literacy rate Protected dug well
Women’s literacy rate (age 15-
24)
Protected spring
Men’s literacy rate (age 15-24) Unprotected dug well
Unprotected spring
Flooring material in the
household
Pond, river or stream
Carpet
Cement Type of household sanitation
Ceramic Total households with safe
sanitation
Vinyl Flush toilet
Polished wood Pour/flush latrine
Palm/Bamboo Improved pit latrine
Wood planks Open pit latrine/traditional
latrine
Dung No facility/bush/field
Earth/sand
Asset Ownership
Cultivation Access to electricity
Households cultivating farmland Ownership of a radio
Households not cultivating
farmland
Ownership of a TV
Households cultivating with
power tillers
Ownership of a bicycle
Households cultivating with
animals
Ownership of a motorcycle
Households cultivating with
hand tools
Ownership of a vehicle
Type of fuel used for cooking
Firewood/straw
Electricity
77
While undertaking baseline survey, OPELIP may however wish to include other socio-economic indicators for inclusion in the
survey particularly keeping in mind the needs/requirements of the government. The questionnaire therefore needs to be
carefully developed. This is usually what might be called as “RIMs Plus” surveys. Additional indicators would be in respective
WPs.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 6: Monitoring and Evaluation and Knowledge Management
118
Appendix 7: Financial management and disbursement arrangements
1. An assessment of financial management (FM) capacity of the Micro Project Agencies (MPAs)
for the Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihood Improvement Programme was conducted during
the Formulation. Subsequent to the comments of Country Programme Management Team, Quality
Assurance Panel and Quality Enhancement Panel, the assessments and implementation
arrangements were revised or modified during Design Completion Mission.
1. Country Public Financial Management Performance Assessment
2. Public Expenditure and Financial Accountability (PEFA) Public Financial Management (PFM) Performance Assessment Report for India was conducted by National Institute of Public Finance and Policy in 2010 on the request of the World Bank. The objective of this PFM performance report is to assess the current status of the PFM system in India at the central government level. The coverage of the assessment was limited to the central government level and the State Governments were not covered under the study. The State Governments were mandated with substantial functional responsibilities involving both social and economic sectors. The study was a diagnostic assessment of the 28 high level indicators of the PEFA Performance Measurement Framework. The six critical dimensions of PFM performance assessment provided by the PEFA framework are credibility of the budget, comprehensiveness and transparency, policy-based budgeting, predictability and control in budget execution, accounting, recording and reporting, and external scrutiny and audit. 3. The major assessment of the study on each of these dimensions is below.
The higher expenditure out-turn as against the budget estimates, largely in the revenue expenditure rather than the capital expenditure, certainly adversely affects budget credibility, as it indicates poor planning and implementation of expenditures and non-regard for the sanctity of the budget estimates.
India has achieved a reasonably high level of fiscal transparency and the comprehensiveness of the fiscal information publicly available has improved in recent years. After the adoption of Fiscal Responsibility and Budget Management Act (FRBM), the government started presenting fiscal policy strategy documents and projected major fiscal indicators in the medium term.
A multi-year perspective in expenditure planning and budgeting has been lacking in India.
Recording and Management of Cash Balances, Debt and Guarantees by the government of India have improved significantly. India has also been able to comply with both IMF's Special Data Dissemination Standard (SDDS) and World Bank's Quarterly External Debt Statistics (QEDS).
Aggregate fiscal discipline, an elaborate expenditure control mechanism exists in India; debt strategy and debt management practices are reasonably well developed; Parliamentary control over budgetary practice and expenditure control is established following the Constitutional provisions.
Internal audit is conducted in a routine manner and the results of these in improving the financial management system are insignificant.
The Constitution of India has provided the Comptroller and Auditor General of India (CAG) as a high independent statutory authority. The Constitution prescribes exhaustive safeguards for the independent functioning of CAG. The range of audit performed by the CAG includes regularity (financial) audit, regularity (compliance) audit, IT audit and performance audit. The audit assists Parliament in exercising financial control over the executive to ensure that funds approved have been utilized with due regard to economy and efficiency.
4. State level: The Orissa General Financial Rules follows generally the provisions contained in
the General Financial Rules of the Government of India with some state specific modifications and
apply for the financial transactions of the State Government. The third edition of the OGFR (with
corrections up to 31st August 2000) is currently used. The Financial Rules describe primarily the
financial powers of different authorities subordinate to the State Government and the procedure
INDIA Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihood Improvement Programme Design Completion Report
Appendix 7: Financial management and disbursement arrangements
119
prescribed by the Governor which should be followed by them in the securing and spending of funds
necessary for the discharge of these functions entrusted to them. In the matter of receipt, custody and
disbursement of Government moneys, these rules are supplementary to the rules in the Orissa
Treasury Code and should be applied in conjunction with them.
5. Department of SC/ST Development is the Lead Department for implementing the OPELIP.
IFAD-assisted Odisha Tribal Empowerment and Livelihood Programme is also being implemented by
this department. This department is the nodal department for welfare and development of scheduled
castes and tribal communities. Besides the State funds, the Department also receives Tribal Sub Plan
funds, SCA to TSP funds and funds provided under Article 275 of the Constitution of India. Each of
these funds are provided by the Government of India to the State for specific implementation of
activities for the welfare of the SC/ST communities. The quantum of these funds is determined by the
percentage of SC/ST population to the total population. OPELIP will be implemented through 17 Micro
Project Agencies.
6. The Lead Programme Agency for implementation of OPELIP will be the Programme
Management Unit housed in the SC/ST Development Department. The PMU will be established after
the effectiveness of the IFAD assisted Programme. As such the Financial Management Assessment
of the LPA could not be performed. An assessment of the implementation agencies have been carried
out and based on the assessment and review, implementation arrangements are recommended.
2. Assessment of Project Implementation Agency
7. The programme will be implemented in 17 Micro Project areas covering 12 districts of the State.
There are 17 separate Micro Project Agencies, registered as Societies. Initially the Societies were
established from 1978-79 and some of them subsequently in mid 1980s and early 1990s. The Staff
positions in these Societies are sparse and only clerical staffs undertakes the recording of financial
transactions. The Society is governed by a Governing Body chaired by the Collector of the District and
Vice-Chairperson is the Project Administrator of the Integrated Tribal Development Agency (ITDA).
The Special Officer is the Member Secretary of the Governing Body. The Micro projects are
functioning under the administrative control of Commissioner-cum-Secretary, SCSTDD.
8. Performance audit of the Micro Project Agencies by the C&AG for the year ending 31st March
2009 indicates the following:
i) There were huge differences between the Perspective Plan and CCD projections, Annual
Action Plan approved and the funds received.
ii) Even the reduced funding received by the Micro Project agencies was not fully spent.
iii) Perspective Plan of 2002-07 excluded 4241 PTG households of Hill Khadia and
Mankirdia and Lanjia Soura PTGs from the purview of developmental planning
iv) Non-submission of Utilisation Certificates for the Grants-in-Aid received.
v) Scheme / programmes included in the AAPs of the micro projects were not PTG-specific but were similar to those implemented for development of STs. No specific importance was given for framing and implementing schemes/programme/activities that are required to augment traditional sources of income and skills of PTGs.
vi) In spite of 80 per cent spending, the physical achievement in all the components fell short by 15 to 76 per cent.
vii) Non-availability of sufficient technical manpower.
9. While the PMU will take advantage of the existing skills and experience of the OTELP PMU,
major control risks are identified in the 17 micro-project agencies where the project’s PIUs will be
established. Main issues are summarized as follows:
There is no dedicated finance staff in any of the Micro projects and only a Junior Clerk/Senior Clerk is available for accounting and record keeping with no computer literacy.
Micro projects maintain only very few accounts, manage multiple bank accounts without any reliable control in place
Due to lack of staff, segregation of duties is not applied
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 6: Monitoring and Evaluation and Knowledge Management
120
The stock registers, asset registers and financial records are not maintained or kept updated
The turnover of the staff is very high. Except the Clerk, the other staff are transferred within a year.
Instead of audit by a Chartered Accountant (as per the Memorandum of Association of the Society), only Departmental Internal Audit is carried out. The frequency of the Departmental audit is once in three years.
No financial statements are prepared, except funds allotted, available opening balance, expenditure for the period and the closing balance. No expenditure analysis in relation to the physical achievements is done.
There is an alarming pendency of audit observations yet to be settled. On an average, each of the micro project has more than 300 unsettled audit observations from 1979-80 onwards. No effective follow up to settle these are done. The alarming rate of pendency is highlighted in the Departmental Audit Reports as well as in the C&AG Audit Reports.
10. The overall project control risks before mitigation actions are rated as High.The analysis of the
risks identified and their mitigation measures are indicated below:
Risk category Initial FM risk rating (H/M/L) Proposed risk mitigation measures Residual risk rating (H/M/L)
Inherent Risks
1. Entity Level There are multiple entities at different geographic and remote locations.
H The entities’ roles and responsibilities has been included in the Programme design. There will be NGO partners to assist the MPAs in implementation of activities. PMU will have continuous oversight functions. The reporting from the different locations will be done through V-SAT facilities.
M
2. Project Level As the PMU, OPELIP is a newly established entity, financial management procedures, internal control systems have to be designed.
H
SCSTDD will engage a qualified Chartered Accountant firm prior to entry into force to prepare the Finance Manual setting up the chart of accounts, formats, standard operational procedures for recording and reconciling financial transactions and also conduct trainings on these to the staff. The manual will be incorporated into the Programme Implementation Manual. The PIM should be approved by IFAD.
M
Control Risks
Staffing The project management lack sufficient financial management capacity to perform the necessary FM functions.
H
PMU OPELIP will recruit qualified finance staff with clear terms of reference from open market or existing government staff on deputation for the PMU and ensure that the tenure of the government staff should be at least for two year period. Through TA for preparation of finance manual and training, the capacities of PMU and MPA accounts staff will be built. IFAD will also provide capacity building and support during start-up and later.
L
Budgeting Lack of a comprehensive budget formulation and less than satisfactory execution
M An annual work plan and budget will be prepared by each Micro projects and the financial budgets will be linked to physical outputs. This will provide a consolidated projection for each programme year and all sources of funding to undertake the activities will be indicated. PMU OPELIP will consolidate the annual plans and submit to IFAD for comments. The approved annual work plan will also be used as a management tool to identify the bottlenecks in implementation. The monthly financial reporting of the implementing units will be used for variance analysis and corrective measures.
L
Funds flow & Disbursement Arrangements
M For OPELIP, separate bank accounts and Books of Accounts will be opened fresh for each of the funding sources. IFAD financing to OPELIP will flow through the Designated Account to Ministry of Finance and then to Government of Odisha. Government of Odisha pre-finances the programme expenditures as per the approved AWPB. PMU, in turn transfer funds to implementing units on quarterly basis. Disbursement arrangements will be similar to other India
L
INDIA Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihood Improvement Programme Design Completion Report
Appendix 7: Financial management and disbursement arrangements
121
projects.
Internal Controls H Currently, at micro project level number and skill of staff are very limited. In order to address the constraint and set-up correct segregation of duties, micro project offices will be reinforced with additional skilled staff which will be duly trained. The PIM will be prepared in a manner to become a useful reference guide for the discharge of the finance function
M
Accounting
H
Limited available human resources skilled for the finance function at micro project entity level due to the remote location of the agencies represent a serious constraint. At the MPA level, accounting software will be introduced and only Cash book, Vouchers, Advances Register and Bank reconciliation will be done. Using the software, PMU would synchronise the transactions into financier-wise, component/sub-component and category wise details. PMU will prepare a code-based activity list so that errors are minimised.
M
Financial Reporting and Monitoring
H
Limited available human resources skilled for the finance function at micro project entity level due to the remote location of the agencies represent a serious constraint. As explained above, only basic accounting based on codes will be done at MPA level. PMU using the accounting software further customised to generate IFAD specific report and financial statements will have the responsibility for financial reporting and monitoring. PMU will be strengthened with additional accounting staff for these tasks.
M
Internal Audit
H
Internal Audit will be undertaken for every quarter by a Chartered Accountant firm, engaged annually by PMU.
L
Audit No effective follow-up and settlement of audit observations. Frequency of the audit is not annual
H Government of Odisha will provide an assurance that for OPELIP efficient and effective financial reporting and audit arrangements will be made. While pending audit observations and objected expenditure are outside the ambit of IFAD financing, Government of Odisha will complete the audit of all the MPAs up to 2013-14 before Loan Negotiations and submit an Action Plan to resolve the pending observations by January 2015. .
M
Overall Project Fiduciary Risk
H M
H=High, M=Medium, L= Low
3. Summary of Risk Assessment
11. ST&SCDD is currently executing the OTELP project since 2004. In the last few years, OTELP
has been rated as high/medium risk from a fiduciary point of view. Starting 2010 IFAD supported very
much the enhancement of the FM function and currently OTELP has acceptable FM arrangements in
place. OPELIP PMU will benefit from the support of OTELP PMU which will facilitate establishment
and operations of the new PMU office. The main challenge is represented by the use of the 17 micro-
project agencies as OPELIP operational branches. Main weaknesses to be addressed are related to
number and skills of staff, internal control mechanisms in place, accounting and financial reporting,
audit.
12. In order to address these serious weaknesses, the entire financial management practices and
procedures of OPELIP will have to be laid out clearly disclosing PIUs staffing needs and roles,
establishing proper maintenance of accounts, monitoring and review of the financial achievements
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 6: Monitoring and Evaluation and Knowledge Management
122
against the budget projections, internal controls, internal audit, capacity building of finance staff,
financial reporting and external audit by a chartered accountant firm.
13. The overall risk rating assigned at this stage is high before any mitigation measures are put in
place; it decreases to medium with the application of basic FM practices. Practical risk mitigation
measures are described in detail above.
4. Programme financing
14. The total programme cost over eight years has been estimated at INR 7,955.77 million (USD
130.42 million). IFAD will contribute about USD 51.5 million.78
The rest will have to come from GoO in
the form of (i) resources allocated under Article 275 (1), (ii) SCA to TSP; (iii) Conservation-cum-
development (CCD) and other funds from convergence. The beneficiaries are expected to contribute
INR 183 million (USD 3.0 million) mainly as contribution to land and water management sub-
component and livelihood sub-plan implementation. Detailed cost estimates are given in WP-9.
5. Implementation arrangements
(a). Fund flow arrangements
15. IFAD financing to the Programme will be routed through a Designated Account denominated in
United States Dollars maintained at the Reserve Bank of India. Controller of Aid, Accounts and Audit,
DEA, Ministry of Finance will administer the Designated Account. IFAD will establish an Authorised
Allocation for initial advance. Once the Programme enters into force, on the request of CAA&A, IFAD
will disburse initial deposit up to the authorised allocation to the Designated Account. The initial
deposit will be recovered as per the policy indicated in the Loan Disbursement Handbook. It is
recommended that the Authorised Allocation may be established at USD 3 Million. However, the
quantum is subject to the agreement of both Government of India and Government of Odisha at Loan
Negotiations, as this will count for the payment of service charge. The methods of disbursement and
the formats for submission of the withdrawal applications will be detailed in the Letter to the Borrower
and the Loan Disbursement Handbook to be provided to the Government of Odisha after the
Programme enters into force.
16. Government of India will pass on the IFAD financing to the State under the back-to-back
arrangement, i.e. on the same terms of financing agreed with IFAD. The project is financed through
blend terms, and shall be subject to interest on the principal amount outstanding at a fixed rate of
1.25% per annum, a service charge of 0.75% and shall have a maturity period of 25 years, including a
grace period of five years. The repayment of the principal and interest, service charges of the
financing will be borne by the Government of Odisha including the foreign exchange risks. However,
Government of India through the office of CAA&A will execute the repayments as per the amortisation
schedule agreed during the Loan Negotiations and as per the national systems adjust the repayments
with the State Government.
17. It is to be noted that IFAD financing will be denominated in Special Drawing Rights. Total
project costs including government contributions will be indicated in the operational currency of United
States Dollars and in Indian Rupee based on the exchange rate at the time of Design Completion
Mission. Depending on the foreign exchange rate fluctuations, the Indian Rupee equivalent of IFAD
Financing and Government counterpart contributions may increase or decrease. The increase or
decrease of INR equivalent financing will be adjusted during the Mid Term Review of the Programme.
During Loan Negotiations also this fact will be stressed for the understanding of the Government of
Odisha so that the project costs are capped at INR level.
78
Exchange rate of USD 1 =INR 61
INDIA Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihood Improvement Programme Design Completion Report
Appendix 7: Financial management and disbursement arrangements
123
Funds Flow Chart
IFAD
CAA&A, MoF
(Designated
Account)
GoO
STSCDD
PMU
OPELIP
Micro-project
Agencies
STSCDD
Other
Programme
Parties
Fund flow
Financial Reporting
Funds Flow and Financial Reporting Arrangements under OPELIP
18. The SCSTDD, Government
of Odisha (SC/ST Development
Department) will transfer the
funds including its counterpart
funding as per the approved
Annual Work Plan & Budget to
the Project Management Unit for
OPELIP as per the State
procedures. The funds from
Tribal Sub-Plan, SCA to TSP and
Article 275 of the Constitution and
the State funds will comprise the
Government funding. The
Government of Odisha will pre-
finance the projected
expenditures of the programme
and when the expenditures are reported to IFAD as per the formats and thresholds agreed, IFAD
financing will flow to the Government. The funds received from the Government of Odisha will be kept
in a Project Accounts at PMU level and at the Micro Project Level. The funds received from the
Government by the PMU OPELIP will not lapse at the end of the fiscal year by a separate
Government Order. To establish the trail of IFAD financing, the Government of Odisha (SCSTDD)
should specify the quantum of each of the funding sources and IFAD financing in each of the
transfers.
(b). Customised Bank Application Software
19. A review of the Customised Bank Application Software, developed by National Informatics
Centre, Odisha and implemented through Axis Bank by Odisha Model Tribal Education Society
(OMTES) was conducted during design completion. The features of this pilot software are: (i)
Allotment of funds is done based on the approved budget and allocated per component and sub-
components (ii) Two levels – initiator and authoriser with separate passwords (iii) When the
transaction is approved, cheques are printed locally with numbered stationery provided by the bank
(iv) The funds maintained in one bank account in Bhubaneswar (iv) Provides real time information on
the transaction.
20. CBA is only a payment monitoring software and does not maintain books of accounts. The
books of accounts have to be maintained in accounting software (like Tally). Also CBA handles only
one financier (Government funds). The advances are not separately dealt with (payment and
liquidation). For generation of financial statements, accounting software needs to be used. In effect
two types of software in conjunction have to be used, which would be difficult and increase the
workload. Under OPELIP, there are multiple sources of funding and particularly in IFAD financing and
government counterpart funding are mixed. In view of complexity of the financing pattern and
activities, fund flow to community organizations, skill level at the MPA level, etc., the CBA is not
recommended for implementation under OPELIP.
21. Accounting Software The financial accounting of the OPELIP will be done through a
computerised accounting software (like Tally) at all levels, which will be customised as per pre-
assigned numeric codes linked to the Component, Sub-Component, Loan Categories and funding
sources to generate financial reports for the Government of Odisha and IFAD specific reporting. The
customisation should be in such a way that component, sub-component, category and each of the
funding sources to be collated through the software. Also necessary control features should be
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 6: Monitoring and Evaluation and Knowledge Management
124
enabled. Considering the skill level at MPA, the software will only have budget projections
(component, sub-component, activity and financier), cash book for each of the financiers, advances
and assets linked to cash book and bank reconciliation. PMU, OPELIP will consolidate the
expenditure data using synchronisation feature of the software will generate financial statements and
other reporting and also prepare MPA-wise reporting.
22. Disbursement The disbursement of IFAD financing will have (i) Advance payment to
Designated Account (ii) Reimbursement of Government financed expenditure (iii) Direct Payment to
the vendors of services and equipments/materials. The disbursement will be under two types (i)
Statement of Expenditure and (ii) Documented Claim. In line with ‘Medium risk’ identified in the Risk
Assessment, the recommended SoE threshold will be USD 50,000 for payment of eligible
expenditure. Any single payment exceeding USD 50,000 will be submitted through documented
procedures. The procedures for SoE and other disbursement methods will be as per the Loan
Disbursement Handbook and the Letter to the Borrower. IFAD will follow the Risk Based
Disbursement procedures for each of the withdrawal application submitted.
23. The categories of disbursement in Schedule 2 of the Project Financing Agreement is
established in line with IFAD new Loan and Grants System. The categories proposed are Works,
Goods, Supplies and Inputs, Grants and Subsidies, Training, Salaries and allowances, Operating
Costs. Each of the component expenditure according to the disbursement accounts in COSTAB will
be grouped together in the Categories. IFAD financing for eligible expenditure will be indicated as a
percentage. The recommended percentages are indicated in the Working Paper on Project Costs.
There will also be an Unallocated Category, which could be used to reallocate the funds among the
categories, either at mid term review or when some of the categories have reached the maximum
disbursement limit.
(c). Financial Management
24. In PMU, the finance staff will comprise a Finance Manager and two Accounts Assistants. In the
MPAs one accountant will be appointed. All the position will have clear job descriptions outlining
duties and responsibilities.
25. Budgeting. During the programme implementation, the PMU, OPELIP will prepare its AWPB
and consolidated financial projections to the PMC for approval. The individual MPA AWPBs will be
annexed and only the financial projections will be consolidated. After PMC approval, STSCDD will
incorporate the budget approved net of beneficiary contribution and other funds from the Government
of India as a line item in its budget for legislative sanction. STSCDD will also submit the AWPB for the
funds from the Government of India to the Ministry of Tribal Affairs for accessing the funds at least 2
months before the start of the programme year. Once approved, the annual budget shall be input in
Tally, managed and monitored using the software. The funds will be transferred to the PMU on non-
lapsable basis and the funds for implementation of planned activities will be transferred to the Micro
Project agencies as Grant-in-Aid. While transferring the Grant, details of the share of each of the
funds to be specified, for effective tracking of utilisation. PMU, OPELIP will adopt a sound fund
management practices so that adequate funding is available to the Micro Project agencies for each
quarter.
26. Internal controls. Procedures and record maintenance at the Micro Project agencies have to
be significantly strengthened by addressing the issues of non-availability of skilled finance staff,
setting up of internal controls, setting up of effective monitoring and review, introduction of accounting
software, preparation of a Finance Manual with guidance notes and above all capacity building of the
finance staff. As preparation of the finance manual is a pre-requisite for sound financial management,
a Chartered Accountant firm or Accounting Consultancy firm should be engaged. The cost of
engaging the services will be included in the retroactive financing. The system of joint signatory for
operating the bank accounts or appropriate authorization processes will have to be introduced.
Besides the Special Officer, the other signatory could be the Programme Manager or other staff
identified by the Government of Odisha. .
INDIA Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihood Improvement Programme Design Completion Report
Appendix 7: Financial management and disbursement arrangements
125
27. Accounting systems, policies, procedures and financial reporting. PMU and each of the
MPAs will open separate bank accounts to receive OPELIP programme funds and maintain separate
books of accounts for each of the financier. Each Micro Project agencies will submit the Monthly
Progress Report to the PMU electronically. For the communication and data transfer purposes, VSAT
facilities are planned, which would enable data consolidation by PMU at Bhubaneswar. PMU will
prepare annual consolidated financial statements including data provided by the MPAs. The
accounting will be done on cash basis. The financial reporting formats will be included in the Finance
Manual, which will form part of the Programme Implementation Manual.
28. Internal Audit. An internal auditor will be engaged to provide continuous monitoring and review
of the financial systems and procedures. The internal auditor will be engaged immediately after the
Programme enters into force. The internal auditor will submit quarterly reports and one consolidated
report at the end of the fiscal year. The Internal Auditor will report directly to the Project Director,
OPELIP. The observations and recommendations of the internal auditor and the action taken report
on the recommendations should be informed to PMC at each of its meetings. IFAD Supervision
Missions and Implementation Support Missions will also review the compliance to the internal audit
observations.
29. External Audit. The external auditing arrangements for OPELIP will be established in two tiers
– (i) Independent External Auditor, (ii) Compliance and Performance Audit of the Office of C&AG. As
the PMU OPELIP will be a part of the STSCDD, Office of the Comptroller & Auditor General will
undertake Compliance and Performance Audit of the Department. However, due to heavy work load
of C&AG the timeline for submission of audit report to IFAD may not be ensured. In view of this it is
recommended that the financial statements of the projects be audited by private Chartered
Accountant using standards generally accepted in the country and prescribed by ICAI. The
independent auditor will review and follow-up on the recommendations/remedial measures prescribed
by the previous Departmental Audit/CAG audit. The audit of the project will be done as per the IFAD
Project Audit Guidelines in force. The audit report along with the Project Financial Statements and
other opinions of the Auditor should be submitted to IFAD within 6 months of the end of the financial
year, i.e. by 30th September every year.
30. Taxes: OPELIP will be implemented in wide geographical area; some of them are very remote.
Except the expenditure on items which are procured from big suppliers/service providers, the other
expenditure is on Maximum Retail Price which includes taxes. Excluding taxes from eligible
expenditures for small payments places a real administrative and accounting burden for the
implementing agencies. IBRD following a country-specific assessment allows financing for taxes that
are not ‘excessive, discriminatory or otherwise unreasonable. Under current financing pattern, IFAD
will not reimburse 100% of eligible expenditure and the Government counterpart contribution for
eligible expenditure will be much higher than the current tax rates.
31. Retro-active financing: With a view to ensuring that the OPELIP start up proceeds smooth,
preparatory activities are proposed to be undertaken between April 2014 and date of entry into force
and accordingly the facilities for retro-active financing have been requested by the GoO. These
proposed expenditures will fall under three expenditure categories, namely (i) Goods, services and
inputs (ii) Training and capacity building; and (iii) Salary and allowances. The estimated total
expenditure is USD 534,800 and eligible IFAD financing will be of about USD 406,240. The details
and amount of retroactive financing will be indicated in the Financing Agreement. The retroactive
financing, initially pre-financed by Government of Odisha from its resources and will be eligible for
reimbursement after the Programme enters into force.
6. Key issues and agreements
32. Prior to entry into force of the programme, STSCDD should provide to IFAD duly certified
copies of closing balances of all cash books and all bank accounts being maintained for government
funds along with certified bank statements of each bank accounts of each MPA as on 31 March 2015.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 6: Monitoring and Evaluation and Knowledge Management
126
33. PMU OPELIP will engage a Chartered Accountant firm or Accounting Consultancy firm to
prepare the finance manual including the accounting standards, formats and also train the Finance
Staff on the financial management practices and procedures. The cost of this engagement is included
in the retroactive financing.
34. Government of Odisha will complete the audit of all the MPAs up to 2013-14 before Loan
Negotiations and submit an Action Plan to resolve the pending observations by January 2015
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 8: Procurement
127
Appendix 8: Procurement
1. Country Level Procurement Framework
1. In India, there is no law exclusively governing public procurement of goods by the departments and ministries at the Central level or at the State level. Rules and directives in this regard provided in the General Financial Rules (GFR). An important number of instructions, issued by the Central Vigilance Commission (CVC), supplement these regulations. No central authority exists that is exclusively responsible for defining procurement policies, overseeing compliance and grievance redressal systems. A limited control and oversight functions are exercised by the Comptroller and Auditor General and the Central Vigilance Commission. As per the rules and procedures on procurement stipulated in the GFR the Departments have been delegated full powers to make their own arrangements for procurement of goods and each of the Department has issued office orders to define the process. In the Government departments, no dedicated staff available with procurement skills. In the absence of required procurement expertise, a Department can procure goods through the Central Purchase Organization, Directorate General of Supplies and Disposals (DGS&D). Tenders for contracts above a threshold size are issued and are reported by the respective departments. While the advertisements for procurement for goods, works and services are published, the data on actual procurement and the award of the contracts by the Departments are not publicly available.
2. A complaint mechanism to address protests/grievances redressal does not exist. The contract provisions provide for dispute resolution through mutual consultation for the contracts awarded. In case the mutual consultation is not successful, the affected party (usually the contract winner) can initiate arbitration under Indian Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 to settle the disputes and/or differences. The option for complaint/protest available to the unsuccessful bidders is usually to approach the judiciary. However, considering the backlog of cases at the lower level civil courts and higher judiciary, the costs/time delays are not proportional to the value of the contract. Hence, protests/complaints are taken to the judiciary only in cases of large contracts.
3. While the procurement of goods and works have been generally done by the Government departments over the years, the procurement of consultancy services are new to government departments. As the consultancy services are knowledge-based, the Government departments find it extremely difficult to precisely prepare the terms of reference, deliverables, monitoring formats and contract management.
4. The Public Procurement Bill, which aims to provide the legal framework for the processes of public procurement, has been introduced in the Parliament, but it is yet to be approved by the Parliament. With the end of the 13
thLok Sabha, this Bill will have to be reintroduced in the next Lok
Sabha when reconstituted.
2. State Level Procurement Framework
5. Government of Odisha has issued OM No.42280/F Codes 27/11 dated 26th September 2011
on the guidelines for engagement of consultants and outsourcing of services. It had also issued OM No.4939/F Codes 27/11 dated 13
th February 2012 for procurement of goods. Pending revision of
Odisha General Financial Rules, 2005 these guidelines were issued to lay down the detailed instructions. These instructions are to be followed in conjunction with the provisions of Manuals issued by the Department of Expenditure, Ministry of Finance However, procurement of goods for Externally Aided Projects funded by loan or grant from bilateral/ multilateral donor agencies would be guided by the procurement procedures envisaged in the respective loan/ credit agreement.
6. The Manuals issued by the Department of Expenditure, Ministry of Finance contain detailed instructions and Standard Bidding Documents which could be adopted with required modifications. The Manual of engagement of consultants specify the selection methods with thresholds. Any procurement above the threshold of INR 1.0 Million has to be advertised except on single source selection.
7. These guidelines and manuals are mainly for the procurement under Government Departments. It does not have the Community Procurement guidelines.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 8: Procurement
128
8. The Civil works in Government of Odisha is regulated by Odisha Public Works Department Code (Vol.I& II), 2013. Detailed instructions on the administrative powers at each level for approval and undertaking works are indicated; though no standard bidding documents are not prescribed. Each department will have to prepare the tender documents as per their specifications and nature of the works.
9. E-Procurement Government of Odisha vide FA.R.3/08-1027/W., dated 24th January 2009
has issued guidelines/procedure to be followed in introduction of e-procurement in Government of Odisha. All tenders for civil works above INR 2 million to be hosted in the e-Procurement portal (https://tendersorissa.gov.in). E-procurement has been fully applicable in four major Engineering Departments, Works, Rural Development Department, Water Resources and Housing & Urban Development. A State Procurement Cell in Works Department with the Engineer-in-Chief (Civil) as the Chief Procurement Officer. Under the system, the prospective contractors, using DSC will have to register with the portal and fill up the protected tender document. The securities for the bid will be mailed separately to the tender inviting authority. For evaluation of the bids, the submitted bid documents will have to be downloaded and printed.
3. Key lessons on procurement in IFAD Country Portfolio
10. Performance ratings of IFAD Projects in India identify significant weaknesses in the project compliances of procurement performance primarily associated with non-compliances and weaknesses in the preparation of bid documentation, technical specifications, evaluation of bids, contract management and performance assessments. These weaknesses are further aggravated due to lack of adequate qualified and trained procurement staff in the programme management units and weakness in procurement record keeping. As the projects/programmes are mainly rural development in nature being implemented in remote and inaccessible areas, the size of the procurement is small except engagement of NGOs, vehicles. Civil works are for construction of small buildings and facilities.
11. Under OTELP, the procurement of goods and consultancy services follow IFAD Procurement Guidelines and community procurement guidelines. As the implementation was mainly through community based institutions for very small amounts, only local shopping or direct contracting methods were used. In the case of PMU and ITDA procurement, the value of the procurement is small. The performance rating of procurement for OTELP was moderately satisfactory.
4. Procurement assessment of Micro Project Agencies
12. Micro project agencies’ procurement involves civil works (small connecting roads, buildings for school complex, multipurpose community centres, etc) and procurement of materials of seeds, planting materials, vehicle hire, etc. Seeds and planting materials are sourced from the Government agencies; hence no competitive bidding was undertaken. Works with the value of less than INR 500,000 are executed departmentally with a mix of Force Account and community participation. The materials are sourced by the Micro project as per the district level rate contract and execution is done by the communities with the supervision of the Junior Engineer. Any works above the estimated cost of INR 50,000 is advertised. For works, technical approval up to INR 500,000 is provided by the Assistant Engineer and technical sanction any works beyond INR 500,000 is provided by the Executive Engineer and administrative approval is provided by the District Collector.
13. Micro project agencies lack qualified staff to undertake the procurement. The Junior Engineers are contractual staff, most of the time, with less than one year of experience. The turnover of the engineers is also very high leading to delay in timely execution of works. In many cases, the proper processes are not followed. The quality of construction is not monitored and reviewed by the Special Officers. Many of the audit observations relate to civil works done departmentally and the difference between the rate in original administrative approval and the rate in works bills. As per the norms, the bill for payment should be verified and countersigned by both the Junior Engineer and the Asst. Engineer of the district. But in practice, only a sample of works is verified by the AE.
14. It is a fact that the staff in the micro project agencies is not exposed to the principles of the procurement and no capacity building activities were undertaken to build their skill sets. Frequent turnover of Special Officer and the Junior Engineer impacts negatively on the procurement.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 8: Procurement
129
5. Procurement arrangements under OPELIP
15. Procurement. Procurement of goods, works and services under OPELIP financed from resources provided or administered by IFAD will be undertaken in accordance with IFAD’s Procurement Guidelines and Handbook (dated September 2010) and as amended from time to time as an exception to the provisions of the General Conditions.
16. National Competitive Bidding, Shopping and Direct Contracting. Goods and Civil works a procured using NCB, Shopping and Direct Contracting will follow the procedures and processes defined in the Project Implementation Manual approved by Project Steering Committee and the IFAD. The PIM shall also include details of selection method to be applied in case of consultancies and services such as Quality and Cost Based Selection, Fixed Budget Selection, Least Cost Selection, Consultants Qualification Selection and Single Source Selection.
17. The procedures would be adapted and adopted in accordance with the provisions of IFAD Procurement Guidelines and the Procurement Handbook with the following emphasis to mitigate risk ensuring compliance to the provisions of the Procurement Guidelines:
(i) Registration of Bidders: registration previous to bidding as a due diligence
process for screening bidders legal and fiscal capacity. It is also usual to use
registration as a means for prequalification, especially for civil works and in some
cases service providers.
(ii) Open Bid National/Local Competitive Bidding: The Project will impose through
the Project Implementation Manual (PIM) the use of well-formulated bidding
documents which will result in bid submissions that are free from qualifications.
The PIM would expand and articulate the following rules and procedures for the
implementation of OPELIP:
(iii) Effective Advertisement. Advertisement should be broad enough (using the
appropriate media), giving enough time to bidders for preparing their bid. To the
extent possible, bidding opportunities should also be advertised electronically. The
minimum requirement should be: (i) Mandatory publication in one local newspaper
in addition to the official gazette (if existent); (ii) Web-page: if the borrower (or the
Country) has a web-page, all bidding opportunities should be advertised; (iii)
advertisement in United Nations Development Business or other electronic means
such as the Odisha Government e-Procurement systems as applicable.
(iv) Eligibility. Eligibility criteria and procedures should not deny bidders access to a
bidding process or an award for reasons which are not related to their qualification
to carry out the contract. Consequently the procedures should: (i) Be based on the
ability of bidders to carry out the contract and should not include additional
restrictions (not related to such ability); (ii) No restrictions to foreign bidders; (iii)
Local blacklisting for fraud and corruption carried out with due process and with
rights for accused firms to defend themselves.
(v) Qualification of Bidders. The procedures should define post qualification as the
preferred rule. Prequalification should be restricted to civil works especially for
large or complex contracts or for special cases with due justification. The review of
bidders’ qualification should be conducted by examining whether the bidder does
or does not meet qualification criteria and not by using a point system reflecting
the bidders’ qualification. Conducting a pre-selection instead of a pre-qualification
should not be accepted, i.e., pre-qualification means that all candidates who have
been determined to be qualified should be invited to bid whereas pre-selection
means that the government agency is free to invite any of those candidates but
does not have to invite all of them. No bidder should be disqualified due to
bureaucratic or non-substantial reasons.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 8: Procurement
130
(vi) Standard Bidding Documents & Standard Contract: Standard Bidding
Documents are of paramount importance for transparency, speed of the process,
increase competition and creation of capacity (standardization of procedures). The
SBD to be used in all local open bidding processes would be described in the PIM
and it should include: (i).Time to submit bid: minimum 30 days; (ii). Bids may be
submitted by post or by hand; (iii) Budget: could be disclosed (if local legislation so
requires); (iv). Clear instructions on how to buy bidding documents indicating
address and price to buy the bidding documents. However, bidders who decide to
submit a bid without having bought the bidding documents should not be
disqualified, submitting their bids under their own risk; (v) Clarifications to bidding
documents should be in writing only; (vi) Amendments to bidding documents
should be advertised with the same procedure used for advertisement of bidding
documents; (vii) Number of Envelopes: use the same procedure for NCB (one
envelope); (viii) Evaluation Criteria: the bid evaluation criteria should be non-
discriminatory. It should be disclosed and rigorously quantified in monetary terms
to define the “lowest evaluated bidder”. This allows to indisputably identify the
lowest evaluated responsive bid. Quantifying bid evaluation criteria in monetary
terms is the only method that leads to transparent evaluation and that allows
bidders to submit an effective protest to the awarding authority.
(vii) Language (bidding documents and contract). The language of commercial use
in the country.
(viii) Bid Prices (and Payments): The PIM should define in the bidding documents, the
price (and payments) conditions: (i) the local (or any internationally used) currency
could be used; (ii) for countries with high inflation all contracts should have price
adjustment; (iii) for countries with stable currency, price adjustment should be
included for contracts longer than 12 months; (iv) the method of payment should
be defined in the bidding document; (v) the currency of payment should be the
same of the bid prices; (vi) the employer should automatically pay interest for late
payments; (vii) price adjustment formulas should not be used in bid evaluation.
(ix) Bid & Performance security: The PIM would prescribe the generally accepted
practice used in the local market (securities issued by banks or by sureties).
Alternative methods (like automatic penalty to bidders failing to honour a bid) in
lieu of bid securities could be accepted. Retention of payment could also be used
instead of performance security.
(x) Through an effective mechanism to submit protests pertaining to contract award.
More generally, the private partner in a government contract must be proactive in
implementing competitive mechanisms and, in fact, should be a guardian of those
mechanisms exactly in the same manner as government agencies. The goal in the
protest handling system should be:
- Complaints should be accepted at any time. Those received before bids are
submitted should be addressed before bid opening. All others should be taken
into account but the response should be announced only after award is
recommended.
- The PIM would outline an administrative process for dealing with complaints
including an independent reviewer for the answers provided by the procuring
entity
- The protests should be submitted to an independent entity and not simply to
the supervisor of the contracting agency. Specifically, tender committees, which
are the arm of the government, can only carry administrative reviews. Their
membership does not allow for arbitration or quasi-arbitration of the dispute and
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 8: Procurement
131
therefore an independent protest mechanism should be provided in order to
review award disputes before the contract award is final;
- When protests are submitted before award they may lead to revisit the award of
the contract; when protests are submitted after the award, their only
consequence should be the bidder’s entitlement to compensatory damages for
the cost of bid preparation.
- Contracts should include a system for settlement of disputes. The use of a
Dispute Resolution board should be encouraged before disputes be submitted
to arbitration or to courts.
(xi) Bid Opening. Public bid opening of all bids, and recording of the opening in
minutes signed by all bidders in attendance is required. In addition:
- Late Bids should be rejected
- Procedures for bid opening should be the same as those used for ICB.
- Minutes should follow the same procedure as for ICB
- Safeguard of price envelope (when two envelopes is used)
(xii) Confidentiality. After bid opening and until contract award, all information about
bids and their evaluation should be confidential. For transparency reasons, the
evaluation report and all non-proprietary information could be made available to
the public after an award recommendation has been published.
(xiii) Evaluation of Bids. Bids should be evaluated by an independent evaluation
committee to the defined in the PIM at the level of the PMU, MPA special
consideration for:
- Clarification of bids: should follow the same procedures used for NCB
- Responsiveness: should follow the same procedures used for NCB
- Qualification of the bidder should be conducted separately from the evaluation
of its bid
- Lowest evaluated cost criteria: The award should be made to the bidder having
submitted the lowest evaluated responsive bid.
- Use of a point system to evaluate bids: scoring is an indirect way to express the
outcome of post-qualification or of the technical analysis of the bid a point
system should not be accepted. We recognize that a point system may better
suited for complex systems, however, it would be extremely exceptional that
such procurement would not follow ICB.
- Rejection of all bids: borrower may reject all bids if: (i). all bids are not
responsive; (ii) the price offered by the lowest bidder is substantially higher
than the confirmed good estimate for the contract; (iii) the process was not
competitive, i.e., only few bids (less than 3) were offered although several
bidders could be interested in bidding.
(xiv) Award Criteria. The award should be made to the bidder having submitted the
lowest evaluated responsive bid. Award of contract should be without negotiations,
since negotiations would lead bidders not to submit their best bid at the time of bid
submission and would affect the perception of transparency, one of the main
benefits deriving from public bidding.
16. National or Local Shopping. Procurement procedures other than open competitive bidding
must be restricted and contained within appropriate limits. Restricted bidding is appropriate for small
value contracts, and situations in which there is only a very small number of potential candidates.
Consequently, very specific thresholds should be defined below which this method of procurement
could be applied. In addition the following minimum requirements should apply:
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 8: Procurement
132
i). Number of invitees & criteria for choosing:
- Minimum of 3 proposals received. However, the process should be open to
whoever wants to bid, even if not invited.
- Invited firms should not be repeated, if possible. Except if other firms do not
exist
ii) Standard request for bids. Simplified document asking proposals by letter, by fax or
using electronic means
iii) Evaluation.
- Minimum price or
- Combination of price and delivery time, in which case delivery time would be
evaluated in monetary terms added to price. Minimum overall evaluated price
would result in award.
16. Consultants and Service Provider Selection Process: The PIM shall elaborate the
provision as prescribed in the Procurement Handbook in term of selection of consultants in line with
the Provisions of IFAD Procurement Guidelines. In this case this minimum requirements should
prevail:
i) Registration: The same conditions described for bidder for goods and works above should
be complied with.
ii) Advertising: Borrowers should advertise the assignment for expression of interest by
firms. The advertisement should include:
- Mandatory publication in one local newspaper, in addition to the official gazette
(if existent).
- Web-page: if the borrower (or the Country) has a web-page the bidding
opportunities should be advertised including UN Development Business or
other electronic means as the Odisha Government e-Procurement systems as
applicable.
iii) Short-List: Borrowers should use a short-list of 3 to 6 firms to request proposals. This
short-list may result from comparing qualifications and experience among firms that have
expressed interest.
iv) Standard RFP & Standard Contract: The standard RFP would be described and included
in the PIM similar to that used for Selection of consultants
v) Selection Process: Short-list; QCBS (other methods when justified) to be elaborated in the PIM.
vi) Award criteria: highest combined score (preferably using the following range between 70% to 90% for the technical score and 30% to 10% for the price)
18. All procurement for goods, works and services financed from resources funded or
administered by IFAD require bidding documents and the contracts to include a provision requiring
suppliers, contractors and consultants ensure compliance with IFAD zero tolerance to anticorruption
policy and to permit IFAD to inspect their accounts, records and other documents relating to the bid
submission and contract performance, and to have them audited by IFAD-appointed auditors.
19. Procurement involving community participation. Communities would be empowered to
undertake procurement as a service provider or an implementing unit through Village Development
Committees/ Village Development Committees or as a SHG under a legal framework or through a
Social Agreement for procurement below a threshold of USD 10,000 equivalent. The operational and
implementation arrangement would be defined in the Project Implementation Manual which shall
include implementation, administration, financial management and procurement related activities
supported by the clearly define the roles and responsibilities of the intermediaries who will assist the
VDC/SHG in performing the activities. GoO will issue an order permitting procurement involving
community participation.
20. Procurement will be as per the Consolidated Procurement Plan submitted by PMU, OPELIP
and approved by IFAD. PMU, OPELIP will submit a 18-month Procurement Plan immediately after the
project enters into force and in the subsequent programme years submit an annual Procurement Plan.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 8: Procurement
133
21. As provided in appendix I, paragraph 1 of IFAD’s Procurement Guidelines, IFAD review of and
no objection to the consolidated procurement plan is compulsory and the 18 month procurement plans
submitted by the Recipient must include as a minimum:
i) A brief description of each procurement activity to be undertaken during the period and name of the implementing agency responsible for the procurement.;
ii) The estimate value of each procurement activity; iii) The method of procurement to be adopted for each procurement activity and; iv) The method of review IFAD will undertake for each procurement activity indicating either
post review or prior review. 22. Any changes and amendments to the procurement plan shall be subject to IFAD’s No Objection
6. Procurement Methods and Thresholds
23. Procurement of Goods and Works. Methods for procurement of goods/works as per
thresholds is established as follows:
(a) Goods
i) National Competitive Bidding (NCB), for contract values greater than USD 25,000. ii) National shopping for contracts less than USD 25,000 up to USD 2,000, iii) Direct contracting for contracts below USD2,000 iv) Procurement involving community participation. Communities would be empowered to
undertake procurement as a service provider or an implementing unit through Village Development Committees/ Village Development Committees or as a SHG under a legal framework or through a Social Agreement for procurement below a threshold of USD 10,000 equivalent through direct contracts or local shopping
(b) Works
i) National Competitive Bidding (NCB), for contract values greater than USD 50,000. ii) National shopping for contracts less than USD 50,000 iii) Direct contracting for contracts below USD2,000 iv) Procurement involving community participation. Communities would be empowered to
undertake procurement as a service provider or an implementing unit through Village Development Committees/ Village Development Committees or as a SHG under a legal framework or through a Social Agreement for procurement below a threshold of USD 10,000 equivalent through direct contracts or local shopping
24. Consultancy and Services. Consulting service will include project management technical
assistance, implementation support technical assistance for different components, conducting
studies, mobilisation/establishment of community groups, technical training and strengthening
of community groups, and monitoring and evaluation. Services would be provided by consulting
firms and individual consultants.
i) Each contract for the selection of consultancy services estimated to cost USD 50,000 equivalent or above, shall be selected in accordance with the IFAD Procurement Guidelines following any one of the selection methods listed below:
- Quality and Cost Based Selection
- Fixed Budget Selection
- Least Cost Selection
ii) Each contract for the selection of consultancy services estimated to cost below
USD50,000 equivalent, shall be selected in accordance with the IFAD Procurement Guidelines following any one of the selection methods listed below:
- Quality and Cost Based Selection
- Fixed Budget Selection
- Least Cost Selection
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 8: Procurement
134
- Selection Based on Consultants Qualification
- Single Source Selection
25. Selection of individual consultants. Individual consultants are selected on the basis of their
qualifications for the assignment of at least three candidates among those who have expressed
interest in the assignment or have been approached directly by PMU or Implementing Agencies.
Individuals employed by the PMU and MPA shall meet all relevant qualifications and shall be fully
capable of carrying out the assignment. Capability is judged on the basis of academic background,
experience and, as appropriate, knowledge of the local conditions, such as local language, culture,
administrative system, and government organization.
26. Consultancy Services and Individuals consultants may be selected on a sole-source basis
with due justification in exceptional cases such as: (a) tasks that are a continuation of previous work
that the consultant has carried out and for which the consultant was selected competitively; (b)
assignments lasting less than six months; (c) emergency situations resulting from natural disasters;
and (d) when the individual consultant or consulting firm is the only consultant qualified for the
assignment.
27. LANDESA, an agency with the specialised expertise and experience in land allocation was
identified as an implementation partner for OPELIP given its specialised knowledge and experience in
partnering with government and civil society organisation to help secure land rights for rural
communities. LANDESA is currently engaged by the State of West Bengal, Odisha, Karnataka, Uttar
Pradesh and Andhra Pradesh, Telengana in India. As a strategy for up-scaling its intervention and
success under OTELP requested to mission to include LANDESA as strategic partner under OPELIP.
The STSCDD would enter into a MOU/contract with LANDESA for implementing the land allocation
related activities under retroactive financing.
7. Review of Procurement Decisions by IFAD
28. IFAD will undertake to review the provisions for the procurement of good, works and services
to ensure that the procurement process is carried out in conformity with its Procurement Guidelines.
For the purposes of IFAD’s Procurement Guidelines, the following procurement decisions shall be
subject to prior review by the Fund for the award of any contract for goods, equipment, materials,
works, consultancy and services under FARM.
i) Procurement of goods, materials and works
- Prequalification documents and shortlist when prequalification is undertaken;
- Bid Documents for goods, materials and works;
- Evaluation Report and Recommendation for Award; and
- Contract and amendments.
ii) Procurement of consultancy services and services
- Prequalification documents and shortlist when prequalification is undertaken;
- Request for Proposal;
- Technical evaluation report;
- Combined (technical and financial) evaluation report and the recommendation
for award; and
- Contract and amendments.
29. Prior or Post Review. Except as IFAD may otherwise agree, the prior or post which applies to
various procurement of good, works and consultant recruitments shall be defined as follows:
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 8: Procurement
135
Procurement Method Type of Review
Prior or Post Comments
Procurement of Goods and Works
ICB Works and Goods Prior All Contracts NCB Works and Goods
Prior Except procurement valued below USD
100,000 Shopping for works (quotations) Post Shopping for goods (quotations) Post Direct Works Prior Except procurement valued below USD 2,000 Direct Goods Prior Except procurement valued below USD 2,000
Recruitment of Consulting Firms
Quality and Cost-Based Selection (QCBS) Prior Except procurement valued below USD 50,000 Fixed Budged Selection (FBS) Prior Except procurement valued below USD 50,000 Least Cost Selection (LCS) Prior Except procurement valued below USD 50,000 Selection Based of Consultants Qualification
Prior Except procurement valued below USD 50,000
Sole Source Selection (SSS) Prior All contracts
Recruitment of Individual Consultants
Individual Consultants Prior Except procurement valued below USD 20,000
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 8: Procurement
136
First 18 Month Procurement Plan for OPELIP
Country/Organization: India
Project/Programme: OPELIP
Loan/Grant Number: Loan
Issue of
Invitation for
Bids
Estimated
Amount in INR
000
Procurement
Method
Pre or Post
Qualification
Prior or Post
Review
4.1 & 4.2 19 Vehicles 1 13,300 LS Prior
4.2 68 Motor cycles 1 3,400 LS Post
4.1 & 4.278 Laptops, 73 Desktop Computers, 20 Printers Scanners and Photocopier,
Printers, 37 PrintersMultiple 9,133 LS Prior
4.1 & 4.2 Furniture set for 17 MPA and PMU Multiple 650 LS Post
4.1 & 4.2Office equipment set for PMU and 17 MPA ( fax machine, digital camera, TV, LCD
projector, Airconditioners etc)Multiple 3,470 LS Post
4.1 & 4.2 Water filters Multiple 540 LS Post
4.1 & 4.2 Genset, silent mode 1 3,800 LS Post PMU
4.1 & 4.2 Office Furnishing Multiple 1,900 LS Post PMU
4.1 & 4.2 Invertors 1 1,800 LS Post PMU
4.1 & 4.2 V sat with broadband connection 1 1,275 LS Post MPA
Total 39,268
Notes:
1 Procurement of Goods Thresholds
i. National Competitive Bidding (NCB), for contract values greater than USD 25,000.
ii. National shopping for contracts USD 2,000 up to USD 25,000 equivalent
iii. Direct contracting for contracts below USD2,000
2 Procurement of vehicles, motorcyles, computers, desktops, scanners, printers could be undertaken applying Local Shopping from DGS&D Catalog of Rate Contracts as opposed to NCB as precribed above. DGS&D
rates contracts provide a catalog of vehicles and office equiment (computer, laptop etc) at a lower discounted rate in comparision with prevailing market price.
Sl. No. Description Lot NumberComponent
iv. Procurement involving community participation. Communities would be empowered to undertake procurement as a service provider or an implementing unit through Village Development
Committees/ Village Development Committees or as a SHG under a legal framework or through a Social Agreement for procurement below a threshold of USD 10,000 equivalent through direct
contracts or local shopping
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Basic Data
First 18 Months Procurement Plan (GOODS)
Remarks
SCSTDD, Odisha
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 8: Procurement
137
Country/Organization: India
Project/Programme: OPELIP
Loan/Grant Number: Loan
Issue of
Invitation for
Bids
Lumpsum or
BOQ
Procurement
Method
Estimated
Amount in
INR 000
Pre or Post
Qualification
Prior or
Post
Review
1 4.2 New Office buildings for MPAs 10 BOQ NCB 12,150 Prior
2 4.2 Renovation of existing buildings of MPAs 7 BOQ NCB 7,000 Prior
3 4.2 Camp offices for MPAs 17 BOQ NCB 27,540 Prior
4 1.1Entry Point Works (small works in 1020 villages) implemented involving community
participationMultiple Lumpsum DC 178,500 Post
PMU
Total 225,190
Notes:
1 Procurement of Civil Works Thresholds
i. National Competitive Bidding (NCB), for contract values greater than USD 50,000.
ii. National shopping for contracts valued USD 2,000 upto to USD 50,000 equivalent
iii. Direct contracting for contracts below USD2,000
Component
iv. Procurement involving community participation. Communities would be empowered to undertake procurement as a service provider or an implementing unit through Village Development Committees/ Village Development Committees or as a SHG
under a legal framework or through a Social Agreement for procurement below a threshold of USD 10,000 equivalent through direct contracts or local shopping
Remarks
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
SCSTDD, Odisha
First 18 Months Procurement Plan (WORKS)
Sl. No. DescriptionLot
Number
Basic Data
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 8: Procurement
138
Country/Organization: India
Project/Programme: OPELIP
Loan/Grant Number: Loan
1.1NGO contracts for 17 MPA (including Training of VDA members in VDP, AWPB and book-keeping) inclusive of NGO Staff training
and CRP training FBS LS 183,946 Prior
1.1 MPW's (80 positions) from April 2014 to March 2015 Seconded Staff LS 4,320 Post
1.1 TOT under Component 1.1 and TOT to NGO Staff and CRP under Component 1.2 SSS LS 61,699 Prior
1.1 & 1.2 RNGO - NGO Staff Training and CRP Training under Component 1.1 and TOT to NGO staff including CRP under Component 1.2 QCBS LS 21,835 Prior
2.1 Land rights allocation, LANDESA (Direct contract) sole-source basis LS 150,000 Prior
3.1 Feasibility Studies (Civil Works Component - multiple contracts) SIC Time Based 42,000 Post
4.1 & 4.3 Internal Audit (1 service provider for PMU and 17 MPA's and VDA Accounts) QCBS Time Based 3,500 Prior
4.1 & 4.3 External Audit (1 service provider for PMU and 17 MPA's) QCBS Time Based 2,200 Prior
4.2 TA Assistant Engineers (Multiple Contracts for 17 MPA's) SIC Time Based 10,200 Post
4.1 Baseline Survey QCBS LS 10,000 Prior
4.1 TA for Finance Manual and training CQS LS 500 Prior
4.1 Accounting software (software installation, reconfiguration and training) SSS LS 500 Prior
4.1 National Consultants (Multiple Contracts) SSS Time Based 4,000 Post
4.1 Staff Recruitment (Advertisement, Meeting etc) SSS LS 500 Post
4.1 NGO Selection (Advertisement, Meeting etc) SSS LS 500 Post
4.3 Concurrent Monitoring (Multiple contracts with external agencies) SSS LS 3,721 Post
PMU Staff 4.1 State Programme Director Seconded Staff Time Based 3,000 Post
4.1 Deputy Programme Director SIC Time Based 1,800 Post
4.1 Senior Engineer SIC Time Based 1,200 Post
4.1 Manager Finance SIC Time Based 1,200 Post
4.1 Manager NRM SIC Time Based 1,200 Post
4.1 Manager Livelihoods & convergene SIC Time Based 1,200 Post
4.1 Manager Nutrition and Gender SIC Time Based 1,200 Post
4.1 Manager Planning, MIS and M&E SIC Time Based 1,200 Post
4.1 Manager Rural finance and CI SIC Time Based 1,200 Post
4.1 Manager GIS SIC Time Based 1,200 Post
4.1 Manager system anlysis SIC Time Based 1,200 Post
4.1 Manager, Communications & KM SIC Time Based 1,200 Post
4.1 Accounts Assistants (2 Positions) SIC Time Based 750 Post
4.1 Project Assistant MIS SIC Time Based 600 Post
4.1 Executive Assistants SIC Time Based 750 Post
4.1 Support staff ( 2 positions) SIC Time Based 450 Post
4.1 Drivers (2 positions) SIC Time Based 450 Post
Lumpsum or Time BasedComponent
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Sl. No. Description Selection Method, Qty
First 18 Months Procurement Plan (SERVICES)
Prior or Post
Review
SCSTDD, Odisha
Estimated Amount in INR
000
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 8: Procurement
139
Country/Organization: India
Project/Programme: OPELIP
Loan/Grant Number: Loan
MPA Staff 4.2 17 Special Officers Seconded Staff Time Based 20,400 Post
4.2 17 Junior Engineers Seconded Staff Time Based 16,320 Post
4.2 17 Junior Agricultural Officers Seconded Staff Time Based 12,240 Post
4.2 17 Senior Clerk or Accountants Seconded Staff Time Based 8,160 Post
4.2 17 Field Assistants (Nutrition focal point) Seconded Staff Time Based 8,160 Post
4.2 17 Drivers Seconded Staff Time Based 4,080 Post
4.2 17 Peons Seconded Staff Time Based 2,856 Post
4.2 17 Project Managers SIC Time Based 16,320 Post
4.2 17 Accountants SIC Time Based 12,240 Post
4.2 17 Social Mobilisers SIC Time Based 8,160 Post
4.2 17 Project Assistants SIC Time Based 8,160 Post
4.2 17 Data entry operators -MIS SIC Time Based 8,160 Post
Total 644,477
Notes:
1 Procurement of Consultancy Services and Services Thresholds
a. Quality and Cost Based Selection (QCBS)
b. Fixed Budget Selection (FBS)
c. Least Cost Selection (LCS)
a. Quality and Cost Based Selection (QCBS)
b. Fixed Budget Selection (FBS)
c. Least Cost Selection (LCS)
d. Selection Based on Consultants Qualification (SBCQ)
e. Single Source Selection (SSS)
2
3
Selection of individual consultants. Individual consultants are selected on the basis of their qualifications for the assignment of at least three candidates among those who have expressed interest in the assignment or
have been approached directly by PMU or Implementing Agencies. Individuals employed by the PMU and MPA shall meet all relevant qualifications and shall be fully capable of carrying out the assignment. Capability is
judged on the basis of academic background, experience and, as appropriate, knowledge of the local conditions, such as local language, culture, administrative system, and government organization.
Lumpsum or Time BasedComponent
i. Each contract for the selection of consultancy services estimated to cost USD 50,000 equivalent or above, shall be selected in accordance with the IFAD Procurement Guidelines following any one of the selection
methods listed below:
ii. Each contract for the selection of consultancy services estimated to cost below USD50,000 equivalent, shall be selected in accordance with the IFAD Procurement Guidelines following any one of the selection methods
listed below:
Consultancy Services and Individuals consultants may be selected on a sole-source basis with due justification in exceptional cases such as: (a) tasks that are a continuation of previous work that the consultant has
carried out and for which the consultant was selected competitively; (b) assignments lasting less than six months; (c) emergency situations resulting from natural disasters; and (d) when the individual consultant or
consulting firm is the only consultant qualified for the assignment.
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Sl. No. Description Selection Method, Qty
First 18 Months Procurement Plan (SERVICES)
Prior or Post
Review
SCSTDD, Odisha
Estimated Amount in INR
000
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 8: Procurement
140
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 1- : Programme Costs and Financing
141
Appendix 9: Programme cost and financing
1. Main Assumptions (a). Physical and Price Contingencies
1. As all project interventions are on a project mode, no specific physical contingencies have been applied. Price contingencies at 5% have been applied in following manner: component 1, component 2 and component 3 on all IFAD financing activities and under component-4, price contingencies applied only to investment costs. No price contingencies applied to Grant and subsidies. These will be further reviewed at the design completion mission. As the current domestic inflation rate is 5%, price contingencies assumed at constant rate of 5%. Foreign inflation rate has been assumed at 2%. All unit costs are estimated in Indian Rupees (INR). Detailed cost estimates by component and year are provided in WP 9.
(b). Exchange Rates
2. The initial exchange rate for the analysis has been set at INR 61 to one USD, the rate prevailing at the time of data collection (July 2014). Exchange rates during implementation phase and the foreign exchange rates forecasts for the Project costs estimates, and conversions from current INR values into USD are calculated using current exchange rate (INR/USD). Both foreign and local inflation rates are compounded at mid-year.
(c). Taxes and Duties
3. Taxes and duties have been estimated using the prevailing prices in March 2014. All items, which contained implicit duties and taxes, have accordingly been accounted for. Consulting services and surveys are contracted or sourced out and contracted entities are responsible of their national tax liabilities and a flat rate of 10% is assumed. A tax rate of 10% has been assumed for goods and equipment, office operations costs, service providers’ contracts, civil work, training etc.
4. Starting from the baseline-cost, annual amounts are calculated for contingencies, which may occur during the project implementation. Such contingencies include both physical events, specific to each type of activity, and price contingencies deriving from both domestic inflation. The resulting price contingencies calculated have been added to all expenditure categories, except the categories mentioned above.
(d). Project Life and Fiscal Year
5. The Project life is 8 year starting in April 2015 and expected to be completed in March 2023. Cost estimates for the project period have accordingly been calculated. Fiscal year for India is from April to March.
(e). Unit costs
6. Unit costs together with physical units have been identified for most items and these are input
in domestic currency unit, namely INR. In certain instances a lump sum allocations have been computed so as to give flexibility in procurement or for the implementation of such activity/task. Vehicles and office equipment such as laptops, printers, desk-tops and furniture and materials are categorized under equipment category. It is noted that “all unit costs are indicative and are used for the purposes of estimating the overall project costs. These are, therefore, subject to changes and revision during project implementation and also at the time of preparing Annual Work Plans and Budgets”.
(f). Financiers
8. The Project will be financed by the following financiers: (i) IFAD, (ii) Government of Odisha including funds available from convergence, (iii) beneficiaries. The convergence funds will be pooled from all on-going, government-sponsored schemes. These are in particular Special Central Assistance to Tribal Sub-Plan (SCA-TSP), Article 275, Conservation cum Development (CCD),
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 10: Economic and Financial Analysis
142
MGNEGS, National Food Security Mission, RKVY, Indra Awas Yojna, State Housing Scheme for the
PTGs and Tribal, NRLM, National Horticulture Mission etc.
2. Project Costs
(a). Total Project Costs
9. Total Project Costs is estimated at USD 130.39 million. This is inclusive of all contingencies, IFAD loan of USD 51.2 million, beneficiary contribution of USD 3.00 million equivalents primarily in the form of labour and materials, and USD 76.18 million equivalents as counterpart funding from the government including staff salaries, rentals and in the form of waiver of taxes and duties and convergence. See Table 1 below.
Table-1: Total Project Costs by Financiers India
OPELIP Appraisal
Components by Financiers Local
(US$ '000) The Government IFAD Beneficiaries Total (Excl. Duties &
Amount % Amount % Amount % Amount % Taxes) Taxes
A. Community Empowerment
Community Institutions 6,449 40.0 9,653 60.0 - - 16,102 12.3 14,792 1,309
Strengthening SHGs and Rural Finance 602 9.6 5,654 90.4 - - 6,256 4.8 6,054 202
Subtotal Community Empowerment 7,051 31.5 15,307 68.5 - - 22,357 17.1 20,846 1,511
B. Natural Resource Management and Livelihoods
Natural Resource Management 13,718 56.2 8,584 35.2 2,116 8.7 24,418 18.7 23,222 1,196
Food and Nutrition Security 961 17.4 4,574 82.6 - - 5,534 4.2 5,534 -
Livelihoods Improvement 1,313 13.9 7,565 80.2 559 5.9 9,437 7.2 8,682 755
Subtotal Natural Resource Management and Livelihoods 15,991 40.6 20,723 52.6 2,676 6.8 39,390 30.2 37,439 1,951
C. Community Infrastructure and Drudgery Reduction
Community Infrastructure 40,641 97.1 1,126 2.7 69 0.2 41,836 32.1 41,836 -
Drudgery Reduction 826 15.2 4,333 80.0 257 4.8 5,416 4.2 5,416 -
Subtotal Community Infrastructure and Drudgery Reduction 41,467 87.8 5,459 11.6 327 0.7 47,253 36.2 47,253 -
D. Project Management
Programme Management Unit 1,861 42.2 2,547 57.8 - - 4,408 3.4 4,293 114
Micro-Project Agency Unit 9,615 60.2 6,369 39.8 - - 15,984 12.3 15,731 253
Subtotal Project Management 11,476 56.3 8,916 43.7 - - 20,392 15.6 20,025 367
E. Monitoring and evaluation and KM 201 20.0 803 80.0 - - 1,004 0.8 1,004 -
Total PROJECT COSTS 76,185 58.4 51,209 39.3 3,002 2.3 130,396 100.0 126,567 3,829
(b). Project Costs by Project Component
10. Project costs are organized into FOUR components: (i) Community empowerment (16% of total base costs); (ii) NRM and Livelihoods Support (30% of total baseline costs); (iii) Community infrastructure and drudgery reduction (37% of baseline costs); and (iv) Project Management (16% of estimated baseline costs). Project baseline costs together with contingencies are summarised in Table 2 below
Table-2: Total Project Costs by Project Components
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 1- : Programme Costs and Financing
143
India
OPELIP Appraisal % Total
Components Project Cost Summary (INR '000) (US$ '000) Base
Total Total Costs
A. Community Empowerment
Community Institutions 864,524 14,173 11
Strengthening SHGs and Rural Finance 353,201 5,790 5
Subtotal Community Empowerment 1,217,726 19,963 16
B. Natural Resource Management and Livelihoods
Natural Resource Management 1,473,868 24,162 19
Food and Nutrition Security 283,800 4,652 4
Livelihoods Improvement 494,940 8,114 7
Subtotal Natural Resource Management and Livelihoods 2,252,608 36,928 30
C. Community Infrastructure and Drudgery Reduction
Community Infrastructure 2,549,930 41,802 34
Drudgery Reduction 275,900 4,523 4
Subtotal Community Infrastructure and Drudgery Reduction 2,825,830 46,325 37
D. Project Management
Programme Management Unit 258,055 4,230 3
Micro-Project Agency Unit 960,514 15,746 13
Subtotal Project Management 1,218,569 19,977 16
E. Monitoring and evaluation and KM 50,970 836 1
Total BASELINE COSTS 7,565,702 124,028 100
Physical Contingencies - - -
Price Contingencies 388,455 6,368 5
Total PROJECT COSTS 7,954,156 130,396 105
(c). Project Investment and Recurrent Costs
11. Total investment costs are estimated at USD 113.67 million and these accounts for about 87.2% of the total project costs and the balance, USD 16.72 million are recurrent costs. Civil works account for about 42.5%, followed by training and capacity building including consulting services 27.9%, goods, goods, services and inputs 11.3%, grants and subsidies 5.5% of the total project costs. The recurrent costs are incremental salary and allowances (8.4%) and office operating costs (4.4%) account for 12.8% of the total estimated cost. Refer to WP-9,Table-6, Appendix-1 for details.
(d). Project Costs by Disbursement Accounts
12. Disbursement accounts, derived from the expenditure accounts described above, provide the basis for determining the financing plan for the Project. In estimating the semester disbursement, a ratio of 4:6 has been assumed between first and second semester for each fiscal year. The disbursement accounts have been organised into following categories as presented in Table 3 below.
Table-3: Disbursement Accounts by Financiers India
OPELIP Appraisal
Disbursement Accounts by Financiers Local
(US$ '000) The Government IFAD Beneficiaries Total (Excl. Duties &
Amount % Amount % Amount % Amount % Taxes) Taxes
1. Civilwork 47,043 84.9 7,131 12.9 1,246 2.2 55,420 42.5 55,341 78
2. Training /a 2,423 16.4 11,761 79.8 559 3.8 14,744 11.3 13,473 1,270
3. Goods, services and inputs 15,978 43.9 19,187 52.8 1,197 3.3 36,362 27.9 33,881 2,481
4. Grants - - 7,149 100.0 - - 7,149 5.5 7,149 -
5. Salaries and allowances 7,858 71.7 3,095 28.3 - - 10,953 8.4 10,953 -
6. Operating costs 2,884 50.0 2,884 50.0 - - 5,768 4.4 5,768 -
Total PROJECT COSTS 76,185 58.4 51,209 39.3 3,002 2.3 130,396 100.0 126,567 3,829
_________________________________
\a Including capacity building
(e). Project Costs by Procurement Accounts
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 10: Economic and Financial Analysis
144
Annex-4 Project Costs and IFAD financing by Year
0
5000
10000
15000
20000
25000
30000
35000
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8Year
Am
ou
nt
in U
SD
Total cost
IFAD financing
13. Procurement accounts are identical to those of expenditure accounts except that all accounts are treated under one group whereas the expenditure accounts are grouped into two: namely investment and recurrent costs accounts by default. All three costab accounts are maintained in identical format in order to get results without any errors. Proposed procurement arrangements by procurement method are summarised in Table 4 below.
Table-4: Procurement Arrangements by Procurement Methods India
OPELIP Appraisal Procurement Method
Procurement Arrangements Community
(US$ '000) Local Consulting Participation
Competitive Services: Local Direct in
Bidding FB Shopping Contracting Procurement N.B.F. Total
A. Civil work 2,655 - 111 - 12,459 40,194 55,420
(2,124) (89) (4,918) (7,131)
B. Training /a - - 14,636 108 - - 14,744
(11,675) (86) (11,761)
C. Goods, services and inputs - 12,639 6,620 3,250 13,853 - 36,362
(6,320) (5,108) (2,578) (5,181) (19,187)
D. Grants - - - 7,149 - - 7,149
(7,149) (7,149)
E. Salaries and allowances - - - 5,121 - 5,832 10,953
(2,560) (535) (3,095)
F. Operating costs - - 5,768 - - - 5,768
(2,884) (2,884)
Total 2,655 12,639 27,135 15,628 26,312 46,027 130,396
(2,124) (6,320) (19,757) (12,374) (10,099) (535) (51,209)
_________________________________
Note: Figures in parenthesis are the respective amounts financed by IFAD
\a Including capacity building
Procurement of goods and services financed by the IFAD loan will be made in accordance with IFAD procurement regulations.
3. Project Financing
(a). Financing plan
14 The proposed financiers for the Project are IFAD, the Government of Odisha and the
beneficiaries. IFAD will finance about USD 51.20 million about 40% of total project costs, the
government counterpart funding will be about USD 76.18 million equivalents including taxes and the
beneficiaries USD 3.0 million mostly in the form of labour.
15 The PMU or the Lead Programme Agency
may procure the vehicles, motorcycles, and
computers and also TA and Service Providers’
Services. The procurement of all other goods, civil
works and services financed by the IFAD financing
will be the responsibility of the respective
implementing agencies, such as the Micro-project
Agencies. Materials, labour and inputs will be
procured through respective community organisation
using the procurement by community participation.
Inputs used by project groups for production
purposes will be purchased by the group using grant
funds from the project.
(b). Retroactive Financing
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 1- : Programme Costs and Financing
145
16. Retro-active financing: With a view to ensuring that the OPELIP start up proceeds smooth,
following preparatory activities are proposed to be undertaken between April 2014 and March 2015
and accordingly the facilities for retro-active financing will be provided. These proposed expenditures
will fall under two expenditure categories, namely (i) Goods, services and inputs and (ii) Training and
capacity building. The estimated total expenditure is USD 534,800 and eligible IFAD financing would
be of about USD 406,240 as detailed below.
Component/ Sub-component Disbursement Account
Category
Estimated
expenditure
(000 USD)
Amount to be
reimbursed by IFAD
(000 USD) Community Empowerment Comp:1
-wages to multi-purpose workers a/ Goods, services and inputs 1/ 72,000 36,000
NRM and Livelihoods Comp: 2
-engaging the services of LANDESA b/ Training & capacity building 2/ 320,000 256,000
Project Management Comp: 4
-baseline survey c/ Training & Capacity building 134,400 107,520
-preparation of finance manual c/ Training & capacity building 8,400 6,720
Total 534,800 406,240
1/ At IFAD financing rule of 50% of total expenditure
2/ At IFAD financing rule of 80% of total expenditure
a/ Refer to Detailed Table # 1.1
b/ Refer to Detailed Table # 2.1
c/ Refer to Detailed Table # 4.1
Draft Schedule 2 for Finance Agreement
Disbursement Account category Total
expenditures
(US$ 000)
IFAD Financing
Amount
(US$ 000)
Notes
1. Works, civil works (CW_DA) 55,420 7,131 For land treatment, NTFP
aggregation centres, piloting
water purification plants, seed
storage bins to PTGs, youth
dormentary, office buildings and
their renovation and camp offices
at 80% of total expenditure
2. Training and Capacity building (TRC_DA) 14,744 11,761 At 80% of total expenditures
3. Goods, services and inputs (GSI_DA) 1/ 36,362 19,187 At 80% of total expenditures
including expenditures on
LANDESA but NGO contracts at
50% of total expenditures
4. Grants and subsidies (GAS_DA) 7,149 7,149 Provided to VDCs, SHGs and
their federations, Orissa
Agricultural Univesity and
vocational training at 100%
5. Salaries and allowances (SAA_DA) 2/ 10,953 3,095 For all incremental staff except
those staff who are seconded
from Govt at 50% of total
expenditures
6. Operating costs (OPC_DA) 2/ 5,768 2,884 At 50% of total expenditure
Total 130,396 51,209
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 10: Economic and Financial Analysis
147
Appendix 10: Economic and Financial Analysis
1. Financial Analysis 79
(a). Assumptions
1. The following assumptions have been made while carrying out Economic and Financial
Analysis.
The participating PTG households respond to the introduction of new packages of
practices and cultivation techniques but in a much slower pace.
They are willing to organise themselves in to viable community institutions such as
VDA, VDC, SHGs through training and capacity building and participate effectively
programme implementation.
Some 43,500 Tribal people, the PTGs in particular receive land ownership titles
which are facilitated by OPELIP. Land productivity is improved through appropriate
land treatment packages such as bunding and other soil and water conservation
measures.
Most villages have perennial or seasonal streams that are tapped for irrigation.
Crop productivity improved through line-sowing, use of quality of seeds, seed
treatment, weeding, mulching, with the use of improved, farm tools and implements.
By improving the market information systems, organising the target groups through
producers’ collectives and providing marketing support and other attendant facilities
the participating households are able to realise increased prices for their produce.
The PTGs tend small ruminants and poultry birds but on a very restricted scale and
these are up-scaled with the support of supply of quality breed and chicks and
appropriate paravet services thereby reducing the mortality rates.
Under OPELIP, some 62,350 households participate in: improving dryland
agriculture, (30,450 ha), pursuing irrigated agriculture (6,080 ha), horticulture and
spices crops on existing podu land (7,500 ha), kitchen gardens on homestead
land (35,000 kitchen gardens under 350ha) and 9,000 livestock activities and
2,000 household IGA activities.
Productivity increases under rainfed conditions are assumed at levels ranging
between 25% and 60% as these increases are achieved due to in situ soil and
moisture conservation practices, improved cultivation practices and use of quality
seeds. There is wide gap between current production and potential.
For the purposes of analysis an average wage rate of INR 100/personday for both
male and female labour has been assumed although the farm-wages are often
lower than this rate. Further, for the purposes of analysis “under WOP situation”,
proxy values of family labour has been considered and included as income.
(b). Household or Farm Models
2. Using budgets for a range of different crops and income generating activities, 5 farm
models and 4 activity models were prepared to broadly illustrate the OPELIP’s expected
79
Details are presented in WP-10, “Economic and Financial Analysis of OPELIP”
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 10: Economic and Financial Analysis
148
impact on the incomes, and use of household labour adopting and/or adapting both on-farm
and non-farm. These are summarised below:
Dry-land crops80
model: the model is assumed based on an area of 0.7 ha per
household primarily with rainfed crops such as paddy (0.1 ha), maize (0.1ha), ragi
(0.2ha), millet (0.2ha), Niger (0.1ha), black gram, cow pea, sesame, horse gram etc
are inter-cropped. These crops are already being cultivated but productivity
enhancements are achieved through timely sowing, line-sowing, weeding, use of
quality seeds. This model covers some 30,450 ha area involving some 43,500
households.
Irrigated farm model: Various irrigation facilities provided under OPELIP create an
incremental potential area of 6,080 ha covering some 19,000 households. It has been
assumed that households plants paddy (0.2ha) and maize (0.1ha) during the main
crop season followed by wheat (0.1ha), vegetables (0.1 ha) such as cucumber, okra,
tomato, onion etc. Average landholding is 0.32 ha.
Horticulture farm model: A horticulture model has a diverse variety of fruit crops such
as mango (0.116 ha), cashew (0.1 ha), oranges, banana, litchi, lime and pineapple
each 0.016 ha, Jack fruit (0.032 ha) etc. A farm model covers an area of 0.4 ha and
crop distribution has been assumed based on field conditions, which vary between
MPAs. This model covers some 5,000 ha involving 12,500 households and uses
existing podu land.
Spices farm model: A spices crop model has an area of 0.4 ha and two crops of
turmeric (0.2 ha) and ginger (0.2ha) are planted. In all, this model covers some 6,250
households and 2,500 ha and uses existing podu land.
Kitchen garden household model: each kitchen garden model has an area of 100 m2
and mostly vegetables are planted and have also a drumstick plant. Each household
is provided seeds, a set of farm and garden tools, drum-based drip system for
watering, technology support. Crop combinations include radish, Gourd vegetables,
okra, chilli, onion, brinjal, tomato, sweet potato, yam and Amaranthus and other leafy
vegetables. In all 32,000 households participate covering a total homestead land area
of 350 ha.
Backyard poultry model: Each model has a 10 bird-unit with facilities for shelter,
equipment, feed supply at 50 gm per bird, medicine and technical support. Each
entrepreneur takes at least 5 batches during a year with a mortality rate at 5%. In all
5,000 households are covered under OPELIP.
Goat-keeping model: This is a 5 does and one buck model. This includes construction
of goat-shed, supply of does and buck, equipment and providing insurance coverage,
feed etc to the participating household. In all 4,000 households participate.
IGA model: In all 2,000 households participate in this model. About 60% activities
relating to value-addition to NTFP such as honey, arrow roots, wax, tassar cocoon
etc, 20% making improved hill-brooms and remaining 20% engaged in lac production
and sales. More data will be collected in next mission and appropriate adjustments
will be made.
80
Crop yields have been assumed based on the following documents: Indicative cost-benefit analysis
of Agricultural and horticultural crops by Dr S R Dash, Nature’s Agro-care, Bhubaneswar, 2013; Manual
on Agricultural Production Technology-2008; Consultations with the Scientists at Odisha University of
Agriculture and Technology and Data received from MPA during the mission’s field visits. All yield
projections are at very conservative levels.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 10: Economic and Financial Analysis
149
Drudgery reducing benefits model: This is a notional model; and assumes that the
participating households benefit from the drudgery reducing interventions of OPELIP
such as (i) saving of fuel wood at 5 kg per day per household through the use of
smokeless wood-stoves, (ii) 36 labour-days saved per household per year due to
other interventions such as closeness to domestic water supply, hauling and milling,
reduced time-spent in fuel-wood collection etc and a labour-day notionally valued at
INR 70 per day and (iii) increased availability of fuel-wood (at 25 bundles per year
per household valued at INR 875) due to conservation measures adopted at the
respective fuel-wood reserves. In all 35,000 households participate. This model is
subject to further check and validation.
Village market models These models are also notional and these assume that all
households in the project area benefit from the market facilities created under the
programmes and benefits mostly in the form of enhanced price margins: (i) each GP
level market benefit some 740 households and each household benefiting some INR
200 per year, (ii) each village aggregation centre benefiting some 80 households and
each household getting INR 100 in the form of enhanced price margins; (iii) each
TDCC collection centre benefiting 940 households at INR 200 per household and (iv)
each haat bazaar benefiting some 940 households and each getting INR 100 as
enhanced price margins or savings. Details are presented in WP-10 and the details
are summarised in Table-1 below.
Table-1: Summary Results of unit farm and activity model (Financial)
Farm/ Activity Model Gross Income Input
Cost
Labour BCR FIRR NPV
(INR) (INR) (INR) (ratio) (%) (INR)
Dryland crop model (0.7 ha) 22,125 820 9,230 5.33 66,770
Irrigated crop model (0.32 ha) 21,320 1,945 8,715 2.85 73,096
Horticulture model (0.4 ha) 78,620 2,920 2,150 8.58 298,730
Spices crops model (0.4 ha) 72,000 30,000 14,600 1.61 177,710
Kitchen garden model (100 m2 1,630 215 510 2.24 6,460
Poultry model (10 birds unit) 10,800 3,950 5,000 1.16 4,190
Goat-keeping model (5+1) 88,000 3,800 18,000 2.35 245,710
IGA model (value-addition) 15,900 3,690 3,700 2.07 54,470
(c). Sub-project Models
3. NRM subproject: This subproject model includes (i) 43,500 dryland crop development
households, (ii) 19,000 irrigated crop households, (iii) 12,500 horticulture households and 6,250
spices cultivation households using the existing podu land and (iv) 32,000 kitchen garden
households participating in phased manner over a three to four year period.
4. Livestock subproject: In all 9,000 households participate in a phased manner over a 3
year period.
5. IGA subprojects: In all 2,000 households are covered over the project implementation. Of
these, 60% households go for NTFP collection and their value-additions such as primary
processing, grading; 20% households opt for improved production of hill-brooms for upmarket
consumption and the remaining 20% pursue lac production.
6. Drudgery reduction benefits subproject: Improvement of rural roads, water supply,
supply of smokeless wood-stoves, milling and hauling facilities etc reduce overall drudgery of the
PTG communities in particular their women. Notional values used in the analysis covering some
35,000 households.
7. Village markets benefits subproject: Market benefits from improvement of 84 village
market-yards, 250 village aggregation centres, facilities to 34 TDCC marketing system and the
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 10: Economic and Financial Analysis
150
setting up of 34 haat bazaar. These facilities cover all households. This subproject model is
notional and the details are presented in Appendix-26 B.
8. Results of analysis of these THREE subprojects, namely NRM, Livestock and IGA
whose direct benefits such as net incomes, production costs, labour and input etc are
quantifiable are summarised in Table 2 below and details in Appendix-20 to 26, WP-10:
(d). Household incomes
9. Results of analysis of three subproject models (excluding the notional models) in terms
of household incomes, production costs, labour and input etc are summarised in Table 2
below:
Table 2: Summary Results of Subproject (Financial) Models: INR per household 1/
Details NRM (INR/hh) Livestock (INR/hh) IGA (INR/hh)
WOP WP WOP a/ WP WOP a/ WP
Gross income (INR) 10,398 47,520 1,500 45,100 2,200 15,900
Purchased Inputs (INR) 472 5,060 - 4,020 - 3,690
Labour (INR) 7,061 11,670 - 10,780 - 3,700
Net income (INR) 2,865 30,790 1,500 30,310 2,200 8,510 1/ At full development stage and assuming all labour requirements met by households themselves.
a/ Notional proxy values of labour under WOP
2. Economic analysis
(a). Assumptions
A twenty five-year analysis period has been assumed, which included an 8 year
project investment period.
Agricultural goods move freely within the project area in response to market signals.
All agricultural inputs and outputs that are traded are valued at their border prices as
of March-July 2014. These have been adjusted to allow for transport and marketing
costs to give an economic value at farm gate.
Economic investment costs are net of taxes and price contingencies, credit, office
rent etc. All costs directly associated with the incremental production are included in
full, including incremental farm inputs and family labour.
A standard conversion factor (SCF) of 0.85 is applied to both traded and non-traded
items for adjusting financial prices.
The average financial rural wage rate is taken to be the best estimate of the
economic value of labour81
. The financial price of labour (INR 100) reflects seasonal
variation in employment opportunities in the project area. The financial wage rate is
thus taken to reflect the value of the marginal product of agricultural male and female
labour without the project;
The analysis includes only on-farm benefits and including attributable benefits from
soil and water conservation, irrigated agriculture, horticulture and spices cultivation,
kitchen garden under NRM and benefits from the livestock farms including the
notional benefits from the drudgery reduction;
81
From the year 2011-12 data, four trends stand out: first, poverty is falling sharply, second, rural wages are rising
sharply, third farmers are shifting from cereals to superior foods and fourth, the MGNREGA has not been the key
driver of higher wages in rural area, Source, Rising Rural Wages, Times of India, 7 July 2013 .
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 10: Economic and Financial Analysis
151
All costs and benefits are relating to investments made on targeted project area
households and the resultants benefits;
Time required for the full development has been assumed over ten years including
farming system development, dissemination of information and technology transfer,
and establishment of improved farming practices including changes at grassroots
levels and their institutions, improved access to markets, road improvement etc;
No significant changes or shifts in cropping patters are assumed but the key
assumptions have been adoption of appropriate agronomic practices including inter-
cropping, crop rotation, conservation farming etc and these reflect in cultivation of off-
season vegetables, spices, fruit crops;
The analysis employs an Opportunity Cost of Capital (OCC) at 8.5%.
(b). Costs - Benefits Streams and Analysis
10. The project economic costs were calculated from the financial project costs excluding
price contingencies, subsidies, development credit, taxes and duties. Recurrent costs for
continued extension/training support, operations and maintenance and periodic replacement
of vehicles have been included. Economic prices for inputs and output models were estimated
by applying the conversion factors on the financial prices.
11. Production Benefits: The farm productions are direct output from the respective models,
which were based on the respective production models. It is assumed that about 62,350
households in receipt of NRM and improved agriculture and farming practices achieve
productivity increases ranging from 25 to 60% due to enhanced soil-moisture, use of better
seeds, soil and water conservation practices, capacity building, additional irrigation facilities
provided etc. Considerable number of these households also receives facilities of vegetable
production through home gardens (35,000 households), orchard development (12,500
households), spices cultivation (6,250 households) livestock development (9,000 households),
etc. Under IGA development some 2,000 households benefit mostly in the form of enhanced
price margins that accrue to the beneficiaries.
12. Environmentally-related aspects of the project are its integrated natural resources
management including land treatment to agricultural development, a focus on community-based
village development and the encouragement of alternative income generating opportunities for
the poor. All these interventions yield substantial environmental benefits that have not been
quantified in the economic analysis, for the following reasons: (i) farmers may not perceive
degradation of their lands as a result of declining soil fertility and soil erosion and thus
underestimate the potential benefits of soil and water conservation measures over the longer
terms; and (ii) communities, lacking assured property rights over forests that they access to, for
fuel and fodder, may not regulate their harvests to ensure sustainable use of the forests, ie open
access may result in overexploitation. In case of road development and improving the
connectivity, only the existing road alignments or foot-paths are improved and no felling of
existing trees are allowed. The provision of smokeless to wood-stoves to all PTG households
improves the overall health of the households and at the same time reduces fuel-wood
consumption.
13. Project Performance Indicators: Cost-benefit analysis yields an overall IRR of 23%.
The estimated NPV for an 8.5% discount rate is INR 7,840 million and the BCR of 1.85. A
positive NPV under the current Opportunity Cost of Capital (OCC) of 8.5% and even at a 25%
discounted rate indicates that the project investments are robust. A sensitivity analysis of the
project is presented in Table 3 below.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 10: Economic and Financial Analysis
152
OPELIP Incremental Costs and Benefits
-1500
-1000
-500
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Year
Millio
n IN
R
Total benefits
Total costs
Net benefits
Table-3: Sensitivity analysis
Scenario
Base
Case
Cost Increases by Benefits down by
20% 25% 20% 25%
IRR 23 18 17 17 16
NPV (million INR) 7,840 5,925 5,462 4,370 3,518
BCR 1.85 1.53 1.47 1.47 1.38
.
14. If benefits delayed by two years (in effect, if the project’s production activities take
longer to become established) then the IRR declines to 18%. Under extreme scenario of
costs increases by 25% and benefits decline by 25% over the base-case, an IRR of 11% is
obtained. See Table at the end of this text.
15. As the proposed investments
are targeted at Particularly
Vulnerable Tribal Groups (PTGs),
who are extremely poor, living in
the remote area locations that are
devoid of any access to good
communication, road network,
markets, agricultural support
services, health services,
community infrastructure and who
are till depend up on foods
gathered from the nearby forests
both for own consumption and
selling and the hardships
experienced by the target group in particular the women, the resulting base case IRR of 23%
and worst scenario case of 11% is considered more than justified.
3. Benefits and Beneficiaries
16. Beneficiaries: The project will cover some 62,350 households from 1,019 villages
falling under 84 Gram Panchayats in 12 districts of Odisha. These households are targeted
for livelihoods enhancement and social development. All households in each village will be
directly benefited by the project interventions including the vulnerable population and the
landless. All households are benefited by enhanced access to rural markets such as 250
village aggregation centres, 84 GP level market yards and 34 TDCC-managed marketing
systems for NTFP. Number of beneficiary households by subproject and year are shown in
Table 4 below.
Table-4: Number of Benefited Households, cumulative
Subproject households a/
Project Year a/
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-NRM households 0 0 10,870 21,740 45,850 45,850 45,850 45,850
-Livestock households 0 0 2,250 4,500 9,000 9,000 9,000 9,000
-IGA households 0 500 1,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000
-Drudgery reducing
households
0 5,000 15,000 25,000 35,000 35,000 35,000 35,000
-other households b/ 0 7,400 25,900 44,400 62,350 62,350 62,350 62,350
Total 0 7,400 29,120 44,400 62,350 62,350 62,350 62,350
a/ cumulative by year
b/ such as households benefited by enhanced access to markets at village , GP and Haats levels
17. Benefits: The immediate benefits from the project are increased productivity-through
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 10: Economic and Financial Analysis
153
the introduction of better management practices, improved farming practices. This response
is expressed as increased household incomes. On an average, a household’s production
benefits will increase from 510 kg/household to over 1,020 kg of cereals, pulses and oilseeds.
In addition, average household production also includes 857 kg of fruits, 357 kg of vegetables
and tubers and 177 kg of spices. Incomes, excluding the value of family labour increase from
INR 2,285 to INR 26,120: INR 21,480 per household from agriculture, INR 4,365 from
livestock and INR 275 from IGA. This reverses the present scenario of the target groups
realising large incomes from NTFP collections and sales. In qualitative terms, minimised soil
erosion, reduced runoff and increased infiltration, and enhancement of organic contents of the
soil are some of the benefits of the OPELIP interventions, which have not been quantified.
There are substantial increases on demand on family labour from the existing level of 68
person-days per household to some 128 person-days.
Table-5: Household food production & Incomes at full development stage
Households
Food production: Kg / hh a/ Incomes/hh b/
WOP WP WOP WP
All households 508 1,020 2,285 26,120 a/ Cereals, pulses and oilseeds only and excludes tuber, fruits, vegetables, spices.
b/ Incomes exclude household labour-days 68 person-days under WOP and 128 person-days under with project
situation.
18. Other benefits: Additional benefits come from the OPELIP’s capacity building
interventions. First, at the end of the project, all participating villages will have the benefit and
advantages of the services of their societies, which are capacitated and provided fund support
for various social and economic developments. Secondly, women from the poor and very
poor groups will be participating in and managing their social and economic development and
will have better access to markets and inputs and marketing their products.
4. Risks and sustainability
19. There are a number of risks associated with OPELIP. These relate to farm technology,
reluctance on the part of the farmers, inadequate extension and market linkages and poor
price margins to farmers, inadequate flow of funds from the convergence programme,
institutional credit, lack of service providers and poor coordination and institutional support
and policy risks. These issues and risks are addressed in the project design as described
below:
Risks Risk description Probability of
occurrence
Mitigation measures in
programme design
Comparative
sensitivity
analysis result
(Proxy)
Institutional Delay in technology
transfer/lack of quality planting
materials slowing down the
uptake rates and production
Weak technical and
management capacities of
NGOs and MPAs
High to
Medium
FFS promoted and facilitated;
Extensive training and
demonstrations of crop
cultivations, livestock, IGA etc
Competent NGO recruited;
MPA strengthened with
additional staff and facilities
Benefits lag by
2 years:
IRR= 18%
NPV= 6142
million
BCR= 1.67
Lack of financial capacity to
invest in agriculture and other
occupations
High to
Medium
SHGs promoted and
empowered compliance with
NRLM;
VRF, PIF, CIF funds are
provided to GP level cluster
forums;
Decline in
benefits by
20%:
IRR=17%
NPV=4370
million
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 10: Economic and Financial Analysis
154
Risks Risk description Probability of
occurrence
Mitigation measures in
programme design
Comparative
sensitivity
analysis result
(Proxy)
BCR= 1.47
Market Inadequate profit margins due
to poor access, lack of
transport and of market
information
Lack of capacities of PTG to
negotiate fair deals with private
investors
High to
medium
Market information, improved
technology advice, promotion
of producers’ collectives and
market linkages.
Improvement of local markets
and rural roads; empowering
the producers’ collective and
training them;
Provision of market
infrastructure and facilities
through TDCC
Decline in
benefits and
increases in
cost by 20%:
IRR= 13%
NPV=2518
million
BCR=1.23
Lower market prices for
commodities
Medium Diversified production and
improved market information;
production of off-season
vegetables
Policy Lack of commitment to
investing in the welfare
development and slowing down
funds flow
Medium More convergence funds
organised; regular funds from
TSP and CCD ensured
Farm operating
costs increase
by 20%:
IRR=18%
NPV= 5925
million
BCR=1.53
Others Remoteness of Tribal villages
and difficulty of access during
rainy season
High Promotion of products that
combine high farmer margin for
small volumes and are easy to
transport
Decline in
benefits by
25%:
IRR= 16%
NPV=3518
million
BCR=1.38
Climate change risks of
delayed rainfall, abnormal
rainfall, etc
Medium Training farmers on climate
change risks and crop
diversification
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design report
Appendix 10: Economic and Financial Analysis
155
ECONOMIC ANALYSIS
0.085 8.5%
(Million INR)
Details 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Benefits
Incremental benefits - 37 411 826 1,549 1,679 1,804 1,953 2,067 2,198 2,347 2,489 2,603 2,697 2,740 2,775 2,803 2,832 2,860 2,888
Total benefits 0 37 411 826 1549 1679 1804 1953 2067 2198 2347 2489 2603 2697 2740 2775 2803 2832 2860 2888
Incremental Costs
Investment costs 404 955 1,335 1,424 1,062 529 187 152
Production costs 54 217 420 624 595 596 602 602 604 600 603 604 610 609 614 606 605 605 610
Total costs 404 1009 1552 1844 1686 1124 784 754 602 604 600 603 604 610 609 614 606 605 605 610
Net benefits -404 -972 -1141 -1018 -137 555 1021 1199 1465 1594 1747 1886 1999 2087 2130 2161 2197 2227 2255 2278
Basecase results: Benefits lagged by 2 year
NPV of benefit streams discounted at 8.5% 17,034 NPV of benefit streams discounted at 8.5% 15,336
NPV of costs stream discounted at 8.5% 9,194 NPV of costs stream discounted at 8.5% 9,194
NPV of project discounted at 8.5% 7,840 NPV of project discounted at 8.5% 6,142
BCR- discounted benefits & costs at 8.5% 1.85 BCR- discounted benefits & costs at 8.5% 1.67
IRR IRR23%
Project: OPELIP Appraisal July 2014
Country: India
Project Year
18%
Discount rate:DR
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 10: Economic and Financial Analysis
156
Both cost increase & benefits down
Project Performance indicators 10% 15% 20% 25% 10% 15% 20% 25% 10% 15% 20% 25%
NPV of at discount rate of 8.5% 6,851 6,388 5,925 5,462 6,073 5,221 4,370 3,518 5,147 3,833 2,518 1,203
BCR at discount rate of 8.5% 1.67 1.60 1.53 1.47 1.66 1.56 1.47 1.38 1.51 1.36 1.23 1.10
IRR 21% 19% 18% 17% 20% 19% 17% 16% 18% 15% 13% 11%
Switching Value Analysis:
Switching Value: Appraisal
Total Benefits at 8.5% DR 17,034 9,194 -46
Total Costs at 8.5% DR 9,194 17,034 85
Results of Sensitivity Analysis:
Costs increased by Benefits down by
Switching value % change
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 11: Draft Programme Implementation Manual
157
Appendix 11: Draft programme implementation manual
Programme Implementation Manual is a fundamental document for running the Programme, containing detailed instructions, processes and information on how to implement various components of the programme, monitoring and evaluation systems, reporting requirements during the life cycle of the Programme. The importance of the PIM is recognized in the Financing Agreement and submission and approval of the PIM would be a condition for disbursement. It promotes good management, administration, internal controls and a standardized approach to various tasks. It is to understand that PIM is a ‘living document’ and should be updated regularly on the basis of learning of project implementation. The PIM will serve the purpose of one-stop reference point on the project implementation. It defines the roles and responsibilities for all processes and transactions, and includes references to other key documents or contains them as attachments (Financing Agreement, Letter to the Borrower and Disbursement Handbook, Procurement Guidelines and Handbook, Audit Guidelines, etc.). The draft PIM will be prepared after Loan Negotiation and the key positions of the PMU are in place. Broadly, the sections of the PIM are as below:
Cover Page (paste photographs relevant to OPELIP) Font sizes: TABLE OF CONTENTS Currency Equivalent Weights and Measures Fiscal Year Abbreviations and Acronyms
PART-ONE Chapter 1: Introduction and background (One Page) Describe the purpose and objectives of PIM, mention who will use this PIM, indicate the advantages of using PIM, list documents referred in developing the PIM and also include the Project Team which worked on the document and date of preparation. Write a paragraph acknowledging the support and
cooperation received from senior staff and IFAD CPM. Please state that the PIM is a dynamic
document and it should be updated as when required by the PMU staff.
Chapter 2: OPELIP Project Summary (about 10 pages) Briefly describe the background to the project (refer Project Design Report), outline key factors for the success of the project such critical staff, fund flow, procurement, community participation etc, Describe the project area, target groups and project goal and objectives; Describe the project components, their phasing and financing plan; outline the risks and mitigation measures; describe the environmental impact of the project; Indicate expected project output and outcome. Describe the exit strategy of the project; Include a matrix to show selection criteria for project interventions with columns: types of intervention; facilities offered, targeting criteria, role of community, PMU and local community in the selection and identification of target activities and beneficiaries etc Attach Programme Logframe at the end of Chapter;
Chapter 3: OPELIP Cost Estimates (to be extracted from WP) Insert Tables showing the project cost estimates by component and year for the following:
Community institutions SHG and Rural Finance Natural Resources Management Food and Nutrition Security Livelihoods Improvement
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 11: Draft Programme Implementation Manual
158
Community infrastructure Drudgery reducing interventions Project Management Unit MPA Units Monitoring & Evaluation and Knowledge Management
Insert key SUMMARY cost tables as reference Add commentary notes on unit costs used and scope for flexibility during implementation; Attach Cost Tables containing both physical and financial units.
Chapter 4: OPELIP Organisation and Management Briefly describe coordination arrangements, project steering committees, and their roles and functions, arrangements for meeting etc, coordination arrangements at grassroots levels, organisation structure of PMU, staff structure and their duties and responsibilities, Arrangements for implementation of project interventions, agencies responsible for the implementation of various project components and subcomponents, etc. Develop and provide a matrix with following columns: Project intervention, coverage, implementation responsibility, procurement, timeline and schedule of implementation etc Briefly indicate PMU staff responsibilities or TORs and recruitment of staff and procedures for recruitment. Provide an outline of duties and responsibilities of individual staff and also indicate the need for gender balance in staff structure etc.
Chapter 5: NGO selection processes: selection criteria – pre-qualification; TOR and
management structure, Model contract or MOU for NGO engagement; key responsibilities of NGO and NGOs
Chapter 6: Procurement Procedures Describe general conditions of procurement and methods of procurement under IFAD procurement Regulations; Describe the procurement procedures under IFAD procurement in detail and as applicable to OPELIP; Describe approval authorities; review mechanisms: prior and ex-post review; review of pre-qualification bidders; describe the procurement committees at different level and thresholds for approvals at different level; prepare 18-month procurement plan and attach it at the end of the chapter; Use one of the existing templates used by the Society or in its absence follow the template provided by IFAD.
Chapter 7: Finance Management (to be extracted from LTB) Provide a brief introduction regarding purpose of this section. One or two paragraphs on project costs and financing arrangements; Describe in brief the flow of fund mechanism; Describe type of accounts: designated account, project account, subproject account etc and their operations; Describe the disbursement procedures and withdrawals (to be obtained from the Letter to the Borrower and its attachments) Include checklist for sending withdrawal applications; Describe audit procedures and arrangements in place for conducting effective audit for each year and also describe arrangement for internal audit and its procedures; Identify annual audit statements and indicate how these statements are prepared and forwarded to IFAD and other entities; indicate how project completion report will be carried out and required financial statements. Indicate a list of registers and records to be maintained at PMU office such as contract record, individual contract monitoring form etc Fiduciary Aspects Capacity Assessment Tool Terms of Reference for internal auditors
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 11: Draft Programme Implementation Manual
159
PART-TWO: PROGRAMME COMPONENTS Chapter 7: Community institutions Key factors for success
Objective and purpose of subcomponent
Activities and interventions
Implementation procedures, steps and stages
Indicators for M&E
TOR for VDAs & VDCs
Chapter 8: SHGs Key factors for success
Objective and purpose of subcomponent
Description of Activities proposed including criteria for selection
Implementation procedures, steps and stages
Outcome and outcome indicators
Chapter 9: Rural Finance Purpose and objective of this subcomponent Factors responsible for success Activities and interventions proposed Description of each activity and selection criteria Operational procedures and NRLM compliant processes Outcome and outcome indicators
Chapter 10: NRM-Land and water resources development Objective and purpose of the subcomponent Factors responsible for success Proposed activities and their description Arrangements for implementation Procedures for operating village development fund Outcome and outcome indicators
Chapter 11: NRM- Productivity enhancement and crop diversification Purpose and objective of this sub-component Key factors for success Proposed activities and their description Arrangements for implementation Outcome and outcome indicators
Chapter 12: Nutrition Security Aspects and checklist Purpose and objective of this sub-component Key factors for success Proposed activities and their description Arrangements for implementation including criteria for selection Outcome and outcome indicators
Chapter 13: Livelihoods improvement including vocational training Purpose and objective of this sub-component Key factors for success Proposed activities and their description Arrangements for implementation Outcome and outcome indicators
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 11: Draft Programme Implementation Manual
160
Chapter 14: Community infrastructure Purpose and objective of this sub-component Key factors for success Proposed activities and their description Arrangements for implementation Outcome and outcome indicators
Chapter 15: Drudgery reducing interventions Purpose and objective of this sub-component Key factors for success Proposed activities and their description Arrangements for implementation Outcome and outcome indicators
PART-THREE: M&E, KM AND AWPB Chapter 16: Monitoring and Evaluation and Knowledge Management Purpose of MIS and approach to the development of MIS for the project Project M&E framework: (i) first level output monitoring; (ii) second level outcome monitoring and (iii) third level impact evaluation; Indicators for output monitoring; Indicators for outcome monitoring; Indicators for impact evaluation; Impact assessment indicators and anchor indicators, which have also been included at the impact level of Logical Framework. Specific studies required and their cost estimates Baseline surveys Annual Outcome Surveys: Key aspects Guidelines for KAP surveys TOR for impact survey Annual RIMS reporting Table Reporting and communication: annual reports
Chapter 17: Guidelines for preparing Annual Work Plan and Budget Purpose and objective of this section General introduction on the preparation of AWP&B All annual plans can be prepared based on the concept of result-oriented approach. This can be effectively done using both Cost Tables and Project Logframe.
Objective and expected result of component Indicators for monitoring and RIMS Quarterly targets for implementation (physical) Appraisal Target (physical) AWP&B Target (physical) Unit cost for the proposed activity Achievements by Appraisal estimates and Annual Plan estimates Budget estimates by Appraisal and Annual plan Financing rule Budget Category Procurement Method etc Procurement Plan
Key Tools for the preparation of AWP&B are: project Logframe, detailed costables, AWP&B template,
financing plan, financing rules in the procurement methods, Finance Agreement, last project progress
report
Chapter 18: Guidelines for preparing Annual Outcome Surveys
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 11: Draft Programme Implementation Manual
161
KEY ANNEXES 1. Project Logframe, updated (Chapter 2) 2. Criteria for selection and identification of project interventions Matrix (Chapter 2) 3. Cost Tables by components with financing rules (Chapter 3) 4. TOR for PMU staff (Chapter 4) 5. Project Organisation Charts (Chapter 4) 6. An 18-month Procurement Plan (Chapter 5) 7. Sample Chart of Accounts 8. Designated Account reconciliation statement 9. Checklist for Withdrawal Application 10. Sample financial statement 11. Sample Fixed Asset register 12. Sample form for Record of Contracts (Chapter 6) 13. Sample form for tracking contracts (Chapter 6) 14. Staff and community training programme/Calendar (Chapter 9) 15. Indicators for output, outcome and impact monitoring (Chapter 17) 16. RIMS Indicators (Chapter 17) 17. Template for AWPB (Chapter 18) 18. Template for the preparation of Annual Outcome Surveys 19. List Tables for IFAD Supervision Missions
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 12: Compliance with IFAD policies
163
Appendix 12: Compliance with IFAD policies
1. IFAD’s KEY FEATURES OF GENDER-SENSITIVE DESIGN
IFAD Policy OPELIP Design response
1. The project design report contains – and
project implementation is based on -
gender-disaggregated poverty data and an
analysis of gender differences in the
activities or sectors concerned, as well as
an analysis of each project activity from the
gender perspective to address any
unintentional barriers to women’s
participation.
The programme design is based on the analysis of gender
differences and adequate safeguards have been built to
ensure equal participation. The committees to be established
at the village level will have either 50% participation of women
(VDCs and FRCCs) or only women committees (SFACs and
HECs). The programme has two streams of activities. SHG.
Drudgery reduction and livelihood streams directly focus on
women whereas the land and water, crop, horticulture and
rural infrastructure focus on both men and women. The
appendix on Detailed Project Description provides details of
gender mainstreaming for each component.
2. The project design report articulates – or
the project implements – actions with aim
to:
Expand women’s economic empowerment through access to and control over productive and household assets;
OPELIP focuses on livelihoods where women are the primary
workforce. Specific actions will be taken to promote the role of
women in management of farm and related enterprises. About
70% of the women will be facilitated to form SHGs and will be
facilitated to access financial service and undertake livelihood
related activities. The programme intends to create a Cluster
level forum with Vulnerability reduction fund and Community
Investment which will be controlled and managed by women.
The programme also proposes to invest in kitchen garden,
backyard poultry and goat rearing which places the control
over these productive resources in the hands of women. Land
allotment will be in the joint names of husband and wife.
Strengthen women’s decision-making role in the household and community, and their representation in membership and leadership of local institutions;
SHGs will provide required space for women to be leaders and
decision makers and enable their effective participation in
other male dominated community organizations.
The programme will enable women to take active roles in
decision-making processes of the community and its
institutions like VDA, VDC, SHGs and Gram sabha level
cluster forums.
Achieve a reduced workload and an equitable workload balance between women and men.
The introduction of new technologies and enterprises aim to
reduce the workload of women; special interventions to reduce
the drudgery of women have been included as one of the sub-
components to balance workload.
3. The project design report includes one
paragraph in the targeting section that
explains what the project will deliver from a
gender perspective.
Yes, please refer to Para # 18, 22 and 23 of Main Report
4. The project design report describes the
key elements for operationalizing the
gender strategy, with respect to the
relevant project components.
Yes, please refer to Annex 1, Appendix-2
5. The design document describes - and
the project implements - operational
measures to ensure gender- equitable
participation in, and benefit from, project
activities. These will generally include:
5.1 Allocating adequate human and financial resources to implement the gender strategy
Adequate human resources in PMU and MPAs including
CRPs have been provided. The programme will also provide
adequate financial resources for developing and implementing
a gender strategy. A Gender and Nutrition Manager at PMU
will spearhead gender and women empowerment related
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 12: Compliance with IFAD policies
164
activities. Social Mobilizer at the MPU will be the focal point for
gender and nutrition at the MPU level.
5.2 Ensuring and supporting women’s
active participation in project-related
activities, decision-making bodies and
committees, including setting specific
targets for participation
Equal participation and representation in VDCs, FRCCs,
HECs, FFS, CRPs and also NGO staff. SHGs, GPLFs, SFACs
will be only women organizations.
5.3 Ensuring that project/programme
management arrangements
(composition of the project management
unit/programme coordination unit,
project terms of reference for staff and
implementing partners, etc.) reflect
attention to gender equality and
women’s empowerment concerns
This has been addressed in the design; while gender balance
is possible at PMU level, it is difficult to ensure at MPA levels
due to remoteness of locations and difficulties in getting proper
persons.
5.4 Ensuring direct project/programme
outreach to women (for example
through appropriate numbers and
qualification of field staff), especially
where women’s mobility is limited
Experience of JTDP and OTELP shows that project staffs
have no problem in reaching women. A significant proportion
of CRPs and partner NGO staff will be women.
5.5 Identifying opportunities to support
strategic partnerships with government
and others development organizations
for networking and policy dialogue
The programme intends to converge with other line
departments for coordinated efforts to reach the target
households. One such coordination worked out during design
includes the agreement reached to place an officer from the
Women and Child Development Department within MPA to
coordinate activities related to women and children
6. The project’s logical framework, M&E,
MIS and learning systems specify in design
– and project M&E unit collects, analyses
and interprets sex- and age-disaggregated
performance and impact data, including
specific indicators on gender equality and
women’s empowerment.
These have been incorporated as part of project knowledge
management and M&E and other learning systems.
2. IFAD Targeting Policy- Checklist for Design
OPELIP Design RESPONSE
1. Does the main target group - those
expected to benefit most- correspond to
IFAD’s target group as defined by the
Targeting Policy (poorer households and
food insecure)?
Yes. PTG households are the poorest and highly vulnerable.
The focus of programme activities including community
institution building will be on the PTGs. A major thrust is to
improve food security and livelihoods of the PTG population.
2. Have target sub-groups been identified
and described according to their different
socio-economic characteristics, assets and
livelihoods - with attention to gender and
youth differences? (Matrix on target group
characteristics completed?)
The programme targets are PTGs, other STs and the poor SC
households. Yes, Target sub-groups have been identified and
described and specific matrix on target group characteristics
have been completed and provided in Appendix-2
3. Is evidence provided of interest in and
likely uptake of the proposed activities by the
identified target sub-groups? What is the
evidence? (Matrix on analysis of project
components and activities by principal
beneficiary groups completed?)
A matrix showing the evidence of interest in and likely uptake
of proposed intervention provided. This is based on mission’s
assessment during field visits to all micro-project areas and
interaction with the target group communities. A matrix on
analysis of project components and activities by principal
beneficiary groups completed.
4. Does the design document describe a
feasible and operational targeting strategy in
line with the Targeting Policy, involving some
or all of the following measures and methods:
4.1 Geographic targeting – based on poverty A matrix showing the geographic targeting is included; each
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 12: Compliance with IFAD policies
165
data or proxy indicators to identify, for area-
based projects or programmes, geographic
areas (and within these, communities) with
high concentrations of poor people
MPA area has geographically targeted PTGs.
4.2 Direct targeting - when services or
resources are to be channelled to specific
individuals or households
For direct targeting, appropriate selection criteria have been
set out. This is a PTG focussed programme and these groups
will be the major beneficiaries of this programme. The target
sub-groups have been identified in details with a vulnerability
matrix.
4.3 Self targeting – when goods and services
respond to the priority needs, resource
endowments and livelihood strategies of
target groups
A mechanism for self-targeting has been outlined and
specified for example in accessing smokeless stoves, solar
lanterns for individuals and milling and hulling and hauling
facilities for groups. SHG mobilization self targets the
households that are mostly highly vulnerable and vulnerable.
4.4 Empowering measures - including
information and communication, focused
capacity- and confidence-building measures,
organisational support, in order to empower
and encourage the more active participation
and inclusion in planning and decision
making of people who traditionally have less
voice and power
The Community empowerment strategies under the OPELIP
ensure active participation of people who traditionally have
less voice and power. Participatory processes will be
employed to seek participation of the poorest. VDCs will be
empowered to plan, manage financial resources and
implement most of the programme activities.
4.5 Enabling measures –to strengthen
stakeholders’ and partners’ attitude and
commitment to poverty targeting, gender
equality and women’s empowerment,
including policy dialogue, awareness-raising
and capacity-building
OPELIP programme design includes all enabling measures to
strengthen stakeholders’ and partners’ attitude and
commitment to poverty targeting, gender equality and
women’s empowerment
4.6 Attention to procedural measures - that
could militate against participation by the
intended target groups
The programme design has put in adequate procedural
measures to ensure participation of PTGs who are the
intended target group. This includes targeting of villages with
PTG population. Ensuring inclusion of PTGs in all community
organization building efforts and also formation of committees
at the village level.
4.7 Operational measures - appropriate
project/programme management
arrangements, staffing, selection of
implementation partners and service
providers
Yes; the programme will be managed by the STSCDD which
is sensitive to the interests of Scheduled tribes in general and
PTGs in particular. MPAs have been established the GoO in
the programme area with the specific mandate of addressing
the concerns of PTGs.
5. Monitoring targeting performance. Does
the design document specify that targeting
performance will be monitored using
participatory M&E, and also be assessed at
mid-term review? Does the M&E framework
allow for the collection/analysis of sex-
disaggregated data and are there gender-
sensitive indicators against which to
monitor/evaluate outputs, outcomes and
impacts?
Yes; the programme design document specifies use of
participatory M&E and also allows for collection and analysis
of gender disaggregated data.
3. Adaptation to Climate Change
Goal: To maximize IFAD’s impact on rural poverty in a changing climate
Statements of purpose: OPELIP response
1. To support innovative approaches to helping
smallholder producers build their resilience to
climate change.
Climate resilient livelihoods – including improved food crop
production with irrigation and watershed conservation works.
Introduction of risk reduction measures such as shifts in
cropping patterns, diversified production technologies, rainwater
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 12: Compliance with IFAD policies
166
harvesting are emphasised.
2. To help smallholder farmers take advantage
of available mitigation incentives and funding.
No specific plans in project design to mobilise additional funds
for mitigation, but opportunities may arise during implementation
3. To inform a more coherent dialogue on
climate change, rural development, agriculture
and food security.
M&E systems will generate information on the outcomes of
project activities focused on climate resilience. Lessons will be
disseminated via knowledge management activities. Services of
Odisha University of Agriculture and Technology will be availed
in developing climate-resilient crop varieties and cultivation
technologies that are adaptable by the PTGs.
4. Good governance framework
This Good Governance Framework is based on the following key principals:
Transparency is the foundation for accountability and participation. Information in the public domain and an open &
visible decision-making processes signals that there is nothing to hide.
Accountability implies probity in how resources are mobilized and used, and for what ends.
Participation (or inclusion) represents the “demand side” of good governance, and implies that people should have a
voice in the decisions that may affect them. The involvement of affected communities in all stages of projects can
simultaneously improve development outcomes and reduce the scope for fraud and corruption.
Project
processes
Actions to be taken Accountability and
transparency
Participation and
inclusion
Guidelines/regulations
to be followed
Targeting Ensure inclusion of disadvantaged groups in project activities. This requires targeting policies and monitoring of composition of PGs etc.
Progress reports Outcome surveys IFAD supervision reports
Report back to VDA and VDC on composition of all groups
IFAD appraisal report OPELIP group
formation guidelines as in PIM
Planning
(project
level)
Annual plans for project activities need to conform to GoO processes and IFAD appraisal, and be approved by PSC and IFAD
PMU report to PSC IFAD & GoO approval of
AWPB Progress reports on
implementation of AWPB
PRA at design stage got feedback from local people.
Disclosure of AWPB
GoO procedure for annual budget
IFAD AWPB guidelines as in PIM
Planning
(local level)
Participation in plans at local level by Palli Sabha and field level groups
Progress reports with information on GS participation )
Progress reports feedback to Palli sabha and all other groups
Participatory planning guidelines
Procurement Transparent and efficient procurement process to ensure best quality/price.
IFAD implementation support to train staff in procurement processes.
IFAD prior reviews
External audits cover procurement processes
IFAD supervision missions spot check procurements
IFAD technical audits if needed to check value for money and leakages.
PSC and IFAD receive audit report
IFAD supervision reports and any technical audits to IFAD & GoO.
VDA involved in checking procurement and community level procurement
GoO Procurement Regulations
IFAD procurement guidelines
Annual procurement plan
Physical
activities
and outputs
Need to monitor progress in terms of quantity and quality.
Outcome surveys check on outputs delivered to beneficiaries’ households.
Progress reports of implementing agencies
Project website IFAD supervision reports
assess progress
Internal coordination workshops
Project progress reports to IFAD & PSC
Government budget IFAD appraisal report Producer Collective
plans and guidelines as in PIM
Financial
management
Minimise cash transactions Training of SHGs,
producers’ collectives, group leaders etc in accounts and book-
Consolidated financial statements
Internal audit External audit IFAD supervision mission
CBO accounts discussed and agreed with all members.
Rotation of group
IFAD financial reporting guidelines
Government accounting systems
ToR for internal and
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 12: Compliance with IFAD policies
167
keeping. IFAD implementation
support will train staff in project accounting and financial processes.
reports will check financial statements & accounting system
leaders and regular elections.
Audit report to PSC & IFAD
Consolidated financial statements to IFAD
IFAD supervision reports to IFAD & GoO.
external audit as in PIM
Results and
impact
Reporting of outcomes and results
Knowledge management to utilise information generated
IFAD supervision reports IFAD RIMS indicators
reporting outcomes Annual Outcome Surveys
Project website with results of M&E
Experience sharing publications and workshops.
Project M&E guidelines
IFAD RIMS guidelines
Project KM strategy
Complaints
remedies
Complaints procedure Ethical code for staff to
avoid conflicts of interest and including sanctions for fraudulent and corrupt practices
Investigative processes Reports to PSC & IFAD
Feedback to village / Palli sabha if needed
MPA complaints guidelines
Staff ethical code PIM Manual
guidelines
5. CHECKLIST FOR INDIGENOUS PEOPLES IN PROJECT DESIGN AND IMPLEMENTATION
SCORE
(1-6) Issues
1. The project design report is in line with IFAD
Policy on Engagement with Indigenous Peoples and
takes into account the socio economic and cultural
specificities of the indigenous peoples’ communities
living in the project area. It provides baseline
information on their demographic, social, cultural,
and political characteristics; the land and territories
that they have traditionally owned or customarily
used or occupied; and the natural resources they
manage or depend upon.
6 The design report has coherently addressed all issues
in relevant section of the document. The design
mission has also engaged local resource persons
having long years of experience in working with the
tribal people of the state to provide information of most
of these issues. Additionally, the design mission has
taken advantage of the data available at the Scheduled
Caste Scheduled Tribes Research & Training Institute
located at Bhubaneswar. Refer to WP on Poverty,
Targeting and Gender and WP on Socio-Economic
Conditions of the PTGs.
2. The project design report includes disaggregated
data by indigenous group and geographical location
6 Refer to Project file; also working papers on Poverty,
Targeting and Gender; Socio-Economic Conditions of
the PTGs and Nutrition Aspects of PTGs.
3. The project design report identifies, interventions
which respond to the needs and priorities as
expressed by the targeted indigenous peoples’
communities and which build on their knowledge,
cultural systems, and institutions.
6
Refer to Section on implementation mechanism and
focus on promotion of engendered community-based
institutions such as Village Development Association
(VDA), Village Development Committee (VDC) and
Women Self Help Groups (SHG) in all project villages
including support to Youth Groups specially focusing
on traditional cultural development, protection of ‘tribal
sacred places’ and tribal institutions such as ‘youth
dormitory’ still in existence among some of the target
communities.
4. The design document describes – and the project/programme
implements – operational measures to ensure IPs equitable
participation in, and benefit from, project activities. These will
generally include:
4.1. Ensuring that representatives of the indigenous
peoples’ communities, partners of the project, are
present at all stages of the project cycle and that a
consultation plan leading to their Free, Prior and
Informed Consent is embedded in the project design
6 Nearly 75% of project participants would be tribal
people (of which nearly 70% would be PTGs). VDC
(selected/elected among members of VDA, which has
representatives from every household in the village by
adult male and female) is the village/grassroots level
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 12: Compliance with IFAD policies
168
SCORE
(1-6) Issues
and the consultation and participation process is
documented
planning and executing body and also responsible for
community-based procurement on behalf of VDA; while
the VDA is the village-level decision-making body,
VDC is the executive body of the VDA. VDC has equal
representation by men and women. All activities in the
village would be planned by VDC with consultation/
approval in the assembly of VDA and reflected as the
Village Development and Livelihoods Plan (VDLP). In
mix villages (settlements of both tribal people and
others), due care has been taken to have
equal/adequate representation of the tribal people in all
village institutions.
4.2. Ensuring that project/programme activities are
co-created and co-managed by the indigenous
peoples communities
6 Natural resources management plans are co-created
and co-managed by the respective VDCs in
association VDAs that will include all the households in
a given village.
4.3 Ensuring the service-providers and extension
workers used by the project (public or private) have
the capacity and are trained to reach out to
indigenous peoples.
6 All service providers to be recruited or engaged with
would be either NGOs or government agencies who
have already been working in the programme areas
and many of them with the project target communities.
So these organisations already have adequate
experience of working with local tribal communities
including the Particularly Vulnerable Tribal Groups
(PTGs). The project will also promote Community
Resource Persons (CRPs) as Service Providers from
among the beneficiaries who would be resource
persons and extension service providers at community
level. Both the CRPs and the Social Mobilizers to be
recruited at each MPA would be adequately trained
and oriented to reach out to the target beneficiaries.
4.4 Ensuring that the project design report includes
measures to strengthen a) the social, legal and
technical capacity of the government institutions to
address IPs issues in the project area; b) IPs’
institutions and organizations in the project area
5 These issues are incorporated in relevant section of
the design document. Examples include capacity
building (social, legal and technical capacity) of the
government staff at MPA and staff from key line
departments working in MPA areas with the PTGs.
Another example is strengthening of traditional culture
and practices of the PTGs.
4.5 Ensuring that information disclosure on the
project is in accordance with prevailing IPs’ customs
and traditions and printed material is written in the
IPs language
5 OPELIP will work in 17 Micro Project Area (areas with
concentration of 13 PTGs) spread over 12 districts in
Odisha. Unfortunately, most PTGs do not have written
scripts of their language/dialects, except the Lanjia
Sauras, who use Roman scripts to write their
language. Many PTGs covered under MPA, which will
also form the programme areas for OPELIP, are able
to understand Oriya, which is the official language of
the state of Odisha. Medium of teaching in schools
covered under MPA is in Oriya with limited
introduction/usage of English in some residential
schools. To the extent possible, all printed materials
developed would be as read and understood by the
project communities (PTGs).
5. M&E mechanisms are participatory and adapted
to capture indigenous peoples’ perceptions and
perspectives. M&E systems include specific
indicators to measure the well-being, poverty and
sustainability in a way that is relevant to indigenous
peoples.
6 All the issues have been addressed in the design
document; also refer Appendix 6 on Planning,
Monitoring &Evaluation and Knowledge Management
along with Logical framework, and section on Food and
Nutrition.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 12: Compliance with IFAD policies
169
SCORE
(1-6) Issues
AVERAGE SCORE 5.5
6. Scaling-up Framework
Main interventions to be scaled up:
(i) Community empowerment of PTG through the formation of VDCs and SHGs; (ii) Natural resource management using user groups and convergence; (iii) Promotion of kitchen gardens & dryland horticulture through FFS (iv) Livelihoods enhancement through agriculture, horticulture, livestock, etc (v) Community infrastructure involving user groups for management (vi) Drudgery reducing interventions for women (vi) Land allotment to the landless Tribal
Whose idea? Proposal is by the Government of Odisha. Community empowerment and enhancement of livelihoods for Tribal are done by IFAD projects including the ongoing OTELP in the State
Piloting/testing/evaluation These are already tested in the State and evaluations are available, in particular for OTELP (Source: OTELP Annual Outcome Survey 2012) -Some 4,273 SHGs organised and functional with saving INR 26,530/SHG - 70% hh access to rural financial services; -Money-lenders grip on the community reduced; -358 VDC registered and managing village resources; -Village level social and financial audit sub-committee functional; -Some 175,368 ha land treated and 11,280 ha of non-arable land converted into arable land; -irrigated area increased from 464 ha in 2005 to 17,130 ha; -Cropped area increased by 18,634 ha; -About 80% hh have access to domestic water supply; -Some 26,040 hh benefited by land allotment including 8,610 under FRA; -About 93% hh reported enhanced incomes; -About 94% hh are food-secure; -Land ownership increased from 86% to 91%; -69% increased agricultural production and 55% hh adopt improved production practices; -93% hh have increased herd size due to reduction in mortality rates;
Vision / Target scale State government placing emphasis on development of all PTG households in the state, while protecting natural resources from effects of climate change and preservation of PTG traditions and culture.
Drivers:
Champions Government: Chief Minister, Chief Secretary, Commissioner and Secretary ST&SC Development Department, Additional Chief Secretaries of Development and Finance.
External catalysts Opportunities to take advantage of financial support available from Govt of India under TSP; unique PTG landscapes offer potential for producing crops for food security and markets.
Local drivers Potential for development, available natural resources base, potential for market development by improving communication network and overall expectation of the PTG population willing to adopt improved technologies
Incentives Economic incentives: with more education and exposure to the modern world, PTG households want more incomes and food security Political incentives: political leaders need to deliver a growing local economy for the Tribal that is not left behind by other areas within the state. Social incentives: communities willing to organise into affinity groups and undertake development interventions within their area availing all resources and opportunities provided by the Programme
Spaces:
Policy, legal and regulatory space Government policies allow space for OPELIP. A number of state and national programmes have resources that OPELIP will use - such as for NRM, NRLM, community infrastructure, small irrigation works and investment in livestock farming, development of local markets, investment for women drudgery reduction activities etc.
Financial and fiscal space OPELIP is part of the Tribal Development Plan, which is getting significant resources from both state and national governments. The government has also assured to commit additional funds, at least to maintain 1:1.6 ratio and has not
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 12: Compliance with IFAD policies
170
placed any specific limit on its contributions.
Political space Tribal Sub-Plan is the National Programme with assured budgetary support from both GoO and GoI aiming at overall development of the Tribal and poverty reduction.
Institutional / organisation space The ST&SC Development Department, Govt of Odisha is the lead programme agency under which a programme management unit will be set up for the day-today management. There are 17 Micro-project offices each of 17 PTG areas. The implementation capacity of each Micro-project will be improved with additional core staff, capacity building through training and exposure visits, office buildings and equipment, camp offices and facilities for travel and connectivity through V sat etc
Natural Resource / environmental space
OPELIP has a strong NRM and environmental element, with potential for climate change adaptation, rainfed agriculture and water resource development.
Cultural space Traditional institutions play a major role in governance in the project areas and these are gradually integrated with the newly introduced PRI system of governance. But lack of formal land title is a disincentive to individual investment in land resources. OPELIP will work closely with traditional institutions to ensure the landless PTGs have access to land.
Partnerships Implementation of OPELIP will be supported by competent, local NGOs. State Forest Department is implementing Simplipal Livelihoods Programme within the Simplipal Forest Reserve. Lessons from ongoing 17 Micro-projects will add value to OPELIP in terms of understanding the socio-economic conditions of the PTGs and their aspirations. OPELIP will also draw lessons from ongoing OTELP for the project management.
Knowledge / learning space OPELIP will establish and support facilities for KM and M&E in line with the experience gained under other Tribal development projects, in particular the OTELP.
Implementing space OPELIP will have a PMU within STSCDD, GoO in line with the OTELP model. The PMU will have staff at state and Micro-project levels with monitoring and finance functions, and will link with other government programmes. At the Micro-project level, the OPELIP will have implementation units for its programme components and activities in the field.
Pathways:
Time horizon Phase 1: Development and piloting: 2015 to 2023 – OPELIP Phase 2: Scaling up - government programmes: 2023 onwards continuous
Dimensions (i) Outreach: OPELIP participating households = 62,500; (ii) Horizontal: OPELIP to cover all PTG and non-PTG households in the state; (iii) Vertical: Possible replication to other states where PTGs habitat; (iv) Functional: activities to be refined and developed based on learning
Scaling up milestones Appropriate milestones to be identified
Role of drivers and spaces Policy, institutional, fiscal and political spaces all show the priority being given to IFAD's support for OPELIP. Local level drivers show that rural people will be receptive to the proposed interventions.
IFAD's role The government has selected IFAD to be its key external partner for PTG development for first time. The government is looking to IFAD to contribute its experience and expertise to the programme - this being of greater importance than financial resources. In particular IFAD's approaches and abilities are being sought in the area of capacity building and community empowerment and rural financial services.
Impact of scaling up processes The programme will result in improved livelihoods and living standards for all PTGs and non-PTGs living the PTG enclaves in the state, and the testing of a number of innovations could generate results for replication in other states with PTG population in India.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 12: Compliance with IFAD policies
171
7. Environmental Screening and Scoping Note
Description of Programme and components
33. The overall Goal of OPELIP is ‘enhanced living conditions and reduced poverty’82
. This is
sought to be achieved via the development objective of enabling improved livelihoods and food and
nutrition security primarily for 32,090 PTG households and 19,450 other poor Tribal and SC
households’. This in turn would be achieved via building the capacity of the target households,
securing them their entitlements over land and forest, improving their agricultural practices for
enhanced production, promoting micro-enterprises for alternate livelihoods and ensuring access to
education, health and other services and improving community infrastructure. The Programme will
have four major components, namely (i) Community empowerment, (ii) NRM and Livelihoods
enhancement; (iii) Community infrastructure and drudgery reduction and (iv) Programme
Management.
Component 1: Community empowerment
34. Component-1: Community Empowerment: PTGs remain one of the most vulnerable social
groups in India. Their impoverishment is linked to isolation, degradation of natural resources and
resultant impact on availability of water and forest based livelihoods, and inadequate development of
alternate sources of livelihood. Despite the fact that the government has implemented various policies
and programmes for their development, inability of PTGs to navigate the complex bureaucratic
processes required for realizing these benefits has hindered their development. Empowerment is the
key pre-requisite for development of the PTGs. This will be addressed through a series of capacity
building initiatives, entry point activities and mobilization of community-based organizations.
Accordingly, the Community empowerment component will have two sub-components, namely: (i)
Community Institutions development; and (ii) Promotion of SHGs and Rural Finance
35. Community institutions: Major interventions will be engaging the services of 17 FNGOs
supported by about 510 CRPs (one CRP for two natural villages), preparation of village development
plans, building the capacity of CRPs and VDCs, ToT through the NGO Reach India and entry point
activities in all 1020 villages as identified by the VDCs.
36. Promotion of SHGs and Rural finance: Key interventions under this sub-component will
include formation and strengthening of 3,500 SHGs, training of 84 GP level CRPs, formation of 84
cluster level forums, provision of pro-poor funds and vulnerability reduction funds to SHGs and
community investment funds to the GPLF and piloting two cooperative societies.
Component 2 - NRM and Livelihoods Enhancement
37. This component will have three sub-components: (i) Natural Resource Management, (ii) food
and nutrition security and (iii) livelihoods improvement
38. Natural Resources Management: This sub-component will address (i) issues of landlessness by
recording rights under FRA comprehensively and distributing available revenue land under extant
GoO policies, (ii) developing land and water resources through appropriate engineering and biological
measures, and (iii) development of denuded forest areas near habitations as community forests by
granting Community Pattas (titles) under FRA Section 3(1)(i)83
. Key interventions will include building
the capacity of some 18,000 farmers in crop development and horticulture, engaging the services of
LANDESA for land survey and issuing of land rights titles to PTGs, treatment of 20,000 ha of arable
land, construction of some 900 irrigation structures and support to horticulture development, cereal
food crops including oilseeds, pulses and tubers in about 900 villages.
82
Ref Project Concept Note, IFAD, Dec 2013 83 The provision reads, “right to protect, regenerate or conserve or manage any community forest resource which they
have been traditionally protecting or conserving for sustainable use.”
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 12: Compliance with IFAD policies
172
39. (ii) Food and Nutrition security: PTGs grow a wide variety of nutrition dense crops, such as millets, short duration upland paddy and maize, beans, tubers, oilseeds and pulses maize. Cultivation of these crops is on the decline and there has not been any attempt to improve productivity through seed selection, exchange and improved management. Following various NRM interventions, more productive techniques and productive seed varieties can be introduced to address food and nutrition security. Lands presently under podu cultivation are in various stages of degradation, thereby increasing food insecurity and malnutrition. These could be used for horticulture combined with intercropping and need urgent attention. Key interventions under this sub-component would include conducting some 7,000 demonstrations on farmers’ fields, facilities for seeds production, compost-making and kitchen gardens through 3,500 SHGs etc.
40. (iii) Livelihoods Improvement: PTGs and other ST are dependent largely on forest based livelihoods, wage employment and agriculture including shifting cultivation. This sub-component will focus on homestead production and forest-based livelihoods. The programme will support: (i) Scaling up existing livelihoods including nutrition sensitive livelihoods; (ii) Support for value addition and NTFP based livelihoods; (iii) Marketing Support; and (iv) Vocational training.
Component 3: Community Infrastructure and drudgery reduction
41. (i) Community infrastructure: PTG villages are characterised by poor housing, limited or no access to potable water round the year, absence of sanitation facilities, limited or no access to electricity and limited or no road connectivity. Some of the villages in the programme area do not have school buildings and in many cases the school buildings are dilapidated and without drinking water and sanitation facilities. Many villages do not have paved roads and drainage inside the settlements and children play in extremely unhygienic conditions, especially during the rainy season. Though NTFPs constitute a major livelihood source for PTGs, there are no platforms for drying and sorting these and for storage to facilitate collective marketing. The programme will support (i) some 300 drinking water schemes and some 542 school toilets, (ii) 4000 housing units and habitat development, (iii) 500 km of road connectivity and 50 km electrification, (iv) infrastructure for 542 drying yards, 84 market yards, 250 aggregation centres, 250 SHG work-sheds, (v) supply of tractor and power-tiller units and 2,000 irrigation pump-sets and 84 hydram units.
42. (ii) Drudgery reduction interventions: Practical needs of women include easy and year-round access to water, fuel-wood, diversified food sources for nutrition, and reproductive and child health care services. Many of these are closely linked to land use (including farming systems), land tenure and usufruct rights – which are strategic in nature. Promotion of labour-intensive cash crops to the PTGs will be weighed against its adverse impact on nutrition security and women’s access to food sources. Creating access to drinking water, providing some 35,000 smokeless cook-stoves, creating fuel-wood reserves and promoting several home-based nutrition gardens will also be good entry point activities as well. There is scope for improved storage of food grains through storage bins and improved housing, solar home lighting, reducing drudgery related to hauling, threshing, hulling, milling of food grains through individual or community owned small scale equipment and tools. The programme will also support construction of some 84 milling units for hulling rice, millet etc.
Component 4: Project Management
43. This component will have four sub-components, namely: (i) Programme Management Unit to be
established in Bhubaneswar under SC&STD; (ii) Programme Implementation Units at micro-project
levels; (iii) Programme Monitoring and Evaluation and knowledge Management; and (iv) facilities for
policy initiatives. The PMU will be headed by a full time Programme Director who will report to the
Commissioner and Secretary, STSC Development Department. The programme will provide facilities
for staff salaries and allowances, vehicle hiring and operating costs, office equipment and office
running costs etc. In addition the programme will provide office building with V-sat facilities, one fully
furnished camp office, maintenance facilities, staff training and capacity building etc for each PIU.
Monitoring and evaluation and knowledge management functions will be entirely handled by the M&E
Section to be housed within the PMU. The unit will be adequately supported with office equipment,
staff and all other facilities for operations and maintenance.
A. Major Site Characteristics
(i) Socio-economic context of Odisha
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 12: Compliance with IFAD policies
173
44. Situated on the eastern seaboard, Odisha is geographically the 9th largest State of India with an
area of 15.57 million hectares (Mha). It has a large coastline of 480 km and a Continental Shelf of 2.4 Mha. The States of West Bengal in the North East, Jharkhand in the North, Chhattisgarh in the West, Andhra Pradesh in the South and the Bay of Bengal in the East constitute the boundaries of Odisha. The State has 30 administrative districts, 314 development blocks, 6,173 Gram Panchayats and 47,127 villages. It is the 11
th most populous among Indian States with a population of 41.97 million
with a decadal growth rate of 14% (previous decade 16%, India 18%). With 83% of its population living in villages (India 69%), Odisha is the third most rural among the 20 largest Indian States behind Bihar (89%) and Assam (86%).
45. Odisha has abundant surface and groundwater resources, criss-crossed as it is with a network of several large rivers like Mahanadi, Brahmani, Kolab, Baitarni, Indravati and Rushikulya besides several smaller rivers and streams, replenished by the State’s long-term average rainfall of over 1500
84 mm. The coastal plains and deltas and the central table lands and valleys constitute highly
fertile agricultural lands. Odisha is fifth largest among all Indian States in terms of forest area with about 37% of the State’s geographical area classified as forests of all categories. Besides a large coast line, the State has the world’s second largest lagoon, the Chilka Lake, with its rich fishery resources.
46. The State has vast mineral resources, including coal, iron-ore, manganese-ore, bauxite, chromites, etc. These are concentrated in the north and west, in the hilly regions. The State has over 98% of India’s estimated reserves of chromites, 95% of nickel, 77% of cobalt, 53% of bauxite and 33% of iron-ore. Other important mineral resources of the State are limestone, China clay, quartz, precious and semi-precious stones, copper, vanadium, etc.
85
47. In spite of its rich natural resource endowment, Odisha continues to be one of the poorest States in India with high incidence of poverty and low indices of human development. Nineteen out of 30 districts in Odisha are assessed to be severely or extremely food insecure and these include eight programme districts of Keojhar, Kalahandi, Ganjam, Nuapada, Rayagada, Gajapati, Malkangiri and Kandhamal
86.
(ii) Scheduled Tribes and PTGs in Odisha
48. Odisha is home to the largest number of Scheduled Tribes (62) in India, with 23% of its population from among the tribes. The State has the third largest population of Scheduled Tribes (STs) and has the largest number (13) of PTGs
87 in the country.
49. PTGs constitute a small segment of the STs nationally, as well as in Odisha. They constitute about 9% of the total ST population in Odisha
88. Typically inhabiting the more interior forest regions
and often poorly connected areas, they tend to be located in specific geographic pockets with each endogamous tribe comprising a small population. Overall they are the most disadvantaged even among the ST and much more isolated from the mainstream than others STs. The Detailed Project Reports commissioned by GoO for the Conservation-cum-Development (CCD) programme paint a dismal picture, with single-digit female literacy rates in many cases, high incidence of landlessness, high proportion (in some cases every household in a village) below the poverty line, poor outreach of basic public services and physical isolation in the absence of roads and other communications infrastructure. As per data available form SC&ST Research and Training Institute, headcount poverty among PTGs is over 79%, 37% of them are landless and average landholding per household is 0.60 ha (less than 0.15 ha per capita).
89
(iii) Physical features
84
Source: Status of Agriculture, Orissa, 2008, Directorate of Agriculture & Food Production, GoO 85
Orissa Reference Annual 2005 (www.Orissa.gov.in) 86
Source: Food Security Atlas of Rural Orissa, United Nations World Food Programme, New Delhi, 2008 87
The term originally used by GoI was Primitive Tribal Groups and has now been replaced by Particularly Vulnerable Tribal
Groups, with the same abbreviation. Notified by GoI, PTGs have low rate of population growth or declining population, pre-
agricultural level of technology and extremely low literacy rates. There are 75 PTGs across 17 States and Union Territories in
India. 88
PTG data is from the 2001 census as data for the 2011 census is yet to be released. 89
Source: Micro-project Profile, SC&ST Research and Training Institute, SC&ST Development Department, Bhubaneswar.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 12: Compliance with IFAD policies
174
50. Physical features: Situated in the sub-tropical region, Odisha has a vastly varied topography and complex ecology, encompassing in its boundaries the sea coast and coastal plains of India in the east and forest covered low mountain ranges, including the 1,672 m high Deomali Hill in the south, and wide expanse of fairly open plains in the southwest and west, the table lands in the centre and the plateaus in the north. The Eastern Ghats stretching along the eastern coast of India run through the middle of the State with varying altitudes, in most cases below 1,000 m. It has five distinct physiographic regions, namely the coastal plains, the northern uplands, the erosive plains of Mahanadi and other river valleys, the south western hilly region and the western subdued plateau. Elevations range between 100 m and 600 m MSL
51. Climatic conditions: The State has a sub-humid climate, characterised by high temperatures and humidity during greater parts of the year, a short and mild winter and long and hot summer. Over 80% of the rain is brought by the south-west monsoon, breaking in the coastal areas in early June, engulfing the entire State by early July and ending by early to mid-October. The coastal region is visited by cyclonic storms of varying intensity almost every year, often causing major dislocation and destruction.
(iv) Natural resources in the Programme area
52. Location of the Programme districts: The programme would be implemented in specific pockets of 12 out of the 30 districts in the State, encompassing a small geography where the PTGs are concentrated. All these 12 programme districts are outside the coastal plains. Of these, Mayurbhanj, Keonjhar and Sundargarh districts and the programme areas of Angul and Deogarh districts are situated in the northern uplands that constitute the extension of the Chhotanagpur plateau; Kandhamal and Ganjam districts and the programme areas of Gajapati are in the south-western hilly region in the Eastern Ghats as are the project areas in Kalahandi, Malkangiri and Rayagada flanking the western subdued plateau. The Nuapada is in the Sonabeda plateau on the north-western fringes of the Mahanadi basin.
53. The OPELIP areas differ from each other in terms of their terrain features. The plateaus represent a rolling terrain, with wider valleys, interspersed with hilly outcrops. The hilly regions are steeper with narrow valleys. All the programme areas are in the remote and more rugged parts of the districts in forests and forest fringes.
54. Forest resources and podu cultivation: Forests are the single largest land use category in the programme districts except in Ganjam and Kalahandi where the PTG settlements are in the hilly enclave of otherwise a flat terrain comprising farmland. Since the PTGs generally live in forests and forest fringe villages and hamlets, the share of forest land, uncultivable wastelands and cultivable wastelands would be even higher in the programme areas than are generally reported. The land use data (typically collected by departments of agriculture or revenue) does not include land presently being used for podu (shifting) cultivation—an important category of land use as far as the PTGs are concerned—since such land use is presently treated as encroachment and is included in the overall area under forest if it is inside notified forests or various categories of wasteland if it is revenue land and is not part of any kind of notified forest. Estimates of land under shifting cultivation vary greatly and what does become clear is that podu has for a long time been a significant land use category in the ST habitat and this kind of cultivation has been most prevalent among the PTGs.
55. Similarly, forest and revenue land under settled cultivation by the PTGs and others without legal title is also treated as encroachment and therefore not recorded. Limited cultivated land, coupled with poorly developed agriculture implies limited availability of work as agricultural workers. On the other hand, the presence of extensive forests makes NTFP collection a potentially significant source of livelihoods.
56. Soil types: Typically, the soils found are red, red lateritic, yellow and brown forest soils, black soils in certain patches and alluvial in gentler plateaus and in valleys. Given high rainfall and a sloping terrain, soils suffer considerable leaching, would be acidic and deficient in nitrogen. Soils would tend to have adequate potash, moderate levels of phosphorus and organic carbon because of proximity to forests.
57. Water resources: Situated in forests and forest fringes in high rainfall regions, the programme area has abundant surface water resources with big and small perennial streams fed by several
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 12: Compliance with IFAD policies
175
springs. However, due to the hilly terrain there are significant local variations with more water in villages situated in the foothills compared to villages in the steeper slopes and on plateaus.
58. Data regarding irrigation potential are not available. However, the Mission came across potential for small diversion based and lift-irrigation from springs and streams in most villages visited. The MPAs have implemented small diversion based irrigation projects in some of the villages, especially to provide irrigation during the kharif season by diverting rainwater runoff by constructing diversion weirs on seasonal and perennial streams and building earthen or cement concrete channels to the paddy fields. Overall there appear to be opportunities for more such projects and also for lifting water from streams.
59. Climate change effects: Indicative climate change effects across sectors projected by the State Government in the course of preparing its Climate Change Action Plan are presented in Table 12 and WP-11. Erratic rainfall and flooding would affect food production and food security. South-western Odisha, typically the most climate stressed region would be most affected though the coastal region where 40% of the State’s rice is produced would perhaps most affect food availability. Rising temperatures, leading to rising sea levels would lead to coastal erosion; sea water ingress and increasing threat of cyclones.
60. PTGs depend significantly on collection of NTFPs for their livelihoods. Various wild fruits, nuts
and flowers are a major part of the NTFP basket. Climate change can affect the production of these.
For example, unseasoned flowering of wild mango and mahua (Madhuca longifolia) as happened in
200090
can affect production of important NTFPs. Flowering of sal seed (Shorea robusta) also is
affected by climatic changes. Sal seed is an important NTFP in northern and eastern regions for the
PTGs. Lac cultivation is practiced extensively by PTGs in northern and eastern districts. The survival
of lac insect (Kerria lacca) is greatly affected by high temperatures.
B. Key Issues in Natural Resource Management
61. Use of natural resources of land, water and forests for various forms of agriculture and farm-based income generating activities and NTFP collection and processing are and will remain the livelihood anchors for the PTG as they are still largely in the pre-primary stages of economic development and the level of literacy even among children and youth is very low. Securing access to and improving the management of these resources is therefore a key to enhance PTG livelihood. The key issues pertaining to resource management that affect PTGs in particular and STs in general are summarised in the following.
(i) Land tenure and access to forests
62. Land tenure and access to forests: In most parts of India land ownership in tribal areas remains a vexed issue, rooted in the history of evolution of state forests. The situation is perhaps most complex in Odisha because of large area under forests, a large population of STs and the political history of the State in the recent past and corresponding changes in forest laws, policies and management.
63. Among all STs, the PTGs historically lived deeper inside forests and some, such as Birhors and Mankadias were nomadic until recently. Their transition from hunting gathering to podu (shifting cultivation) and eventually to settled farming has been slower and more recent than other STs. Podu even now remains a significant cultivation technique for a majority of the PTGs in the programme area and collection of NTFPs for consumption and trade remains a key contributor to livelihoods, often ahead of farming. Being late colonisers of farmland, there is high incidence of de jure landlessness among PTGs though most practice podu and/or settled cultivation on land classified as forests or Revenue wastes not assigned to them in government records.
64. Odisha has been the third best performer among States that have received and settled FRA claims behind Tripura and Kerala
91, having settled over 300,000 (over 60%) individual claims till June
2013. However, the average area per household over which claims have been settled is only 1.6 acres (against permitted 10 acres). According to the base line data collected by the State SC&ST Research Institute, about 70% of the PTG households in the MPA areas had been issued titles under
90
Centre for Science & Environment, Orissa Factsheet, http://www.freewebs.com/epgorissa/climateorissa.pdf 91
The two together issued less than half the titles issued in Odisha.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 12: Compliance with IFAD policies
176
FRA and the average area per household over which titles had been issued was 1.72 acres92
. Community rights recorded in the State to manage forest land were less than 2,000 till June 2013.
65. PTGs typically would be the least well served in the implementation of FRA or any other law for that matter as they have very low rates of literacy, are more remote and isolated than other STs and are least conversant with written laws and legal procedures among all STs. This was corroborated in the course of field visits by the Mission; some households had received titles for as little as 0.10 acre and often the recipients neither knew where the land was located nor had a map, which is mandatory under the law. Further, only 70% PTG households have been issued titles even after the Law has been on the Statutes for eight years where as virtually all PTGs practice podu and in many cases their settled farming itself is on land notified as forests. Also, the local governance institutions, such as the Gram/Palli sabha are less effective in PTG areas.
66. Landlessness among PTGs: Data about the extent of landlessness among PTGs in the State is not available. But a study conducted by the SC&ST Research and Training Institute, Bhubaneshwar
93
indicates about 37% PTGs as being landless. Data from the DPRs indicates 24% landless but also 26% as without house sites. Given that several PTGs principally practice podu for which is considered an illegal encroachment and others cultivate only small parcels of land, the extent of landlessness or near landlessness is likely to be high.
67. Section 2(d) of FRA defines forest land as: “forest land” means land of any description falling within any forest area and includes unclassified forests, undemarcated forests, existing or deemed forests, protected forests, reserved forests, Sanctuaries and National parks. This would mean not only forests under the control of the Forest Department but also those controlled by the Revenue Department are eligible for recording of rights. In the course of field visits the Mission came across instances where rights had not been recorded and no explanation given as the land in question was not under the purview of the Forest Department. Given the history of evolution of forests in Odisha, this may be an important issue.
68. Lack of secure access to land through legal title renders the PTG vulnerable to harassment by local functionaries of the Forest and Revenue agencies. In case of podu, which over the years has been looked down upon and eventually criminalised, restrictions on access intensify the use of whatever land the users have managed to occupy, leading to its degradation. Further, it creates no incentive for land development, such as terracing, making bunds, rainwater harvesting, etc. It also deprives the users of government programmes, such as MGNREGS and bank credit for investment on land as these require secure tenure and land records. Finally, lack of tenure dis-incentivises more sustainable land uses, such as horticulture that have long gestation periods. Insecurity of tenure thus not only impoverishes the PTGs but also perpetuates ecologically harmful land use systems.
(ii) Resource management practices
69. NTFP and agriculture: Gathering of NTFPs for consumption and trade is carried out by all PTGs and occupies a significant space in the PTGs’ livelihood basket. Some, such as Birhor, Mankirdia and Hill-Kharia are still largely dependent on hunting and gathering of NTFP. Bondo, Didayi, Juang, Dongaria Kandha, Kutia Kandha, Lanjia Saora and Paudi Bhuiyan carry out podu. Saora and Lanjia Saora are engaged in some terrace cultivation besides shifting cultivation and Lodha and Chuktia Bhunjia also have taken to settled cultivation. Overall, a combination of podu and some settled farming, including homestead cultivation, defines PTG agriculture. Cultivation of maize, a wide variety of millets, goda dhaan (short duration, rain-fed upland paddy) and other varieties of rain-fed paddy, beans and pulses (local variety of pigeon pea), Niger, mustard, sesame and tubers is carried out under podu as well as settled farming regimes. Among cereals, paddy and maize are more prevalent in the northern and central regions while maize and millets are more common in the south and west. 70. Podu cultivation: Podu continues to be a widespread farming practice among PTGs. Reliable and up-to-date estimates of land under podu in the State are not available. Further, interpretation of available data is difficult due to ambiguity about whether or not podu fallows (land left to regenerate in between cultivation periods) are considered as being under podu, and whether wastelands classified as scrub or degraded notified forest land also includes abandoned or fallow podu land. Podu land is
92
Micro-project Profile, SC&ST Research and Training Institute, GoO, SC&ST Development Department, Bhubaneswar 93
Micro-project Profile, op. cit
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 12: Compliance with IFAD policies
177
typically used for three years with 3 to 7 year rotation cycles. There are also instances where erstwhile podu land is cultivated regularly
94 as alternative sites are not available due to restrictions on the use of
forests. As administration of forest laws becomes more stringent, access to forests becomes restricted, leading to shorter fallows. As podu cycles become shorter, there is limited time for regeneration, forests get reduced to scrub and podu productivity itself declines. Thus, mere restrictions on podu without providing secure titles and systematic attempts to enable cultivators to convert podu lands into a viable settled cultivation regime, such as a combination of land and rainwater management, planting of horticultural crops and introducing alley cropping could have counterintuitive ecological effects.
71. Constraints to settled agriculture: PTGs are new to settled cultivation unlike the other STs. Coverage under settled cultivation is quite limited both by availability of land as well as limited know-how, lack of extension services and absence of draft power. Cultivation of a second (winter) crop is by and large absent. Where settled cultivation is being carried out there has been no land development, leading to high run-off and soil erosion during the monsoons. Rainwater during the monsoons in some cases is diverted to fields where settled cultivation of paddy is carried out. However, there has been minimal development of available surface water resources, such as springs, streams and rivers. Most villages do have perennial or semi-perennial streams nearby that could be tapped economically for irrigation. Quality of farm tools, such as wooden plough is very poor. Overall, productivity is very low and modern farming techniques were conspicuous by their absence in most villages visited by the Mission except in small oases promoted by MPA or local NGOs. Homestead land is only marginally used for cultivation.
(iii) Mining Leases and the Rights of Gram Sabhas
72. Mining is an important economic activity in Odisha, accounting for 7.5% of the State’s GDP95
(agriculture 17.5%) in 2011-12. Coal, iron ore and bauxite are the principal mining products of the State. Iron ore is a major export from the State, accounting for 96.2% of the minerals exported from the State. Mining is primarily in the northern districts of Angul, Sundargarh, Jharsuguda, Sambalpur, eastern districts of Keonjhar and Mayurbhanj and southern districts of Rayagada, Kalahandi and Koraput. The northern districts primarily produce coal; the eastern districts iron ore and the southern districts bauxite.
73. Mining has been a major arena of contestation for the STs, with the famous Niyamgiri mining case that reached India’s Supreme Court. In a landmark judgement, the Supreme Court decided that under the provisions of the Forest Rights Act, STs had a right to decide whether or not to permit mining on lands traditionally used and managed by them
96. As per the judgement, the Dongaria
Kondhs, one of the PTGs covered under this programme in the Niyamgiri Hills across Rayagada and Kalahandi were to decide by conducting Gram Sabhas as per the provisions of PESA whether the mining leases granted by the government in their habitat were to be allowed. To ensure that the Gram Sabhas were free and fair the Court also directed that the proceedings be held in the presence of the local District Judge. The Dongaria Kondha decided not to permit mining and the mining license was thus revoked
97.
74. Other than this particular instance where the mining license has now been revoked, none of the programme sites are presently earmarked for mining.
Legal and Institutional Framework for Environmental and Natural Resources Management
The various policy pronouncements of the Government of India acknowledge the need to strike a
balance between development and environmental conservation. Conservation issues came to the fore
from the mid-1970s, culminating in the 1980 Conservation Act, somewhat tipping the balance towards
conservation. The subsequent policy pronouncements, such as the 1992 Conservation Policy and
Strategy Statement and its sequel in 2006 seek to bring back the balance, clearly articulating
concerns about livelihood security for the poor. India is a signatory to International Agreements and
94
Perhaps the land listed as “underutilized degraded notified forest land (agriculture) in Table 6 represents podu land now
being used regularly for farming. 95
Government of Odisha, Economic Survey 2012-13. 96
http://www.thehindu.com/news/national/other-states/court-directs-gram-sabhas-to-take-a-call-on-vedantas-mining-
project/article4629659.ece 97
http://www.downtoearth.org.in/content/niyamgiri-answers
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 12: Compliance with IFAD policies
178
Conventions on Biological Diversity and Desertification. The key legislations and policies that regulate
the use of environmental and natural resources, including relevant Odisha State laws and policies are:
Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 with Amendments made in 1988; which controls the delineation
of forest areas for non-forest uses. The Rules under the Act get amended from time to time, the
latest being Forest (Conservation) Amendment Rules, 2004.
GoI JFM Circular of June 1990 and the subsequent Guidelines in 2000 and 2002 regarding
Joint Forest management based on Forest Conservation Act 1988.
The Wildlife (Protection) Act 1972 (last amended in 2006); which provides guidelines for the
management of wildlife and protected areas by both the central government and the states in
the respective areas under their jurisdiction.
The Environment Act (amended in 1993); which deals exclusively with environmental issues
and regulations. The GoI's Environmental Assessment Policy states that all policies,
programmes and projects, including formal land-use activities, which may have a significant
impact on the environment, must be subjected to an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA).
The National Conservation Strategy and Policy Statement on Environment and Development
adopted by GoI in June, 1992 provide the basis for integration of environmental concerns in the
policies and programmes of different sectors. It emphasizes sustainable lifestyles and the
proper management and conservation of resources.
National Environment Policy, 2006: The major principles of the policy include the right to
development and equity along with environmental standard setting and a precautionary
approach. The key objectives enunciated in the policy are: conservation of critical environment,
livelihood security for the poor, integration of environmental concerns in development,
efficiency in using environmental resources, good governance in environmental management
and enhancement of resources for environmental conservation
The Panchayats (Extension to The Scheduled Areas) Act, 1996: The Act is applicable to the
Fifth Schedule areas and draws its force from the Fifth Schedule of the Indian Constitution. The
concept of creating Scheduled areas was drawn by the makers of India’s Constitution from the
notion of “partially excluded” (Schedule V) and “excluded” (Schedule VI) areas acknowledged
by the colonial government,98
granting tribes full (in the northeast) or partial (mainland India)
autonomy in local governance according to extant customs, including administration of natural
resources. Inter alia, it states: “Every Gram Sabha shall be competent to safeguard and
preserve the traditions and customs of the people, their cultural identity, community resources
and the customary mode of dispute resolution. Every Gram Sabha shall approve the plans,
programmes and projects for social and economic development before such plans,
programmes and projects are taken up for implementation by the Panchayat at the village level
and be responsible for the identification or selection of persons as beneficiaries under the
poverty alleviation and other programmes.” This Act vests the ownership of Minor Forest
Produce on Gram Panchayats in Scheduled areas. The decision of Government of Orissa to do
away with the monopolies in collection and trading in 69 items of MFP is in consonance with
the spirit of PESA Act.
The Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act,
2006: this Act seeks to soften the effects of the Forest Conservation Act 1980 on STs recorded
as ‘encroachers’ or illegal occupants of forest land.
Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and
Resettlement Act, 2013 (30 of 2013): This law became effective from 1 January 2014 and
98
The Government of India (Excluded and Partially Excluded Areas) Order 1936
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 12: Compliance with IFAD policies
179
provides for an elaborate process, including social and environmental impact assessment, and
payment of fair compensation in land acquisition.
Mines and Minerals (Development and Regulation) Act, 1957
Orissa Survey and Settlement Act (1958)
Orissa Prevention of Land Encroachment Act 1972 (Amended in 1982): The 1982 amendment
for settlement of two (later amended to one) ‘standard acres’99
of 'unobjectionable' land (i.e.
government wasteland) with 'eligible' beneficiaries (e.g. landless).
The Orissa Government Land Settlement Act, 1962
The Orissa Land Reforms Act, 1960
Odisha Joint Forest Management Resolution, 2011
Mo Jami Mo Diha (My Land and My Homestead), programme launched by GoO in 2007 to
ensure possession of alienated homestead and land within a stipulated time
75. The progressive policies and laws that attempt to create a balance between the development
goals, especially those affecting poor people, especially the STs, often suffer due to poor
implementation. Limited administrative capacity in the implementing agencies, overlapping
responsibilities (sometimes even contradictory provisions of different laws/policies) a general apathy
and absence of a redress mechanism are the key constraints to effective implementation of laws and
policies.
76. Institutional framework: The institutional setup involves a number of national, regional and State
institutions responsible for the management of the environment and natural resources in the project
area. At the National level, the Ministry of Forests and Environment is responsible for the
implementation of forest and environment related laws and policies and Acts. The Forestry
Department, through its District Forest Officers, is responsible for the management of the state forests
and the control of various rights. Village community participation in forestry is encouraged through
Joint Forestry Management (JFM) programmes. Vana Samrakshyana Samiti (VSS) have been
established in villages where JFMs are already in place. At the State level, the Integrated Tribal
Development Agency is responsible for empowering the tribal communities to gain greater control
over their own development and to manage their natural resources. Laws pertaining to government
land outside the state forests are implemented by the Revenue Department headed at the district
level by the Deputy Commissioner.
D. Potential Social and Environmental Impacts and Risks of OPELIP
(i) Social impacts and risks
77. OPELIP will lead to a number of positive social impacts. It will work in a focused and intensive way with the most isolated and marginalised social groups in India, the PTGs. It will prioritize working with women-headed households, those without homestead sites and landless and also reach out to other disadvantaged communities such as STs and SCs. Programme interventions, especially those envisaged under the Community Empowerment component, will enhance women’s self-confidence and lead to their overall empowerment, by organising them, providing opportunities and skills to participate in decision-making processes in the community. Women and men from target households will learn new skills in farming and learn about and exercise their rights and entitlements. They will also learn new livelihood skills. Food and nutrition security would be enhanced with increased crop productivity and production of nutrition dense crops. Community-based institutions promoted by the
99
As per the Orissa Land Reforms Act, 1960, ‘standard acre’ is a measure of land equivalent to one acre of Class I land, 1.5
acres of Class II land, 3 acres of Class III land or 4.5 acres of Class IV land. Class I land is irrigated land in which two or more
crops can be grown in a year, Class II land is irrigated land in which only one crop can be grown in a year, Class III land is un-
irrigated land in which paddy can be grown once in a year and Class IV land is all other land.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 12: Compliance with IFAD policies
180
programme will enable the PTGs and other vulnerable groups to deal more effectively with the wider socio-economic environment. Secure titles to homesteads and land for cultivation under FRA and various State Government programmes will provide social, economic and livelihood security to the PTGs, restore their sense of dignity, reduce livelihood risks, reduce vulnerability to harassment by local officials and moderate conflicts arising from competing claims on land notified as forest in the past without regard to due processes. CRPs, CSPs and women and men as members of the VDC and as SHG leaders will gain experience of managing community affairs and economic projects. Overall the community leadership pool in the programme villages will be enhanced. Improved road connectivity would facilitate PTGs to access economic opportunities and various public services. Activities aimed at reduction of drudgery would reduce women’s workload and enhance women’s quality of life.
78. No major social risks are anticipated from the programme.
(ii) Environmental impacts and risks
79. Overall, OPELIP will have positive impacts on the natural resources and environment. Under the NRM and livelihoods component, the programme would ensure secure titles to PTG households on land under their de facto occupation, thereby incentivising them to adopt more sustainable land use regimes, make investments on land development and minimise further encroachment of forest land. The programme would also promote land development, rainwater harvesting and soil conservation activities, such as land levelling, making field bunds, terracing, check dams, etc. This, besides reducing soil erosion would improve rainwater percolation, leading to rejuvenation of springs, improvement in micro-climate locally and enhanced availability of surface and groundwater in the post-monsoon period. Development of localised, small scale irrigation would lead to intensive cultivation of land more suitable for settled farming, reduce post-kharif fallows that cause soil degradation and promote better use of presently idle and poorly kept homestead lands. Promotion of horticulture and resource conservation activities on podu lands would arrest and reverse land degradation. Development of community forests on degraded forest land allocated under Community Rights provision of FRA would reverse degradation of these lands and reduce pressure on existing forests. As he programme areas are sparsely populated and rich in surface water resources in the form of springs and streams, the pressure on water resources due to intensification is likely to be minimal. Also, as the programme would emphasize cultivation of traditional nutrition dense crops, such as millets and pulses, the demand on water and use of chemical inputs is expected to be minimal.
E. Environmental Category
80. OPELIP is not likely to have any adverse environmental impacts on the programme area. The programme envisages working in only 84 out of the 6,234 Gram Panchayats in the State; it would have no adverse global environmental effects for the State. It will instead have beneficial impacts through the development of an environmentally sensitive approach including the development of plantations, community forestry, soil and water conservation measures, rainwater harvesting, etc. However, it is by requirement classified as Category B as it will operate in fragile areas with poor quality soils.
F. Components Requiring Environmental & Social Assessment
81. There is no need for further information to complete the ESA. There are no components that would require an ESA.
G. Recommended Features of Project Design and Implementation to Improve NRM and
Mitigate Environmental Concerns
82. Development activities taken up under the programme would inevitably be site specific, vary across MPAs and these would be spelt out in the course of preparing the Village Development Plans. In designing OPELIP activities in the course of village planning, the programme should take into account the nature of the terrain, the physical and social isolation of target communities and their limited know-how regarding intensive resource use regime. Some broad considerations to be taken on board at the time of village planning are outlined below:
(a) Site characteristics should be carefully considered while designing land and water development activities. For example, terracing should not be taken up on shallow soils and
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihoods Improvement Programme (OPELIP)
Design Completion Report
Appendix 12: Compliance with IFAD policies
181
on steep slopes.
(b) As far as possible, use of open channels should be avoided to convey irrigation water and PVC should be used as it is virtually maintenance free and uses much less ground space. Similarly, as far as possible electric water lifting devices should be used as these require less maintenance and inputs such as diesel not locally available.
(c) Rights of existing downstream uses of water, if any, should be ascertained while designing irrigation projects to minimise water-use conflicts and ensure equitable resource use. Priority should be accorded to domestic water use over irrigation use.
(d) Earthen tiles should be used while constructing houses and various community buildings in place of the cement tiles that are being used widely at present in various government housing programmes. Village people met in the course of field visits by the Mission said cement tiles trap heat inside the house.
(e) Care should be taken to provide adequate drainage while constructing CC roads and lanes inside the village as well as in constructing village roads. Disposal of waste water should similarly be taken care of while installing drinking water facilities as malaria is endemic in the programme area.
(f) Village roads should be designed to minimize negative impact on the local environment. Roads should be aligned to ensure minimum or no felling of trees and minimal risk of soil erosion and landslides. In this respect, existing alignments would be improved, upgraded and strengthened.
(g) As far as possible green manure and composts should be used rather than chemical fertilisers.
(h) Promotion of locally cultivated crops should be encouraged rather than inducting exotics and hybrids. The programme villages are repositories of a rich endowment of food crops that are nutrition dense and climate resilient. These must be harnessed.
(i) Community forestry to be taken up by the programme should strike a judicious balance between local varieties of firewood, forage and NTFP yielding species and new species.
(j) In taking up horticulture a balance should be sought between species such as cashew nut that require less management and water but have distant and specialised markets, drumstick and papaya that can be a source of nutrition for the family and mango, litchi, etc. that are more remunerative, quick yielding and have a local market but require better management.
H. Consultation with Beneficiaries, Civil Society and General Public
83. The mission interacted with the rural communities and village leaders from the programme areas during both the inception mission in November 2013 and design mission in March 2014. Consultations were also held with NGOs. Additionally, the mission consulted concerned government agencies, OTELP staff, the Vice Chancellor and senior faculty of Odisha University of Agriculture and Technology, SRLM Directorate, etc.
INDIA
Odisha PTG Empowerment and Livelihood Improvement Programme
Design Completion Report
Appendix 13: Contents of the Project Life File
183
Appendix 13: Contents of the Project Life File
Project Reported submitted by GoO to IFAD
Draft Inception Report
Project Concept Note
Pre-formulation study report: Kandhamal, Kalahandi and Naupada
Pre-formulation study report: Mayurbhanj, Keonjhar, Sundergarh, Deogarh & Angul districts
Pre-formulation study report: Gajapati, Rayagada and Malkanagiri districts
Aide Memoire of the Inception Mission (November 2013)
Aide Memoire of Detailed Design Mission (March 2014)
Aide Memoire of Design Completion Mission (July 2014)
PDR Main Report of Detailed Design Mission April 2014
Programme Design Mission: KEY FILES (1 to 5)
List of Working Papers of Design Completion Mission
OPELIP WP-1: Socio-economic Profiles of PTG Communities
OPELIP WP-2: Poverty, Targeting and Gender
OPELIP WP-3: SHG and Rural Financial Services
OPELIP WP-4: Community Institutions Development
OPELIP WP-5 Natural Resource Management
OPELIP WP-6: Livelihoods Improvement
OPELIP WP-7: Community Infrastructure and Drudgery reduction
OPELIP WP-8: Mainstreaming Nutrition into OPELIP
OPELIP WP-9: Programme Costs and Financing
OPELIP WP-10 Economic and Financial Analysis
OPELIP WP-11 Environmental Screening and Scoping Note
OPELIP WP-12 Monitoring and Evaluation and Knowledge Management